Star of Promise - 16 Songs by Rev. Alfred Borratt

>tf^
THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO.

214 Capitol Avenue, S. E.
ATLANT\, GEORGIA
.
No. 2. Not Far, Not Far!

Copyright 1945, in "Visions of Victory"
J. M. H. Owned by J. M. Henson. J. M. Henson.
iiiilîiîip
1 They say there is a hap - py home, Where all the an - gels are And shall I ,
2. They say there is a eh n-ing crown, And Heaven's gate a-jar, Where I shall
3. They say there is a throne of gold, Where sits our Morning Star, And no one
tt=^=^=^--tt^?^3£^=%==^
BBE3.L j,
-
t7-E=U^=Êiz=zt;zfc=^^zig±ErLU-li... .ri l
| J
Refrain
"r m» < '»—;

. 1
J-Mtf —*-! PF—';r4-« 3—r —p3-» Efti
to that Kingdom come? It's jntft as far.
lay my ar-mor down, How far, ho w f ar,ho w far?
ev - er shall grow old, It'sjnstasfar
.$~±-ttx-.=*r4*±
=fc:fc=ztrzl=nEdE4:=zi -I* k 1/ U-
1T17
:£
gÊ^fe£^=^3TÊ?j3S
as Je-sos is,
^ He
.
is
.1.
* if
mine
I.
*
P*
U
P*
*
K.
*
tap
...and
--.
m
as Je - bub is, He is mine
Sdt=
. * f y - .1~4
»
P—
-!*--(*-
iv-
:t:
fMfcFÊfc-^np-
i=t= ^fti
I am His;... That bless- ed home be-yondthe

yes I am His; That bless-ed home
b=* *=*: ZZZBZjgZtfc'.2|gZi*—14_ j* [A I
rif.
bar, Is not far, .... not far not far!

be-yondthe bar, Not far, not far,
J& -P*
I«_PR. ^
^ E£ES^=
lita* * z^=* : 3=!*:
$=£: Trmr *=sHi
Star of Promise
Words of Joy and faith and prayer
Liftfrom man his worldly care.
Eyes will shine and lips will smile
Praising God with music, while
Blending voices synchronise
Stars of Promise to the skies.
—Alice Austin Sheffield
luitable for all occasions where new gospel songs

are used
By J. M. Heiisou
Byron L. Whltworth W. C. Tinsley R.W. Barnette -
Jas. C. Moore Curtis Taylor W. Floyd Taylor

J.W. Askew John M. Dye Earl B. Casey
Henry L. Thompson Paul Cochran Theodore Sisk
James M. Black Geo. C. Stebbins B. D. Ackley
J. Porter Thomason John Taylor John Timmons
A. H. Glasscock Jas. W. Poole Geo. W. Rambo
Carl R. Harrington U. S. Lindsey I. A. Abston
Rev. G. E. Dupree G. L. Baker Jos. E. Edwards
C. C. Maples Rev. Andrew Jenkins Thurman Creel
Jesse B. Hardin Jimmie Jacobs T. N. Davis
W. J. Perry Chas. E. Rogers B. P. Gilliland
J. N. Johns J. Max Barnette R. L. Hamil
W. K. Wimberley John V. Cobb G. A. Phillips
G. J. Spivey J. C. Cronic B. W. Merritt
Alvin Bell H. L. Hilliard A. H. Elliott
W. P. Crumley J. T. MoKibben Jim Womack
T. P. Gladden
33
Price 400 copy; $4.00 doz.; $13.00 for 50; $24.00 for 100.
Published by

214 CAPITOL AVE. ATLANTA 3, GA.
C. C. MAPLES, Knoxville, Tenn.
^ — r r — r I
No. He Reigns!
Copyrighted 1941, in "Songs of Gladness"
Dedicated to David Lipscomb Cotlege. Nashville. Tenn..
J. M. HENSDN on lheir Semi-Centennial EARL B. CASEY
^3E»=Es— I=rS=^=ES:irJz=i==ai=E3EEal==Izz:«EFJt3
1. Our He ro strong once con-quered wrong, He put His foes to shame,
-
2- No en e - my
- o'er Him could be, His grave did not stay sealed,
3. Our heart's best praise and all our days We'll spend in His em -ploy,
-_- -& m-
— h
z£=n:£-4__-£--L:
*• —^ r ^ r-h
-m~
ip
1
_=[_£:=__;:
1t_— — t
t
-I—
c
-^-^-:^=d=^
-=1=^
* — ^
He lives a • gain, in pow'r doth reign, praise His ho - ly name.
He rose to prove His might -y love, Our hope, our stay, our shield.
And crown Him King, ex - ult - ant sing, In that glad world of joy!
:_: "—r^t
Retrain
£-
r ——
t
:t
t
:*__*__*:
i
-t— —
b_iifc±,__H*- ~A—S- 1>—*— _._____-5_-a-»_-a—
Till F
HL_ a=3_-
l^ i
v I |
t- t
f
r
i ^ i r i i i \ t
He reigns! He reigns!
He reigns as King, ye na-tions sing, Our King of love still reigns a - bove,
:-?_: riH:p.=_ttt; ——
*=^3 N* ~ s-£ag i i gi
:N^:
—i
=t:
-»- -P"-8-" -P
_Tt= t:
:t==|z=*=tt=t: j
i"
:qjE-g__apiJ L*-^
r__=t-=j
I
Fj ^3
^
_-j-T.-__.-l_._-l_-_j_ _1-
_i^-fa----t----i-^pa--
r
T
I I
^
lift your voice in end - less praise. Let all the na - tions sing,
all sing.
_- —
» -_- -_-
-_- -»- -_>- 1
I !
g—
I ( Il
t= fl_— -_— F-§^-PN--^-_ -_pg___z1_~

£ =__t==3-fc_-____i3
t--
rff.
_h L_J---J h -'-L___
i I
tell it out with song and shout, He reigns for-ev-er, King.

oar King.
— i ^_jp_jr-r *--J--*--^_r"t--t-^- l2
^-r-J--- —J—-
* r r i !7 ;
.
r ]-•
— — — " — ——P 1
No. 1. Stars Of Promise
Rev. Alf r«d Barratt. Owned by J. M. Hen sow. J. M.Heiuon.
Copyrighted 1MB, in "Star of PromiBe."
._| ,
1 ).
3
-mi- ~m>- -0>- -m>- ~ -•- 3 S1
-•-
There are stars o! prom-ise glow-ing, O'er our p ath -way day and night;
1.
2. Put your
trust in Je - bus oa - ly, Leave the pathway of de- spair;
3. bless-ing He
Dai - ly is bring-ing, To the hearts by sin op- prest;
4. There art stars of prom-ise shin - ing. Prom-ia • es that nev • er fail;
N A
s^Jte^tofes
..I
•
,'_pk. — — <*. _.
fflF=5: £=£ 1 ——— I I (-"
lîîîEpîiilî'fcS^
Joy and peace and hope ke-itow-ing,— By the ra-diance of their light.
No one needbe sad and lone -ly, He will keep us in His care. —
—
Sweet and clear His voice is ring-ing, "I will give you peace and rest.' 1
Trust in God and cease re- pinning,— Then at last ye shall pre - vail.
-.A. .A- -A. -A. -A-
—
,__-?:_-r_-t=^_p:-_î.-t=-
m a—hA a—ha a — a —a— :C:-«:-C-^-rt
;t-_^__r^^-
—*-hA |
— —P— Wt PP — a. 1-^
EP*
I 1"
P* r
I$=«:
i
|
!
Repeats
.(_
K -^==-r^ K
—K-Zp.L^ —l-=========«N-P
-=p-p a —:?-F-^ & * h-r-fr N
-P —S
"Fal-ter nat for I am withThee," "I will
"Fal-ter not for I am with Thee, I am with Thee,"
-•- -m- -m- -m- -m- -m>- -m>- -a>- v -m-
ffi£&B=SES3E3t
guide theewith Mine Eye," Let these words..... of

'
'I will guide thee I will guide thee with Mine Ey e, Let these words af
:=tcz>Bizî=tz:t: -I
-A A—A— A— A—
1 1 1 1
-rr-
,
1-^-A
1
A— A—
—p.A—A A—
a>— Jî^p^ r - -^-^--j^gggBBs ^5__N

H»-
IT ui/l/wi/ ^ U U * -©-
prom-ise cheer thee, FortheLord is ever nigh.
prom-ise cheer thee, FortheLord
—
•£—-A a-,
.
A- -4-—
-?~
— -?—»—>w-.k-.^->>-
( 1
( 1 ^
.
r
C
—~£-K_*_£i5^_by.
£_ p_ tZZCgiM
|Z_| (Z_Z P(6>-,_
f
— — — :
No. 2. Sunshine All The Way

Copyrighted 1946, in "Star of Promise.'*
Ann* Danunore. Owned by J, C. Moore and J. M. Heneou James M. Black.
1. There is sun-shine all the way with Je - ens, And to walk with Him is
2. There is sun-sh ne all the way with Je - ens, His com-pan-ion - ihip is
3. There U san-shine all the way with Je - bus, I will never-more from
-dh- -A- -£i-
: r 1
- i,-gz-b^_-g-_|p^.
~4- —'
my de - light; For He drives a-way the dark'ning shadows, And the skies a-
sweetto me; And the clos-er that I live to Je-sns, Of His good-ness
Him depart; Ev-'ry day, suf-fi-cient grace He gives me, And His love is
-*- -*- -A-
-.->- m-cf2±—- >, v.. ^fa^—g—
g_£l4zir tz:_g i^msL^ »p . pu.
^z^d£±fcizzfcrLfrdî*%.zi*^
a=gz3zzbt=i-^=i^b[T=fci=&z:^pzJ=± U ii L zzfcbgzrgz:
Refrain
£=fo
bove are al-ways bright. There is buq - shine There is son • shine,
more and more I Bee. '
shin-ingin my heart. sunshine all the way, sunshine all the way,
d?=zh— tzzgzzfzqtizfaizfrcmr^^
-b^c-^r-
rp-b-W r -W-F«
—R «7i>ej
a -F—£i n i»^— — —
Q~^— -3—•-<— Fj
m 1— l-isi — i
1
— i
— •"-F-3
I.—^-F<s»
1-—
—
There is sun-shine all the way with Je - sub; With Je sns.
Je-BQS all the way,
-4> -m- -«•--*£- -«•
(S2_^-
bd2zrEz:§z: :ii=i=lszztK=:xz=fczfc=trzr SKZi!aziii!szziazZj
iB=zzzz^fcz=£=^fctzitz^»zz: E=g= tr-tr i
^4—^T-eJ
£~Vz^zzz£:z£zzfc-A: J
izfezzzfc^zp
-"
With Je
,
sns, There
* b
is sun-shine
1 -;
1.
all the
f
r-
way with Je -
3
bus.
Je - sub all the way,
- -Jfc. -A-*- -^1- -*,* -A- -A* -A- I
I^^ÊÊi^^^z^zM^Êt—^z^
i— Lkt-F-
T-
r — r —
No. 3. Let the World See Jesus in You
Copyright 1946, to "Star of Promiie.'
JOS.E.E. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON Jot. E. Edward*.
1. Let yonr life be a light for the Mas ter etch day,
2. Help the poor, weak and lame, cheer the eor-row and Bad, Let the world tea
3. What a won -der-fu! life, with the Sav-iour to come,
5 "
O A A-r-ifil * *-i-£i * a-r* --• m. W-
4;
[> r tr b- r fr * £ i
i7
^4i-
-m-ma—mJ^^ Cj l__j__C^_^_^_C^__^_î^_j
On • ly trust in His prom-ise each step of the way,
Je-ius in you; Lift the bur-dens bo heav-y, yes oth-ers make glad,
When at last you are near-ingthatbeau-ti-ful home,
-•- rs
pE-r-^-r-ei a.
=p=^z=îE=)i:f=l-t
3fbc^=t==t=bzsfe±al;
Fink fisnun
.J U
Let the world lee Je- bus in yon. (in you.) Let the world fee
I r r
r" u
& iT
v
Je you, you,) Let the world see Je - ins
^
sue in (in in
:=^=P-mr— *—rP 1*— p » a-rsj *—r** ** m

:Z*:
:*=*:
t=— 1 tt==^=^=±t==t==t^=pz=$:
-i- --i- v — ^-,

D.5.
bfc==e=* 5=W
:5-- - -^-*-
Ml , i ,:
t7—
-
|E^p*E»
w
yon; • (in you;) Keep tell - ing the sto • ry, be faith - fol and true,
P "*
I I
J I. I •*- .
^-E==i^=E=jz=^=zj=E^=c:i^==Eenzg-r^-rzH
gp^
, ^
No. 4. The Good Shepherd
Mar M. Brewster. Copyright, 1946 in "Star of Promise." B. D. Ackl.r.
(SUITABLE FOR SOLO) OWNED BY HENSON 1 MOORE. Verae Adapted.
-z—:p^-^_j^±z=faj
1. There is aev - er a lamb that strays bo far, From the shel-t'rit

2. There is nev • er a plead • iog, sap pliant cry, When era - el
^3. There is nev - er a path through des-ert waste, Or swept by
Cl&fc8i(4 =ia-tis==*-=fsz:ipsz:z|«—fe==3Kzqaa=Sc=3s=Et==&
1
* b u L, t? b U^tf I I I
fold and care, Bat the ten- der Shep-herd, yearn-ing, leeks, Un
thorns have torn, Bat the ten- der Shep-herd ,soothes and calms, Fo:
storm -y blast, Bat the ten - der Shep-herd in - der-stands Thi
... :]}.
E^-jszzfr —tt—E^==jgz:=|aq»r±}KZz:fsz-|Kiz
Chobus
til He finds it there.

thorn-crown He
has worn. Through pas-tares green o'er rock-y steej
way, Be, too, has passed.
r-r-m—rW--* „-'_£
a£=3fc=zt:=4:
r —--3r*J-~ •f^-^—^~ S-—i~*sr— C
*
My
F
hand, Good Shep-herd hold,
i
i r
And
u
bring me safe throe
ev - er hold,
=£=
b I
y
t I
u
r
bou-teons grace, At last to the Heaven -ly fold

Heav - en - ly fold
_ + *_ [A .^-* —P ^^-^-JU.
— * p
*o. 5 A Friend Of Mine

Copyright 194S, in "'Star of Promise"
3.L.B. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON G. L. Baker
F3=*l*
V v V V V 1/ \j v
1. I have a Friend whose love en-twints, And in my
2. When days are dark He lights the way, Thatleadame
3. When earth-ly friends for-sake you here JuBt trust in
w F=,-» m—m—m — = rr
v-,P— • —
Fs — •— I .; -,5
agfe
«•.
jL-*_-JUV-t r r
t^ u b u U
path It bright-ly Bhines; No oth-er friend is
on to end - less day; A long the path
• He
Him for hope and cheer; He'll guide jou o'er life's
—A-A-*-A—A—A-A-rfjj-ff-A-A-* _jfcfc|fcjfc:
1
tnrirtr^rtr D. S.— No oth-er friend is
Fine
-£-4V4 4
so di Tine, As Je - bus Christ, this friend of mine(this friend of mine)

, is my
guide With Him I'll reach the oth - tr Bide, the oth-er side)
storm-y sea lo live with Him e - ter • nal - ly. (e-ter-nal-ly.)
'"
~'»-a-^-^l*> ~i,-»»F -±Tzwi±mzJzi
•0 di - vine, As Je - bus Christ this friend of mine

REFBADi
u_4,._k — —U d
.^ -^ fs
J1--N —fc— T.^rrrrr^_^

ed Friend
= :
iP — — — —--
L^ E7 1^=
— :
Friend of
sj-Ar
mine,
bless -
hlesB-ed Friend Friend of mine,
_-fct4t4fc . „* „_a_
._- _t _ _t .r --^-^
5^WM
irtr
^ -P N P Jir-1-
D.5.
*-=*=^
b \j \j I \j
He walks with me in storm or shine ;
(in storm or Bhine)
r r A—A— A — A* A a —A- rff — •— A_a_._

ZfK
A A ^, —n•
No. 6, He Covers My Sins

Copyright 1946, in "Stir of Promise."
Rev. Alfred Barratt. owned by j. m. henson J. M. Hensen.
-P-4
1. There flows from His Bide, A deep crim-son tide, It flows fall and
2. The thorns that Ha wore, The stripesthat He bore, While there as my
3. I look to the cross, That hal-lowed old cross,, Its crim-son flows
4. It cleans-eta my sod, And mak-eth me whole, Praise God for this
1
zzpz:=^=b^z:^-^:-p=^=b^z^:
:=£Eb£-|
,_-^_fc__fS- |Û ;
tm
free like a flood; My Sav-ionr a -lone, For sin did a -tone,—
ran - som He stood; A spear in His side, He suf-fered and died, —
down like a flood; My mur -mur-ings cease, 'Tis there I find peace,
sonl-heal - ing flood; Trans-formed by His grace, Te look on His face,—
A--K--"C-m^ff—«^— r-A A A-rg—m—A—A—

gEBEEFffa* t t= S3£
FT=e = ff=1 ! =* =t &=*=* 1 :
Refrain
Z_p._Zp.__i — —S-—_(_X^1__^—f<n—
«. Ui 1
-i i__^ _^ (
He coy - era rr«/ sins with His blood. He sot - irs my Bins, He
-— A- r A~
__y_- A-!>A— A—A
A—A-bA— m-r~ r£—CA— A—-A—
rA-J-#-^'-4l A—
r —-TO"ff-r--^?
.-»,— P—N-— _*__K-^-_fc-_P__P,--l.~.-i P-r -— -»— ,-»-
cst-ers my sins, He cov-ers my sins with His blood; Ht died on the
jgJE ^^^^
-g î-f-ti-ls
5=^=6=^1*=^=^^
if
£-*-^— ^P— ^P—^P~«-^*l ,

J
Ires, for yon and for me,— He cov - eri my sins with His blood.
M—A-r«—»—* —
i
_ A- r A— A-|»A— A— »- r — J9
I : l — >
No. 7 The Blood Of the Lamb

Copyright 1046, in Star of Promise"
Jennie Wilton
z:*-qzrqi;z:fcz=nz=fc:c _D__4z=s=z£zcsfzzs:
fc_
Owned
—
by J. M. Hraaoir. W. C. Tin.!./
=_ ——_ — — &=*
:4z=toz::£
4— « •"-Sew
~9 ~
«.
-^-l •
3_i.o-.___
•
«>
tP-r* m
I I
— M 1
^
3
»-
_
—•>—
J
1. Walk-mg white on the he»v • en Iy ihore Spir-its made per-f ect their ,
2. Walk ing white by the wa • tere tf life, They are de - liv-ered from
3. Vv»lk-iug white with our 8av -ior a - bove, May we re - joice in His
-- n i
-_
i
-_- --- -_- _ ^j*

zt=z:t=zzzzZ=zi|zz__Z|
:-z:|_:
:N~N: r 4rT b '
r [r t:rr rl
m-nr
-_K
[=»^__~3Zi__:_:E_:5_z5_i5z_5==5-=3zEiJ:z*~_z_2_:J
T"
Bav - a • dore;
ior Com - ing from tri - all and be > low,
con-flicts
• > vil and strife, On - ly the pn - ri fied ones will be there,
mer • cy and love; When all the shad-ows el time pass a • way.
zt_zE:_zt_
r r rî _!t4_it»__i ___^._zki_i^c_^_tL_;
(
__-_.i u
i
» W kk_J_ t i.
t>
u
a
™S_P-_i-r j!a.= t>
1I
j.
l — I . — — «y — 4>_fl__L| l__3__^,_. — 4> _.o,_ #> — 0i _C______J__

In • fi-nite peace in Hispres-ence they know.
Rapture and bean-ty of Heav-en to share. Walking in white, walking in white
Baog-ing the light of e - ter - ni-ty'i day.
J -_-_-_-!
1
E_:g_:t_:?_J-^t(:N=N=i-==^P=P=i«=^r;fcft
_. c_ ___
r ^_r_^_p_r:£_M —
BBS__*__t=»<-*fe^^^__^^^^S^Ê
5_z^=p=:_i:i:^-*;t^=i^=_==___z— hjzzjESzztz'
Safe in the Cit - y where com-eth no night, Bonis that are cleansed by
m -_--_- -_- -•- _ -_- — -_-

:
:
_.-
_i:_:p_:p_:__:p_:^=cip_:r?__=_=^^r:=l|:i
-
—tzztzz
the
^-4-j^
p^^=z_=i3r.fE-rzr^âi:_:fcasj_Eji_:g_:^;_:2l:
l-
blood of
-
the
EP=t=
rzz_ "i - z__r_zleicfez_ —Zîz '"—i _S*zE_z~__!i_ zi_

- _
^
Lamb, Lift np glad
-4-4-XX^X
voices in vie- te - ry's psalm.
-
t --*- r -r- nti-£—*-Z*-z£z.X-Z£-.ztzz-izzi„

p z:-zpt=z^z=ez=pip=^z|-z tez^ z:-^z=LZF^zz^ z_^zzzz^ i
:
—
No. 8 Jesus Wrought Wonders In Me
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promise"
W. C. Martin Owned by Moore and Hem on Jaa, C. Moor*
&-zt-^-zt
»=f=f
1. I was a lep - er and hope -less of Bat
care, Je - bus wrought
2. Oace I was blind bat I now «lear-ly see,For Je - bob wrought
3. Once I loved pleas-are, bat now I lore God, For Je - 3us wrought
4. Once dead in Bin now in Je • bub I live, 'Twas He who wrot
-*>- -A- -- -*
-fc-fcr-fc
1
Ban-ished the poi-son and made my soul pure, 1
won-ders ia mi; Once I was bound bat my soul now is free, Yes,
Once I was foot-sore bat now I am shod,
Hen-or to Him ev-er-more 1 will give, For
-(- -*- 1*=*- -A- -*»- -A
m-^z=|g-ry-ryzit==r^z^zji=gizy^^:t:l==i|z-:i — rr a a
Bmun
-==^=^==^==^=-h
e=^=zte±= *-=$~\~ fcfes:
—9—Sm==sg=#==m
- V — V~— 2~—ft$~-
Je
=4=3=
bob wrought
£=-£zz^z=£==£:
^ *=fc
won-ders
*==£:
E3=EjEi=EgEBEE*E=^=5E*E<
*
in
sme.
*
Dark-ness has gone and the
=BBtt==BE
s --Ji—^-4L-4-,
^-L.^r — — 3—
«.
1
>_â
*
light has come
-a-
In,
-<**• -P—
Good-ness
*-
and
«.
faith dwell
-P- -a-
where once a
*.
- bode Bin,
— —— —
No, 9. My Name Is Recorded On the Roll
Copyright 1946. in ''Star of Promise.
nr. tinn bahhatt owned by Jr. u. eenson M. HEsacs
44JU ==T = =r fa f^z=^z=4JQ=Ejc:
jr.
1. Since Je- bob has par-doned all tin, And whispered His word ofmy
2. He kaeps me and guards mo ev-'ry day, For He is my Hope, my
3. His won-der-ful love pro-vides a rest, In man-siona a bove a-
4. I'm walk-ing each day cloae by His side, For Ha is my Friend .my
—i*t-^~i* H — rl
pztrr r
1
—
I ..I . I
:*:=ip==p::=p=pzip:rp:d
I
-I t
__l — uO^*-**--e*--4. zU
'^g=^=^h=^
--„ fcujfc.
: z— :^==jd-b^— ^ r^r.r a; rzgibft J —g_ l=zg|=Eafczaizrahl

r-trir
Seace with -in; There is a new glad- nesa in my soul,
trength and Stay; In love He has tak - en full con-trol, My name ll re-
mong the blest; I'm sing-ing my song from pole to pole,
on • ly Guide; I know I shall readh that shin-ing goal.
»». -m- -•- -m- -»- -m- -P- -P- -P- 1 -
p.'-f. « f J p f.-^
cord-ed oa the roll. My nama is re - cord-ed on the roll,

My name isre-cord-ed on the roll,
-!>- -<•>- -P- -•- *. _ ». -(•- -| H-
t-mrt
s=Q
=??*
Since Ja-sishai cleansed and made me whole; Thisbless - - -

made me whale; This blessed as sur-anca
J- r
_£__Pr -£--*--fc--£- J 1 _U-P-JUi--|S— ^— Kr
i
^ -™ » i F -p-
ed as-snr-ancethrilIsmyioal,Mynameis re-cord-ad oa the roll
thrills my sonl, .p..
-
.,»i _,*_ _,*_

the roll.
.
-^ --r:- T tizî^L. J^L J.*- i
—EL — P- g-r-ra>
r.-»-b- — K— — —ri
r-! r-t:-t=
ba--h*
iAi a— &— a — U-fi£>
i
ta, ha. ua> i
i
(J
._ _
-|7-tr-
1
^
— n
No. 10 Over In the Glory Land

IT. tXTBVO BABBATT OWNED BT J. M. HKBTBOIT. J, if, HKHSOB
& ^ y D t
1. Weart presa-iog on-ward day by day, (yes day by day) Gnid-ed by enr
2. Sor-rowi will be o - ver on that shore(that shining shore) When we join the
3. Ev-'ry dis-ap-pointment grief and care(the grief and care) We.shall some day
4. When at last we reach that bappy borne (our happy home) With the ransomed
Sav-ior's band, There's a mansion bright a-cross the way, fa -cross the way
aa - gel band, We
Bhall dwell with loved ones ev-ev-er-more(for-ev-.er-more)
an - der- stand, Er-er - last - ing joys a - wait as there, (a - wait ns there,)
we shall stand, Nev-er-more in ways of sin te roam, (ne more to roam)
H
^^cr=^3=zzJrr:=|rf^::^H
2z33z=fcltfarte
Refeaim .
=—-r=zj—irf^^^r,
"* b b t; fc
^' I
- ter in the Glo - ry Land. In that gold en
- Cit - y bright and
Cit-y, shin-ing gold-en
V--
fc- U b !> \j b I
===zK==&c3===d: =£ r-4- -fc— fc

id:
,-m
*— •* m-*-* m « • *-<e « — •— j
fair, With it's shin-ing, gold - en strand, shall We

bright and shining strand, thee v-er shin-ing gold-en strand,
at—a>—r*>— •>—»—*—-*—«—— =»—

+--r»-»-»-i^*-.*'-*-»-r
zt=kaSaHfcf:
-y~ utpi:r~^z*=^^-tr
-4—
a^=
I-
-rS.
dwell
— :*fcr
r-
for • ev - er
dwell for-er-er there, for-ev-er
o ?er there, O-ver in the Glo-ry Land,
.-
rv-&&2£&& :r:.^--K-
£=£=$=$==£:
t==tz3===£=tt*=tt£=£z^=tt=:.
-t>- -Sw. -<>=.
$.zztzzz=tt=rz:zzt£=£zztttt
Efczj ^=EEEt==:t=t=tEtElJj
, | ' —r — r—
—
No. 11 The Harvest Time Goes By
Copyright 1946, in"atrr i Promise"
CharUa Gabriel Owned by Baraette and Henioa R. W. Barnette
— •'-£ "- =t=t==^=to=l^r=l==l=:i

——
•«-*"
4^» — «J-r'» *EE*t
1. Chris-tian wake! be np and <lo-ing, For the bar -Test time goei
2. Gath-er in the wear-y wan-d'rers,To the serv - ice of the
3. When the last sheaf home is^_gath-ered,And the reap -er's work is
-•%- -**- ^ _-- ri _j v -*- -A- -*- •*- * «"i y _J i C
t====t=====t==D==tp===F i—
*-© ^-m — «&£~?£3±j
— — * — V — h^-K— « —
!
—— I
by,
5^-t
*
1
C
£H9"==
goes by; See the fie'ds are white al - read - y,
—
-*»
c
t^t
^'Sifci
^^^^r-;
And
#1
the
Lord, the Lord; Faint not, Chris- tian, be not wear-y, Work and
—
done,
. ,
— ^j
is —
done; Great will be their joy and glad - ness, 'Round the
r'rfr—jat-
&t=f=t
Refrain I
=z:zi:*i5==xizai: ::*:*:
I; \
:*^
reap-ers loi-ter by.(loi-ter by) Go reap ge reap,
SB^— —
great your last re- ward
Master's snowwhite throne, . Qo reap, go reap,
at"- Si* 3
gfeE^gl
.^r= J_.4 j
•-
x —
=
——r— t- sr-"-«»-sr-ri
-uF-^'r-r--
1~
i
—rEr
—-a-
V*-—
i
—-—^t* i
_ £fr-3
ff-i
The har - vest of the Lord is great; Go reap, go

~
The har-vest of the Lord is great; Go reap,
!
sj
! !
fatLj*
!
J J J Lm! J -*t
—
"
ffi^^ feii E£=*rft giEEl
reap
-t_
No
Eg-g u
long-er
:
i die
i^ r-
-fr
stand
— and
r
wait,
c
t—U"-r
go reap, No long - er i - die stand and wait, and wait.
JjI\# jH' - j _n I
^-^—^jpi
inr
q —
No. 12 When Morning Breaks
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promise''
JAMBA lOVI Owned by J. M. Hbnsox. j. k. nviot
S_^__^_L^ «, «, ^, ^_.C« B—« — ^ m-^-m —

j
1. When the morn-ing breaks and theehad-ows fie* a - way, Earth-ly tri -als
2. When the cur - tain falls and the play o! life is o'er, shall hast-en We
3. When the morn-ing breaks, at the feet of Heaven's King, Gathered sheaves w e
-- —P P r ak * (A, w A-r* 1 1
-*-
z^=z\zttitzz£^^^
willbe o'er. In the Morn-ing Land.thro' a bright e-ter-nal day, We shall

to the Gate. 'Twill be o-pened wide by the One that we a - dore, And our
hope to lay. Theu.withcrowns adorned, we the triumph song shall sing, Thro' a
live for - ev - er-m ore. With the an - gels we shall be sing - ing,
rap-ture will be great.
nev - er end -ing day. so fair op there,
-
r AI —'jb-i-S 1*—W— S * — <* Ai-rA—m —m— —
• -£-£ a 1—
-tj-fj
^f^Q^tee^ "-- t.
P-4U-J
:^ r*J£=~
t> fc-
& t; "
All oar care and Bor-row will be past. Ma - sic iwell-ing

for-ev-er past. bo grand,
! P « -- _ «--
'D t;
I
and joy bells ring-ing, We shall all be safe at home at last.

ring in that land,
i n •*- ~m- '»' -m~ •- k. *.
§ft£EEE!SE£E£Efe?E^feEBS«E*E*E^|
— & I ,
No. 13. His Love is Sweeter Than That

Copyright, 1946 in "Star of Promise.'
HERBERT BTJFFU1* OWNED BY J. M. HENSON rio#
1. Yon may speak of

the Jova of a moth -er, Which is con-stanttho'oth-
2. strong is the love of a sweet-heart, ThatjiasBtoodthru the teBt-
3. A broth -er and sis-terare faith- fa), fa - ther will toil A
4. God's love is far deep er than
- o-ceans, And high - er than Heav
f-AJft — t*.— r-IA Uk> — t*> A cA —b*-|— 2 BE BE — | L| ,

^- — | _
^:a_E_K_cz c_k ez_ez:c j_û__cp —^— S— j
prJrtfzK— *!--Mfc:i3z^z3zS=c5J^|iii„Ê23
•r loves fail; Tet e - Ten a - gainst this great bul - wark.Mis-
ingi of life; But oft - an it chang-es to ash - es, When
thro the years; But some-times they all when need
fail - ed, And
en a - bove; Praise the Lord we can al - ways de - pend on, This
** jS,a
-îK_r-r—ELjLf--jtl&l. JC-ft-Z--^ 3
TH
*=fcttlb3
Refrain ,
-^ —— Ci fi_f*
^==2t: i =HiztajEBEEizEarfE=^=^3E:
zz^=^=J==I~yz=5:=tî=
treat-ment, we know, oft pre -vails.
tronb-le and heart-aches are rife, The great love of Je • im is
leave us In tor - row and tears.
match-less -this nn-cbang-ing love.
-K K- >. L fib..
:t=:
^zfer^zr*—«==N==te TL—ggE-frrfcH :C=:
r—tr~l7-~r--t7 -fr r=ffi=m=^

r-
-U.J. -fc-jL
^zzjt«z?^zz^=^zzi=fc^=z5zzizi?=r:l.-yi:ESiz:xld :s=ial— *LZ
sweet-er than that, Tho'a moth-er for-sak-eth her own; He prom-ised and
JL-X-I — £--£.r -}___.
nev er His Word hath He broke, That He nev-er will leave us a* lone.
S3 :t:
IE ^=^=t===£=^=t^=N=^
r-tnr-r-
peril. j»-pzz; ,
II
=B=r
—
No. J 4 Trust In the Strength Of Jesus
Copyright 1046, in ''Star of Promise"
i^s^^^Sa
§SV. ALTBKD BAEBATT OWNED BY J. M." HENSON rlb»
— r^F-j— — -*-hH h-+j fc-^*1

4
at:
1. Trnst in the strength of Je sus Ha will not yon fall, Lean on Him
let
2* Trust iu the stren tb ci Je ens On Hirnyou depend, Ht nev-er
can
3. Trust in the strength of Je sus If you would con-querwrong,Pray for Hit
-6>- -*>• -m- m- -m- -*--&* ,. IN
r-tnr-r-r
- 'ry mo-ment,-He
is your All Trust in the strength of Je- bus,
•v in All.
Will ke you, Be is ycur tru-est Friend. Trust in the strength of Je- sus,
for-s:
grace to he p yon, For strength make } on strong. Trust in the strength of Je -bos,
*«=*»"
m= 3=3*=£3B^B£3E
-&- -m- -<+ -m
*3==fap± J-nJ- 4*-*.

L|g-lz=!?=^l±gii£±gz:;^Tj-?-bdz^zEa-^-^-:
Thihelp of man is vain; Put on the Gos-pel »r-mor New strength aid
He car-eth for E.s own; No dan-ger shall be -fall him Who trusts in
Make Him your hope and stay; Then He will guard and guide you, To realms of
&
_C Ci —p—p—J—
-m- -»- -m- -m- -»•
. _CH
rK -<»-
L t=tp=
f~tr-tr
RgTTtAIB
vig • or gain. Trnst the strength of Je - sus, He's the

Sod a -lone.
end-less day. Trnst in the strength of Ja bus, Ha is the Ufa ol
-t
t-V-t^^
The Bap of life to sin • ners, In Him they live a -gait.
t=: -^ZSl ***

=p=w1
FW =*=*
r
— I —
No, 15 God's Word Is a Light On My Way
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promise.'
W. C< Pool* W. Floyd Taylor, owner W. Floyd Taylor
-U--3 fV-1 K— fS £ r -l—
:4==fc *=fc l_g»_M M —<1
-m-hm 1—
—--—c «7-^-H-h
-~-* i -«'- I
V—rtr-2--3—*1-— 1 1
-^
1. My light in the 4ark-nes8,my star in the eight, It's gnid-ing me on-ward

2. My chart and my corn-pass on o - Ter life's sea My bright bea-coi shin -ing
3. My rock and my ref -age when storm-bil-lows roll, When high bil -lows tosi-ing
I P —=_»_i*_r x ,
1
^L— TT
to morn-log bo bright; My light nev • er fail • ing to sh«w ma the right,

thro' darkness for me—
My con- stant com-pan-ion it ev - er shall lie,
wouldsweep o'er my soul; I Beak it for re! - age, give Je -bub con-trol,
is _ _
zEEEiEEEEIiEEIEEEpEEEgEEfrEiF
=tzt=:
••»•
11
r-
._**''. "**',.. m. _
^"
f
'fttt__
Bktbixr
God's word is a light on ay way. A light on my way, a
§Hii
*u
i
light oo my way, Quid-ing me on-ward to heaven'* bright day, A
v*t* -*• -*- -^- •-
i=l_.
<* «• *»
ê-n :p=p=
I ^=f=t=g=
t^5^^^f5E==^3==
rifc
light on my way, a light on my way, God's word is a light on my way.

i ...
m—r-
S ._ 1_ j_ 1 ^-[-K hr hr Jtar^-fct—t-gfcsr— hi—It—
*i&
— — : i —
No. 16. Is Your Soul Without Light?
Copyright, 1946 in "Star of Promise."
Rev Alfred Barrett. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON J. M. Henson.
£-4 ~*-r 4^-4 £-
fc=bd=i=ta=fcfc
pz^z^zz^±izLlz=^-ai==l.-iîE^3ar-^-lE=qiz=l=Ea8-al=:a!ij
J -m- -*- -m- -m- -<>- -•-
1. la your path dark as night. And your soul without light, Are you long-ing for 1
2. There's a vi ice soft and clear Falling now on your ear, And its ac cents are 1
3. He will hear wh:n yon call Tho ' your faith may be small,
, hen your hear t is with W
4. Come to Je-sus to-day, And 10 long-tr de-lay, He will ban-ish your f
-»- -m- ^ •»- -m- -m~ -m- -m- -m- f\ IN
ifeÊl;;^-' EBâeâl £=f=;

£E
Êfe?:!iHp|lîE-^piÊ^^
par-don and peace? Put your trust in the Lord, And be - lieve en Bis Word,
ten-der ands?eet; If this roice you will heed, Then your steps He will lead,
sor -row op -pressed; Er-'ry bur -den of care, He is wait-ing to share,
eor-rew and fear; He will free- ly im-part, Strength and joy to your heart,
—a—
A— P-
./*. _a. -A- â_
^ — -» —— r t— rr .tr: --g
m
i
—A
A 2
i
Pi a H bk !A>— Fafc
=s^=^£=£=rt7 "i i> .
i
Retbajh
N-4% ±=fefcai
lT^ -©* y, tr tTT -jr.- p>- x
Then frem sin yon will find sure re-lease. He will par-ion your sin,
And will lov-ing-ly di-rect your feet.
And to give all the wear-y ones rest.
And your soul will be flood-ed with cheer. He will
:^3Z[zEgl=g!z-^-a)-giz!*=E^--AT^zlzia=:
r
If you let Him have ab- so -lute sway; In the
cleanse yen with -fa, full sway;
-— a—^P £=£ toetpt

r i
—* — - i
,
'^^ÊE^Ê^^ Jmz
rag
r £=£
4. JV—M
=te«
*
hour of distress, He will comfort and bless, If in faith you will trusting-ly prayj
m •
]±— A
.
t—r.
-A--A-
1— ^—(A A-32-
HBi-ei—sa—
?tT=
—
t==£ ex.£=t=S
h--5
:
=Eh
£::£_£_*_-';
-p- B
H * I — 1
No. 17 When Christ Shall Appear

Copyrifht 1946: in "Star ef Promise"
AVTBMD BAHHATT OWNED BY J. M. HENSON *. m. nritw
Zp_Zp —N — is K fsF-4- —P — P-«jj — •< •*
*t
1. There'i a glad day fast ap-proaching, the most beau-ti - fal of daya A nd that ,
2. When the Sav-iour comes from glo ry, all the dead in Christ shall rise, A nd the
3. All the faith-ful ones are wait-ing, watching for that bliss-fnl tight, And their
blesa-ed time is sura-ly drawing near; When the saints of earth shall gather and with
darkness of this worldihalIdis-appear;For the sweetest songs of an-gels shall re-
hearts are now no longer wrapt in fear; When onr eyes at last be-hold Him, we shall
^-—iS-^-A-ff-A-A—A-A-rg?-A-f>- -A—p-r—A-A-A—A- l
S ft
f-
t
^^rmffi =P ;
Fine Refeaeh
P--JM —«»H-«%—^— - 1 l-r-A — bfc 1

— !-*! — A! — ~ —^-1-^—|-— I—
an - gels sing His praise, ' Tia the day In that

ech - o thro' the skies, In that day when Christ the Saviour shall appear.
greet Him with delight, In that day Whenou

-A_ -*L
m —
5=E
-*> | \-
D. S, —In that day when Christ the Saviour shall appear.
~rr^-^^
day when Christ onr Saviour shall ap -pear,
Lord shall ap-pear,
EzE=:
All the saints of earth (kail
gs-J-*—
— -^ /
. A*l^--g--î:^---^-_. A'lyA.f:g-g-^-t=^
:*=S
£._fcr_i — .— r ^: =^4U*
*"
v \j b* "ni t7 tr
sing with gladsome cheer; We shall meet Him in the air, All His shin-ing glo-ry sharer
Andwe'llall His glo-ry share t
d*d*-Jlz: A-A-A
y>=N=N
trtr trtrr ^sUl
< — ) — ^ — H p -
No. 18 He'll Walk With Me AH the Way

Copyright 1940, in "Star of Promise'
Re», Johnson Stoke* OWNED BY J. M. HENSON Jamas C. Moor*
_^-£_-k_JL_D_-J>_
1. My Sit • ioar has prom-ised H'ell aev - cr for sake, The' man -y temp
2. He keep-eth me safe from the dangers nn- seen, Temp-ta -tloas a-
3. Someday In His bean- ty, the King I shall see, With all the re
V -*- -*V -«V -*V -A- ,_, _ _
5=*
tnnr-r 1£=£=£
—m— — «-^«> Al———j——

— .
— m\m> —m —m tnr
*^
17-— -*-^T7-tn7-
<s>
>—i
i-l-l
—-*>—{$«»—{-<-_-_.__
__—
1
a—)— haV — » —
«5
JJ
1-1-1 —
ta and * o'er-take,My path-way a walk
tiom tri- als of de - light He will
riae and He com-eth be-tween, He leai-eth me al- way where pas-tares are
deemed onee in glo-ry I'll be, From Bin and from sor-ro w for - ev - er let
-t^-=M-x!t-xi— r-h-K-xi —*—»— «i-^l-
make,
green, He'll walk with me all the way. He'll walk with me all the
free, yes
u_^,-JL-D_£.
r —St — -<•> — -P-HV m—m —m — *i- t-t-&—
•f-+H — -4 I—
way, He'll walk with me all the way Tho' oth-en for - "'
all the way, yes all the way,

m. _ -w- -w- -w-m^+. - J- P -\ -sv-
/^•=^==«—N=P=F*=^^^ =^=^ =* = E z=11:= ^ t=PE:::: s:::=^~ :::: '
^rnrTrtrir
._—-=,_: P»«v-^--k-^ — r-a,—ys— -—4-j —c4iCitii
sake, My bur-den He'll take And walk with me all the way.
walk with me all the way.
-a\-
'
-Hk—*- -A.- 3*- -»—--"«• P'- -*r- ._, -=
fa-:at"z^za:
EEE2E1 !
i — — — — m —— — H
No. 19 I Want to Find You There

i. M. Hanson J. fll. Hanson owner Jlmmfe Jacobs
t_ m
t— —
eJ— F—
<>i__3_Lî
( — ——«— —Jl—j.—-«m—
— -H
«c — -•-—
•1
— «>
1 <* J ""l-F-i -n
— 1— m —m
—•]—*>—
-^ ——-4
-J
1. When I retch my home is Hear- en where no sor-rows be-tide, There to
2. Side by side wo all have la -bored in the great har-vest field, Help-rag
3. With a hand-clasp and a welcome la that homeo • ver there, All my
-an- -a- -*a>- -*- -«¥- "-m* -+-. -A-
2|z*zz*z^z^zisz:t»zit*zz*zi*z=a=pz:ii=^=*=pzzgz:3
t7 V"^^-^-^-^-^^-^-^^"^^"^
3E
—» —-==^z*~
:
>— — — •-M-d — — «— •
^:^jîz^zzgzzgzzqzzsZ=z=E^zaNi;
i
—•——17"~
•»—
~t7~"t *
4 -^-- i
t r~bo ;
-w
dwell with the Sav • ior in that Cit y - fair, (0 glo - ry) When I
•ome-one to raise a song or nt ter a pray-'r, (for conr-age) And when
-
love for my Savior I shall sure - ly da -clare,(0 praise Him) There a*
;; z^Szz^zSliz£^z"iF=Pzzgzitzigzr^|z==zppzzgz:
tr—tr
D. S.— Won-der-
r z*L4
— *—
— — ——9«.
i
*.
«*
—2j
—«i_î-l«i
1 «•
^— « —
—"?— — ——— —ej~— m —»-+•>
—1_—
I-
— »—
— i
i
-i
ti
m
h- —M—m
— —m—«>
1
:s_j p.
view the por-tale where ever a -bide, I I'll want to find yon
I shall take some sheaves.be-hold-ing the jield,
mengthe nnin-ber in that Cit y- so fair, Comrades,
fol the ling-ing in that Cit y so fair,
^^=^*??^^-^^--*-- Z£X -*
z»z=z=zzrzzzizlqzzrjgzzzfcsz«|z5ig=q=a|z^zs& :a|zzz:zzztza5j:=
-fete
- — p-—*—m
z:^zz^zz*zzazzizlzzz^zzzzzEz=iz-?zzz^zzzîzz5=t^=
there Find yoa in that won - der - fol choir,
yes find yon there, 1 want ta find yoa in that won- der-ful eheir,
_=, S .
— F"i —
i-" —i-q —i-q —i---— —i —^ s
zcz=*zzz •—*zzz •ztfc*zzz:*zz:*— *zzz—
i 1 — 1
—_zzz 11
$ We shall sing and veio - es not tire,
Where we shall sing and voic-es nev - er shall tire, glo ry,
-_1 1 x _j* _r* _j* _r

!*._sL=i-SL-|-!L!i-*:.
--
t~m—— ,.- » — ^
zzz^-Ez£zzzzzzz£zz£z:£zzEzzz;
—w— i
> r
1
— — — • i
No. 20 Like a Breeze From the Ocean

Copyright 19*6. in "Star of Piomiea"
AXJTBMD BABBATI Owned by J. M. Hehson,
1. Like a breeze from the o-cean Thy love comes to me, When my heart it for-
2. Like a breeze from the o-cean Thy love comes to me, In the mo-ments of
3. Like a breeze from the ocean Thy love comes to me, No one ev - er yet
4. Like a breeze from the o-cean Thy love comes to me, And.it rings like a
Sz*-ts-Eaiiz*=!s=t»=zts=:|«=Et^=t=5sE3=fc:EE=zEzS
*
n *
m^m&m&
y v b * b i l
c=^=v-^F3?3=^-=feF;
Bftk - en and sad;

r
Bring-ingwon-drousre-fresh-ingvchere-ev-er I be,
„
sor - row and grief; When I turn in my an-gnish dear Sav-ionr to Thee,
ought Thee in vain; For Thy meas-nre-less grace is a - bun-dant and free,
Bweetmel-o- dy; 'Til a won -der-ful prom-isethat6om-ethfromTb.ee,
-- -- -- -P-^ ?- '-T--
~-*-. ^-— *——^~ -(- -^- -^~
'A —St —
-• -^-
*—Ar— ^
-,*—JAi kfc-rl 1
rtr
Bid -ding me to re-joicaandba glad. Thy
Thon dost hai-ten to bring me re - lief.
As the sun-shine and beauti-ful rain.
Thon hast said, ' 'I will nev-er leave Thee. " Like a breeze from the o-cean Thy
dSt
love comes to me, my Saviour Re-deem-er di-vine; Thon dost come in Thy
i_ — 1 1
i«b— ob, — =—r ^ — is — 1* mi —"" ct' '
ra •'
'
~_
r* * trtr
mer-ey to
' »
an-swer
HLI
my plea, In
—Jur-
tr- —L
tnr
1 I — — ^1—^-U^'-0—IJ
my dark-ness Thy love-light doth shine.
—rt;—
PV-,o>
A -1 1 fZ — —![Z_JZ_
.J4, K—
<»- -r^~
*. ——-I
I
--1
-F--
1
--•-
r i 1
I
k - 9 P _
No. 21. I Will Trust the One Who Died for Me

Copyright 1946, in "'SUr of Promiie."
Mrs. Lizzie Da Armend. owned by moore & neniok. Geo. C. Stebblna.
ll^ÊÊ^l
=!*rg
5r^-g.-g-jf- i -3:
t=zx
-£—-& 9—
1. Step by Step I go op -on. life's jour-ney, Tho' the road may often
2. Ho Hasprom-ised His a -bid-ing pres-ence, Tho'theKing of kings ia-
I. If I fol- low where my Lord is lead -ing, Some glad day His bless-ed
c ^ z qaq=:qgntozz|z^z fc_-£.r J 1
i:d feJfctrj:
rag-ged be; Still a-mid the clouds my heart is eing-ing, I will trust the
deed is He; On the era - el cross He paid the ran som, I will trust the
face I'll see; When the long, long earthly road is end-ed, I will trust the
_r Ai-A— A-Jt^t^t&A-A- ff-rA—A
*=**f=|?^ £=*=? :EEES

Eefbatjs
£- ~D.r 4- 4*— =l=t=zs=rfc
_pzz4
$
One whe died for me. I will trust the One who died for me,
for me,
-.—^-^-A-,
:-k-P i
—
—P T— F&— f« —*>--£•'—*—-• —,•>— hg-7—
-I — i——
r
Through time and thro' • * ter-ni - ty. Safe He'll guide me on the way
and thro' e • ter-ni • ty,
fete*—
-A-4 r^FI-pVrg-r^--g-J-Jrs—
^~E - -a-
trtrtjirr-
fe j..J j fc-
<Pi
_ 4J-—
fs
c _^
r .
P—P—ps—
r. r r-r-i-,1
j |
Through each moment of the day, And I'll trust Him for He died for mo.
4 A A_Ai-i* —A _—A-,-A —A— |f>— A— • |_, —
i — ^ — 4 *— » —— p I
No. 22 Get Aboard the Sunshine Train

w. J. p« Ow.\EL> EI J. M. HZKSOS, W. J. Parrr
^zzfczfe^:^^
1. What's the use to fret and whine, or to sit a -lone and pine, Get a-board the
2. Are yon on the grouchy track, torn around and hasten back TraTel where sweet ,
3. Nev-er ride that wea-ry train, nev-ar gram-Lie or corn-plain, Get a-board the
*p.-\y$:-~—m—m — m—v-— i 1—CP—BZZpZZp m —£—m-E<m—*~» —ii -Z
5— tfzs^jfcfazz^—^z=gz:i^_^zz*zzz*zrg^zz:*zzz^zE*E3
sun-shine train ere it speeds a way; Lln-ger not in donbtand gloom,
flow-era bloom all a • long the way; Lin ger not in sin and strife,
-
son - shine train ere you be too late;

A A A-r -=
—
= a *
FFtfe^S=£
P P P— H—
afcr
<* A — A—A—A—A—A—A-
=^^;-PE"' ^ rr r =|
* * Kk— r- H-*~r-«*
—
Christ has paid the fare for yon,
<*>
i
*.
-.
. i v -
j
D. B.— It will land yon bye and bye
j?—K-^K^— —,—!——i— ziprRZZK — — «i— •i-«p —i-F»i— » — — - ^1

—— — ——
I
—i
— ^ — p-=rd — rP — * —d—
i
1 i i
-h— ^— -n i- i i 1 _ 1
!~l
Come a-long while there is room. Get a-board the sunshine train, get aboard to-day.
Live a better, high-er life, Sidiag on the snn-shine train, get a-board to-day.
Get a • board and ride it thru To the joys that wait for yoa at the pearl- v gate.
yjj-fr-P—P—w—P— »—!»— ^4-^—^ » —m — i 1

—
1 I-* m — m — —b>—1
At the por-tal in the iky Man-y friends are wait-ing now for the sunshine train.
Refraib
t?z — '"zzzzzaizz
•*
— ~f~*i
— '"" **
'
* **
^1
t l> I
\j
i lb 17
Come a • long, *•« a 'board, ,
my wea- ry broth-er, the euB-shiae train,
A-**Ai£--k J
•z&=t=z=t:zzz:=z=_zz:-zr
B
4 .
"-* "
B~r r=
"lis]
fc=fc=t —P—JU-Ji— .-^-4-5^
li .
Jz=g=z^zzz:*zz:|^zzz:*z±g^:
Jht=s :z*zzz:^zzz:^z:
:^:
:s2: 1
Noth - ing ob this train to lose. eT • 'ry thing to gain;
£R.j£*— — •— — *^— •zz~tzzzzzpzzztzEEzj!zzz il zzz", zzz: ,_ zz:~ *;c~:— }j

———— r
£r
p 17— "17
—— 17
i^^-tr — — —tr~"^£r|
r t
,
—
No. 23 We'll Top the Hills of Glory
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promiso"
Re». Rupert Cravena J. M. Benson owner J. M. Henaon
1. I'moft • en made to won-der a - long this pil-grim way, A • boat the

2. I'llkeep oa trast-ing sweet-ly an - til the day is done, I'll do my
t. Ob, let us bear ourcross-es, ne'er stop-ping to corn-plain, Let's go in •
j ^F-h*--*T~y~ ;*~T
'r~~K~rl —r — —f i
!
i*Tfr~"r^
cares and tri-als that come from day to day; Soon I Ml know all a-bout it, and
best for Je-sns, I'll work till set oi Bun; Much fair-er then in glo - ry my
to the harvest and save the precious grain, We'll know all things up yonder, when
3 —£—-* a—*-— *>- r— -| 3

EE=E=EE£E* ff
E£EfeE£EEE£zzEzIEE£E3
D. S.-With-in His grace abounding there's
allthings clear-ly Bee,

crown of life shall be, I'll top the hills of glo • ry and win the vie • to ry.
Je-ins' face we Bee, We'll
^=^=^z=^zzpzi^ztp:zz^^=^-^zzpzz5ztezz^zzNzz|ezzpz3
glo'rous lib • er-ty,
1 '
iZ^SJ _£ fc p £ fi_jj
^zz^&zz=izzz*i=^zz=^zzz^zzEÊEEz5zzz£z=z£zzz^=zz2:=
hzzIz:Er*zzziiz-izzz^zz:a;zzzizzzIz5iEzgzzr^zzgzz=T-~ii=:
Oh! come a • long my broth - er, Still God is on His throne,
t^^t*-^-^
£_.£—£_£—£-4 Z>.8L
^îSz^zz=^zzz^~rtzzz!?zz=aiizzJ:Hzzzi:zz=z^z:z5z=z^zElJ
l^-Elz:Ezszzz^zzzizzz*zzz*zz=iizzIz:Elzzz!5azzz?kzr-Izzz:Bi-3i
Be side Him there's jno oth - er, He loves and keeps His own;
>
't= £qFJM *=fc=r=^^

I — A— — a —
No. 24. What a Singing There
Copyright 19*6. in "Star of Piomise"
C.T.
-D—4 — —MUS,
Owned by
J
J. M. Henson. Curtis Taylor.
#±=t
J -m~ -+ -40 -m- -m-
1. what a sing-ingthere.onHeaTen'sBhiningshore.Thebellsareringingthere,
2. Each step grows clearer here up-on the up -ward way And hope grows dearer here,
, ,
3. Our tor-rows shar-ing here, to sing ia Glo - ry-land, Oar bar-decs bearing then,
-t-p—af — -4-F— 1—— I

m— p
-
f*-Fi i
1 1 p m-r~ *-
izias
and saints in white a-dore; The ech-oes winging there, shall swell f or- ev er -more»
each moment that we stay; And Heaven's nearer ht re, tho' shadows oft' en play, •
to walk the gold-en strand.Ourtoilsomefar-ingheie, but soon the an- gel band,
.*- -,». .^ -^- -»- ». -m- -m- -m- -m- -m~ -m- -m- -i —— -m-—
1 -
-| 1 1 LA A ^ IA— A-hA'
,-r-
-h4 —A—A- i i
£EH£EEEE=
Fink
[, I * v \>
And call as homef And call ns home)and call ns home, (and call us home)
As we go homes As we go home) as we go home, (as we go home)
When we get home(When we get home) when we get home. (when we gethome)
C=t=t=c=: :,_,: — a. + —^ —
-a— -a — a— a
»»..
—a-
m
rl
3=£=
"tr— D—D~ tr-
D.S.-Whenweget hame[Whenwegethome)when we i
get home. (whenwe get home)
Refkain ^ ^
:«|£3=«:EÊ5EEfc=3=3=5^=5f^5=5E
sing-ing there, Oh what a sing ing there, Be-neath un-elonded skiei
r^
i^^
r.A.
3r* £
Dr~r~ r
L
D.S.
.t£_S_S__ _=5:_ _-l: __ _ =zpi^_ _ta_S_S:M

r t [ [
r tr
that land of glo-ry lies; Oh what a sing-ing there sweet home in par-a-diie,
A A A A-r-A:— A —
^ ;
A— A-Pa—A
^=t=^=^=^=^^q==t=-^^-^^
IA A-ll
w *
No. 25 Sweet Melodies

Arr.br J. T. M. Owned by Benson and McEibbea J.T. McKlbb.n
1. A-rnaz-ing grace how sweet the. sound That saved a

2, Ohap-py day that fixed my choice On Thee my
8. When lean read my ti - tie clear Toman-sions
Efc*£
f=i=Szii:t=:=z:z=-^-===zzi:izii^.=
*—
tnrtnr-p-
V
fir. u i>- £/ 1> u £ d k t TJ £
wretch like yog and me; .ikeyoaanduie) I oncewaslost fcntnowl'm
Bar - ior and my God;(onTheenyGod)Wellmaythisglow - ingheart ra-
in the star - ry iky; (the itarryBky)I'll bid fare-well to ev-'ry
1 Pi JS Ti .r A . ^_(»-«_^.
r._ T enmrTTT
D. S.— My on-ly hope, my on - ly
Fink
-P-fc.
î-W~gz.-*rz£: --
F — * — -*-
a> 1
* y \j v #
found.butnow I'm band Was blind bnt now I clear - ly eho.(l clear-ly lee )
J'oice.in Him re-joice, And tell it's rapt-nre all a - broad(tell all a-broad.)
ear, to ev-'ry fear, Aud wipe no mora my weep -ing eye. (my weeping ay e.)
&A s
v^^m A. P
fs
.i\ j> I
-*-*
T
plea, my on-ly plea,
t7~r
Lamb of God 1 come
r
to
r=
Thee (I come to Thee)
^
Refraih
£zz*zzz*zzzzzzf:zz:^3!E*zz*zzl
izzzzzzzzzzzzfctziszzzzzzzzzzzpzdl
(*
tt
17 p t,-
1/
Jnst IB am (Just as I am) with - ont one plea, (with-out one plea)
A" A- a> *
IggSESEÊCZp^ZIiE^feE? $= 1
trtr-tnr
-4 —i; -~K-
^*
Bnt that
_Z±5|_^_q_^_aj rSBZ^jnEZZtZ^ZZZjEZZHZZZZZiZZZZpiai
l \j l
Tbj blood was shea for
t,
me
b b b
Blood was Bhed for me, was abed for me.
-A zrzzszzzpzzzrzzz&zzji
rzzrz^zzczJzziSzzzflzzz^zzzJzq
SS zÊEEE£z3Ez^zzfl
D—tr
— » I
No. 26 Teach Us to Pray

R«t.A H, Ackley
•J— fc-
Owned by Jas. C. Moore and J. M. Benson
£4Ut
B. D.
—
AcM.r
1. Teach m
to pray ts Thou hast taught, A prayer in-spired by pure de-sire;
2. Teach as to pray! not earthly gain, Seek-ing life's pleasures vain and gay;
3. Teach us to pray and nn-der-stand To-day its bless-ings to hold dear;
4. Teach us to pray for all we should, Our fee - ble sight cannot dis-csrn;
:d^fc?^=5^^p
Sfe
:pfag:
T-Tf m mm
That in the test our ev - 'ry thought, May stand the ho • ly * firs.
Seek - ing re-lease from toil and pain, Thus may we nev - er pray.
Brave-ly to do what Thou hast planned, With-out a doubt or fear.
The rec-om-pense of ill or good; _ 0, may we trust and learn,
-«•
LM*
-5i
=E=p=E^êi^=i
Chords
Teach as to pray as Thon hast taught, Till in snb-jec-tion we have brought;

—A—A-A i»»^S» -—E-— —» —
— H-F-P:N=*rz>rt i a*- 1 !
A—
ffi ^fcirtÊ trir iprfi
-4-
Oar ev-'ry hope, word, detd and thought ,Un-to Thy will we pray.
A—A—Ai—A-rAi—A- — ff-rt**-
:^:z=s~s;=g=q m
»
—$=£=|==5=t
m—
£ fp]
V"\J-
— — — * 1
No. 27 Jesus Leads Me On

Copyright 1948, in "Star of Promis*"
C.W.R. Owned by Henson »nd Bumbo Geo. W. Rambo
1. I've a friend who is ev-er walk-ing close by my tide, He leads ma

2. He's ref • uge for -ev-er all my sins He will hide,
my
3. Love of Je - lug my Sav-ior ev-er - more will a-bide,
1^ P -m>- -••
p^_._k =£--£--rpv-P
aGZX 1 ——
S=z&3E3 i
1 i
»-t-sT 1
— —
m -» z^-h«t—
:*zzz£z:£F- -*-«<-
""—™i ,,<--*---
afcat I—
— =*=^=sJ
n
^r it £ * I
------
on, and now I'm stt-is-fied; He is speak-ing sweet peace to me, my
He is gnid-ing my foot-steps and m y
Leads me on sat-is-fisd; He will keep me for-ev - er since m«
• l ] 5— I 1 1 = — rg 1-i—Ap— I Sk —K — afc-r-lA— <mk— *— bA.— S— ak— K—

?^Ê*EÊ:E?EEEEzEEE^=EEEE£EESEÊ£E£E£E^3
Fink
--1
^:.^*z:Ê-z:-=zzz===;5-
z=sza!=*z:ayzzbZ:z:AZva^^^=:q-7^^^?q^t^zz__ig
:
J==3=P=3^==^^3
zz*z:J
sin stains are gone, Je-sus now leads

t,
me
K -IT; '-& jh ;4V •£"
.
on
b
„
VS
Je-sus leads me, ev-er leads me on, He leads me on.
^Ê^ÊzzE^ÊÊÊEEgESEtEEF^^^^^^^
EEl
Tir> ; Z--JK'
*
Bn-a&ni
ftp^g— ZZZZCqZ^
hzzzzzzzzzzzzz^zxazzizzzzz —az —a — r>.x zzt_zzzJ
"f Ft r r *
i ,
^ *t/ t? D"
When I was down my Savior came

When I was down my Sav-ior came
-j»- _z*zz zzt* *tr
5SZZZZZZ-._
j
F«—•* —* —*—* ik._z*i_

m >s Fsr- * '<*> — ia—ia.—-
1
E_l£—£-,-«—*— J—-E—*--,—; D.S.
:^zz^=zz!?zzz^z-
zzzizzzszzzs:
And lift - ed my heav • y load, bless His name;

I'll hon - or His pre-cions name;
_ -A-
igzrqtzzzizzzit=r2EEiE=u==£EEÊEÊ^= E -z£Etz?^=«
«SEÊSEEEEzlEE£zzE^zzE£EEtEESzEEEtEtES]
tr-r
S .
.
No, 28 The Song That Never Dies

Copyright; 1946 in "St»r of Promise."
fiT, AUTBKD BiREATT < OWNED BY J. M. HENSON »,
i^^ta-taf^: -q—
$#=3: -si—jf-
-v-if-^-v- II
1. There Ig a song ...with-in my heart, It makes my
2. From morn till eve it sweet-ly rings And Oh what
8. Wheal em wear y sad and lone, And ail my
4. When toil-ing days, ....-.,. at last are o'er And I am.
&S
&*PP*3z&4=4:
cares
=^:£:=«:
^-F^=E#^3i
1—*!—:* -4-
-«i— d-*i-«|— "I-
and fear s depart and fears depart ;New strength and grace...
,
.=,—3-
m 3Pfc.ta!:a£=
zaLatat:
JULfLjL
peace and joy it brings.yesjoyit brings; Itsmn-sic comes

earth
called
- - lyjoyshavefiown,niyjoyBhaveflown;TheseBtrain8oflo?e.
to yon-der Bhore, to yonder ohore;X'U sing with saints
r f
1
f
1
rr "
, —
^F
y=.zÊ-tE^xz3izM -—dE^*-*-*zz^zz2ztlz3zz^z*t:zB
it doth im-part, The song that never dies.that never dies
on an-geU wings,
ring on and on
for-ev-er-more The song that ner or dies.
SS
t
.£. .». -&--m pe. .en. 9 -
Refracn
The song that ner • er never dies, Thesongthat

The sweetest song, that nev-er dies,
r* r» r j> ^ > fc j> J* J-- "^JP *.£

» apzg= fr=?cyziizy^
trtntrtr
^ 1
zzzz*z]-*l±.*L
:gz*7jâc:S=ACts
nev er dies; It tells of love
ne v-er never dies, the song that never dies; It tells of love end joys i
?
^^—y- -£-tF-E-
„
.-4-
:~ ^=£=£3 *Z&
tr Fl/
, —
— — — —
The Song That Never Dies
j^ .* *
1/
V V
Hand
•
joys a- bo ve , The happy long that nev -er never dies
thatnev-er diet.
-- ." J? J s
tbLt
.pr
K K
-£=3=*-"
zs.
I ...
._p:_i —r**-r
—... ... ...
1
.
fcv. |
:t=if
:3*-k
2£ =3EpE?E!El
r
ts
No. 29. Till the Clouds Roll By

Copyright 1946 in "Star of Promise."
•MY. AWBBD BABBATT OWNED BY J.
A iL4- V] ii
jw ;
Li Whenthe way is drear.bringing Borrow and fear, And temp-ests are drawing nigh;
I , In the time of grief, when yon crave far relief Faint not neith-er vain-ly sigh; ,
3. Whenthe clondahanglow.on your journey below, There's al-ways a snn-ny sky;

I. Whenthe thnn-ders roll, He is keep-ingyonrsonl, Tour faith on the Lord re -ly;
>i
Look to God in prayer, never-more des-pair,
There's a lov • ing Eyo .watching frhm the sky, Then bo strong till the clouds roll by.
There is love and light, in tbo dark-est night,
Bo will not for- sake, till the shad-ows break,
-i*i— tav-4-i — =t|

" W~ A-r-lw — »•» a— E --l"-l-l
REFRAIN
u
*ft-7— »-r :
h-rj *^ J—4-roeWrE-rB -4 i I f'\ I
Be strong tili the clonds roll by Be strong till the clovds roll by;
Be strong till the clonds roll by, roll by;
A^
^3 S=*e 1
r=rfb±p=gz^z=|=ibz=3cd
^£=t===l=^=£=£3==|=
A-EL— A—!* I
17 3
. When the storm draws near, trust and never fear, Be strong till the clonds roll by
roll by.
— ^—^—^—f-l —» —H—i*-^—»>—
A- >i-A- -A
««—(>•=—•—r»—»-W t-—t-i~r—r *-«
f?Sa.
L|
h—H— ,i ft — 1
m-r\—~—i—T-kr—
• i
5-1
i
y — = ^ —
No. 30 Glory Is In My Soul
J.M.H. Owned by J. M. Hensoic. j. u. nuriotf
1. Je - me from Bin and shame,

sua has lift-ed No more in sin I stray;
2. Gonetheheav-y weight that pressed me low,
is Heav-en is now my goal;
2. Nothing can turn me from the shining way,0 glory! Backward 1 look no more;
J!& i-i;
„4^_4_4. 4
He be-sideme bless His ho-ly name.O praise Him, He leads me all the way.
is
On - y with my friend I go, re-joic-ing, Glo - ry is in my soul.
to the Cit
Onward and upward with my Lord each day ,0 glory, He's been the way be-fore.
I
(-;
Eefbaih
— —D—D—D—D—tT"^"^— —
t T5"
'frrrt—^—tC
V-t"-*-
1 —
''
C
t
J
2U 'dps 4—&J
Glad-ness ,
• sad-ness, Praise Him I
Giad-ness is in my sonl, all sad-ness a - way did roll, 0,
-"-?-**
h h p p j p, p
_ JL J_ jL JUL JLJL -l-z-t*^- -*
*=:
--— -— a— -—5: JZ=!£ZZ\
——^^-£-^4,
t7~r 17"
m m^m^Wfm^
:
=^-^=a|£aj: -»?
sing
:=s
from day to day;

_^
-£-
on the way to Heav-en, Glo-ry, with

r _£-4
Glo-ry,.
~s:
me 'tis well,
3* M is P J* b
the
r
^-b - - 1 11 -—-— ^— x5-— r^zi^^t 1
Bto • r with me all the way.

sto - ry I dai - ly tell, for all the way.
-*d- If — •- — — -y wr -»»- -- -«i w -». (— **!- I

P
3- 1 I
1 — H — —— —
No. 31 The Evening Of Life
Copyright 1948, In "otar of Promise"
T. O. C. OWNID 8T HBNSON Si CREEL, Thar man O, Creel
^=±=±eJp==^L^rJ^^^^ j. =5
,
iz^-.EiE^lHÊE*
In the eve ning of life, when the sun goes down, I will lay down my cross
As I trav -el life's road, 1 can Bee » - far, And I know that tome day
Are you ready to meet Je -sub in the air, And the an-gels of ear- IJ
—-
-«» ift fc.
4-,0-H
-m-
r- T Wr^ — -•>- -•>-
*-—*~ZLtZ
—^^ — •*»- ».
^"
W—
-_ ey-rf^' m —
—— I
-^
P* i
P» ',>-:-)> : 5c
\ U V \
J V
and re-ceiTi a crown; Will there be an - y stars in my crown that day?

I shall cross the bar; When my la-boura and toils hate all passed a - way,
en so pure and fair; Will He say un - to you,"En-ter in • to rest?
Mm
Ur- •!•*• b»-
*i:£: —
—r»—
-r>
-K
—PL_ipi.
K — uk— uk — at—
t—^
— _:-.
r tZ!_I l .
B
(
|-A> I I
t=t £E£ =E=E=3=E=E

Refrain
When my bur-dens hare all rolled a- way. Will there be u •

J
I on that won-der-fnl day.
shall rest
With the saints of all ag-es be blest." Will there be an •
j
. . rit. a tempo.
•tars in my crown, When the snn of my life goes down? Are yon
Tu T i b-TTr - 1, '
i, ;,r,
v
,,r i>
p
=
_ _ _»- -•- -«»- -^- — -e-

_.iA S_,m &«jl MAil.tB/t #/-»» Phnor +n nAmor
watch-ing and wait-ing for Christ to come?
II Ka Paorl -_ «*
be read y
#!-*
meet Dint
to twArtf Him 4bVa*«
then.
^^-^^^^3ÊptEtEE?3ESE^l3]
g=SEg^^^SEÊEEfefeEÊÊ^|31 hi )»~x ——
. | |
— — — — ^
a - , :
No. 32 The Light Of Love

Copyright 1946, in "Stir of Piomiie"
liraiD BABBATX J. M. flensoa owner w» c. rarszjne
S^^^^t^^ÊE&^SS
t^tp^K ^--^— ari—
U
1. Does you sad heart for par-don yearn, And do you long for peace and love,
2. The Say -ior waits for your re-tarn, wea - ry souls do long - er roam,
3. Come back to God, your Bins con- f ess,' Tis but one step from sin to grace,
4. Ike light of love doth brightly burn, sin - ner leave the ways of strife,
a. _a- .^.
Jk. -A- -A-
m — »- r »--» — »- B m — P
, .,*.
r
—
A a-Fa^-a.— —i-tN--P m— — 1-£— — P— P—ft— —
:
iltti L E 1>«
^n-fozz:£zW-mi
CSi L
-l-aj-aj- a
a^^^^M—
i
<-
The light of love deth bright-ly bun, In yon-der home of joy a - bove.
The light of love doth bright-ly bum, His welcome voice bidsyou come horn*
He waits to save to cheer, to bless, And then to show Hissmil-ing face.
A feait a - waits on ycnr re • turn, A feast of ev - er • last -ing life.
.A- -A- -A- -A*b*- _ I _ -**- -A. -A* -A- -

-a—*— a-Mi 1 -* —P i--hI 1
k- — —r*«
I
rr —^— —r*T- '
Rnr&AO
u__fc—fe—
-gfy-4- **-.— * A<-p^
-—
£--£—£- M -Ai-— to r^=fe
EzE^zz=s=5N=prz^^:=zpE=4 -P-W-
f-tr-tr-
The light of love doth bright-ly burn
Ihe light of love doth bright-ly burn,
-m-
-P—m- :=zt=t=;
:t:
~£q—g- :t=:
=zt=t:
l3E0cnzz±: =F=&=S=6= £=F*=£
3^
^ *
:^:
-
A —A
"V|
I"? A
*=£ ~-f>
5 'V
::
-.-r~l^» :
:
Kf3.
u
\j fc
^
la dark - est night or bright-est day,
In dark-est night or bright-est dayj
£—£—^—(j--^--^—
_4> 4^=:—:^-Cl.j>
-P-rW zpzz^rzs:
-£-.
T=t-
«. "T ^
*
^ u u ^ • C" tr cr C7"
Tt wel - come souls that would re -tarn

To
JE3^^^^^^
wel -come souls that would re-turn
fc±£=fc-fei!
— —— — — *
The Light Of Love

r p Ji— IV-*: ^-JV
Aad lead them in

And lead them in
the
^P^ry
home-ward way
the home-ward way.
m — m — m — • »— a* •>- — —
U~
-.
E 3=^=£=£~t7 ;&-. &
o. 33 When I See My Savior

Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promiae."
ALTHID BABHATK Owned by J. M. Hraraozr.
saz tt-o> —^ 1
—^ m — «*- L ^ <m —-*—A-L «—-^—— — —•—•— )
-4
1. Why should I be lone - ly when the dark clouds roll? Since my lov-ing Savior
2. Tho' ray earth-ly jour - ney is with Bor-row lined All my earth-born troubles,
3. I will cease to murmur, neith-er pine or fret, I will face with courage,
4. Though perplexing problems should my path attend,! shall know their moaning
& & t> b t- I I b Gr b i*

i^
cleansed and made me whole;Naught of grief or sor-row can dis - turb ay soul;—
I shall leave be - hind, With the saints and an-gels end-less pleas-urn find:
ev - 'ry vain re - gret, All my earth-ly trou - bles I shall soon for • get;
at the jour-ney's end, Bo I will be faith - ful to my Faith-ful Friend;—
\f—W —W—W:zzff=t=tK=ts=l*=|s=UK=z!szt^=:5nq
—P — — — ix—\f
1
hrx t* \x. ix tr
1* & \T i \j i , ; |
r
. |
' - .
-
D. S.— Then with all the ran-somed share the foys un-told;—
V IS IN
rin* Refrub
Fink rafituB N
)
.
f
— When
«,—«.—«—»—•— ^--_j : q^|-c«,_^__j_c -^_-,__ - __^__^__^z3
I see my Sav-ior at the Gates of gold. When I reach that Cit -
y
i-dfe: *==£ Û=- £UL» U~£.

fes££=
Z>.S.
with its streets of gold,! shall meet my Sav-ior and His face be hold,
=£
* I
No. 34 Keep His Banner Waving
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promiie."
J. M. Heason
— fc-
OWNED BY J. M. HENION J. Porter Th«m«oB
p
1. We've en-list in the fight. For the blessed truth and right, With* long
-ed
2. We new worker! in, From the bar-ren fields o! tin, And will he'p
will bring
3. Let His ban-ner ev-er wave, For His life for as He gave.And will keep
A- -A--A- bm- - _ - - ft "ft J
'£ge£!^^*Mq0^Bt&^
of praise we let the war-cry ring; With our toy - al Cap- tain nigh,
to drive the foe from onr broad land; Vic- to -ry for os is sure,
ns an - der His pro-tect-ing wing; What a bless -ed vie - to - ry,
I I
l
-A--A-
We will wave His banner high, And will vrork and fight for onr e - ter - nal King.
If we to the end en-dare, We are ai re-joic -ing, fighting hand in hand.
It will be far you and me When we all
, in Heav-en with the hosts shall sing.
_ _ . ft ft i :ry , ft ft i t*
—or ^5_B_5_S_a_
nrr-trtr
D.S. —Keep His banner waving till the work is done.
Refrain
m*^==m
r
-p—1»
U- b* I
=T5=4=f=1i
1"
53t AAA
=*:
*
Wave His ban-ner bright, Spread the
Ev - er wave Spread the bless • ed
Keep His ban-ner ev - er shin -ing bright, Keep it waving in the
A- *E __-,,-
^
.A- -*)- -A- '
e33££g=£ £=*=*=£=£=
r
:=fc=^=:
Gos -pel light, Car- ry on the fight -ing till the vie -fry's won;
-*- n ft ft I l| A- -A
jzz=t=i:
:j~£z3=3ftc
ffe^PNi—*— *=zSL:
f=S= g=g=E= \f I
I — — i
Keep His Banner Waving

D.S.
Fight with conr-age true, Now yonrBtrength renew,

, Dai -ly fight Comradeanow
For the Saviour fight Comrades now in Him
.A. > -At -A-# - -.*-

.p-jj. - !*
rr
No. 35. Rejoice!
Copyright 1946, in "Star
Copyrieht pf P
"Starpf Promise',,
T. N. D,
D. (LIVELY) N. DAVIS. OWNE
t.n.davis.
T. owner. T.N. Davit
7 5-«j_C^_^__ «, m—^m —-M—^z •— c |

J f
L *
1. While shepherds watched their flocks by night, AH wear-y weak and worn;
2. The wise men saw a shin - ing Star, That led them on their way;
3. That Star led on from Beth- la- hem, To all the world a -round;
—-mi— r£- lWfc-1*— r sA. At Ad -a— £"

pi*— -'I*— - - —^— — 1— rt—
r
2 j
— c, (
— , cM__q_ 5r._ _c -
$
,
—-— —^- Ûr «, c 3
They heard the voice of an-gels say, "To you a Saviour's born."
Un - til they reached that hum b!e place, In which the Sav-iour lay.
Till ev - 'ry na-tion heard the news, And free sal - va - tion found.
£:
K [4-v *
-.|5: :*: :£: -*,- I I I.
|B
-|_— ft—
-t*. | (,4, rl
1
=
1 1
i
=fc
i zz===EE ri *f-=*=±Ez
p==p=3d=zz»r±r=pz=|z==t:: did
—•-I
All praise
— — —r — ——»_
I I
to Him
I t~t
All hoa-or
< ._ t)
to
^_^_cp_p_
His Name;
r
_j
All praise and hon-or to His Name, great Name;
r 1—c ——
t
I r -c l
—l=-f—*-•-—, c
r _^_p=3i
Re-joice, and sing! For He'll for- ev- er reign
Re- joice and sing, re - joice and sing,
-my- ^ -m>- m>-Sm>- -•- -•- -m>- -m- ^ III will reign.
g t .
No. 36. That Beautiful Home

H. W. Elliot Arr. copyright, MCMXLIV, in Radiant Joy, Emmett S. Deaa
by R. E. Winsett, Dayton, Tenn,, owner of original. Arr. R, E. W.
teftZZlft ±=# *=ta

p=3=zJb—fe—ft
S; 3=3=1=^ *=i=i=F=i— +-+J
1. There's a beau - ti - ful home far o - ver the sea, There are man-sioDS of
2. In that beau- ti - ful home, a crown I shall wear, With the glo - ri-fied
3. In that beau- ti - ful home, dear friends I shall meet, Who are wait - ing for
A * A A A A A A 1* A A A
:&=&=&: ™
i S=* :*=*=*=£ * A A I
'
--
bliss for you and for me; Oh, that beau - ti - ful home so won-drous-ly
throng,their glo - ry to share; But the joys of that home can never be
me, my com -ing to greet; Re - u - nit - ed we'll be with Je - sua our
-A A— A-
§K=^
—— t
D p-
:fc=t -A A-j —A A A-
fr—-b^
-JU4 -fc—J>-
t
^=3—^H=Eg
fair, That the Sav - iour, for me, has gone to pre - pare,
known, Till the Sav - iour we see, up - on His white throne,
King. While the a - ges roll on, , His prais - es we'll sing.
m r |—
Refrain
=
£=Z=£
-£=£—£ m
M
?&==$ -A A to
*=*
There's a bean - ti ful home, far o -ver the
a beau-ti - ful home,
And its glit - ter - ing tow'rs the sun out
its glit - ter - ing tow'rs,
m f=f b b b
A A
:t=t: m
A— A
— —M A
r I
A_
»-
*=tc
n?—=n— f
w
TTZ z tr rThere's *a
^ r & t»
sea, bean -ti -ful home,
far o - ver the sea, a beau - ti - ful home,
shine, And that beau - ti - ful home.
r J i
That Beautiful Home
P=*=*
for you and for me
I
*-
for you and for me;

mm -2-
some day shall be mine.

some day shall be mine.^
mîM^^m
'
:5=!
i i f
No. 3Z\ Whispering Hope
Arr. copyright, MCMXLIV, in Radiant Joy,
1
Alice Hawthorne "Arr. R. E. Winsett

by K. E. Winsett, Dayton, Tenn.
N
1. Soft as the voice of an an - gel, Breathing a
Iktd
•a-
les-son un- heard,
#: EEfEEjE
2. If in the dusk of the twi- light, Dim be the re-gion a - far,

3. Hope as an an- chor so stead-fast, Bends the dark veil |or the soul,
i— -I r-H
a=* fc 1 r—
fefefe
1 1 r—£?
jSP ^>s-
|=£:E^3
£5fc :Ii
tTT
£r=J=*=P a ^"^
Hope with a gen -tie per-sua-sion, Whis-pers her com-fort-ing word.
Will not the deep- en- ing dark-ness Bright-en the glim-mer-ing star?
Whither the Mas-ter has en-tered, Bob-bing the grave of its
^j-
goal.
-A — 3^
1 ebs I*
-t£J-^-
$& fahS *
&r£3
Wait till the darkness is o - ver, Wait till life's tem-pest is done,
Then when the night is up on us, Why should the heart sink a - way?
-
Come,thefi,Ocome,gladfru - i- tion, Come to my sad,wea-ry heart,
P 4—4-
-I .
aa=3=B £
I
J=I=tal t=&=*
ms *£=*=* feSE
±z=t =4
^"^7 ?c?
3
Hope for the sun-shine to -mor-row, Af-ter the sun-shine is gone.
When the dark mid-night is o -ver, Watch for the breaking of day.
Come, Thou blest hope of glo-ry, Nev-er, nev-er de-part.
Chorus. ,^—-^ ^ ^—
. , . ,
sfeitJ
JI 1 i i
Whis • per-inghope, Ohowwel - come Thy voice,

Whispering hope, whispering hope, Welcome Thy voice, how welcome Thy voice,
•19s #- -0- ••-
-
_. _
h-H r-
.LA— —..
f-+r-t
~<t~ -0- *• "<•- a -•• "*~ ~T* "!*" T^
« :1
——
FPFf^
I
mm S
Mak^ -
P^PPPrWr3b3TlJl§3
ing my heart in its sor - row re-joice.
Making my heart, making my heart in its sor -row re-joice.
I £ *=
»*=£=,
rrrr
f- t=±ta±fez:
f EE
— — — _
L I
No. 38 I'm Gonna Ride On a Cloud

Cbpyright 1946, in "Star of Promise."
U* S. Lindsay Owned et thi Anaoai. Carl R. Harrington
:--*
3
"(7~
— "> w* — •— 3 —-h«-«|
c
--*-i|:^rT»r-»-* r -'-|i:
• 1
3=*
1
—•— t«— **-
tT~
1. Boon I'll catch a cltud and rise, Fly above the vaulted skies, For my home ..
2. I shall bid this world goobye, Meet my friends who live on high.Who hare lived
3. I shall ling the glad new song, With the might-j right-e»ns throng, At the sounding
..(e.ft,._*jP^t=-l=-l-l r^-»r-5 s s -^-* T - - ^-^-^-«-

zlsiS=ixz:|sz:aKz:*=l»=Eiz|==Jz:?=:£=t=!s:ttt=3*=:!!?^=:
:
n— &.
wait • ing joy af - fords; I shall meet my loved and owi,

bless - ed gos - pel word; 1 shall meet the saints of old,
of the brand new chord; It will be a hap - py day,
-aV- -*- -aV
£& =0bdfc=t*=FP=5=S:
:t: —is—i~=*=k=Je = t=
I=BE£EE£=E£EEEEfeEzzz! tjp=p=t = ^==^=t
—it-«S —— —— —
—•>— — *
*l
-^
«>
-^
•*
1 1
i-
M- -*-
——
1—-n—
M—M——
i-
——M—mm— « — — #—
—•>--*— i
—#—a*—
1— i-— -I i
«w —i -fl
When reach the shin -ing throne,

I
Who are sheltered m the fold; I'm gon-na rids an a cloud with my Lord,
While the a -ges pass a • way,
-- -J-,
z=&z£=fc£q:£iS — ^_^-T~—be.—ar——
8fr=fcz:fcz!
.
SSa
m^=k=z=tt^v===&=&=&
:(s=a:
i =r ia>-fP
i — — a> a>
Refbath
-*-*-**
I'm gon-na
—
rideon a cloud
^n?"^
with
I'm gon-na ride on a cloud with
%~4=±ziz -l»- •!».

my Lord,
~rrrI'm gon-ni
my bless-ed Lord.Kide on
—
itt^=£=£=£=tt2*=tite ,jt-"t-:t=:
:
P=^=^ppt
Sz===Kz- g=g=t=£zz»zr|z:EE=:z:EEi£zzE=£:
^rfr; 1— -- .4-^-. *-jL* j;; * [
^^z —Zzzzz _zzzb zzzzzzzzfc zz *:_: E -jta^-

* w — —_ ~*~| :JH=g"+
ride with my Lord; When He sails for me to go, I shall

glo-ry cloud b.ess-edLord,
-•» -FA £-57 _ *- -*%•
Si=î £=£: t?
=fcfc£
E sz?K=iaz:i»zi|«=|sz:!s=
l
p
Etzzt=fez:t=t=t=:tzEE!
6=P==av==t=t=^r=4=ar=^
r
I'm Gonna Ride On a Cloud
I
leave this world be-low, I'm gon-aa rids on a cloud with my Lord,
No. 39 1 Will Never Turn Back

"My aheep heir my voice, and I know them, and they follow me" (Jeans)— John 10: 37
This little hymn is free to all publishers who will use if to the glory of God and His Son, our
B. N. G. 4 ». R. E. W. Saviour; -J: £. T. and B N. G. R. N. Griaham
1.
t ^_^_a.
Once I wan-dered in
rt
^-*"*"*
vdarkness nnsaved,
B"
•
—W
Till the Savior Came knocking at my heart,
" "
2. Of His love I will sing ev-'ry day, Tec I Ml sing at His wondrouspow'rttiave,
3. In His serv-ice each day may I be, Leading sin-ners to Je-suo to bekealed,
4. Heal-ing bod-y- and sonl by His blood, And He feeepa me each moment by His pow'r
« i |tar ..a»..a»..a« i flkr..<2.
SHE ibtzfc^zfczfc: tew
0.
^^^-^-^-u g._
And I o-penedthe door, let Him in, Now rich blessings

to ma Ha im-parts.
For my8av-ior is lead - ing the way, To those mansions of glo -rj • - bore.
Thro' the bl ooi flowing from Cal-va-ry, Tilths light of His lave is re-vealed.
I will walk in the light of His word, And be read -7 to go an • y hour.
lfe£EEE£EÊtE£EÊEEE£EHÊElEpEtÊEE3
.Befratb
I will nev - er turn back, He's y light ev-'ry day;

Nev-er turn back, nev-er tarn back, He is my light ev'ry hour and day,
jz^p=|=zzzz;=^:=g>Fz-=zz n^^PJ~^"Fl=^^F^J
B "
"17 T
No, I'll nev - er tarn back, For my
v-*-^**1
8av-ier
D"
is lead-in? the way.
Never tarn back, nev-er tarn back.
1
— ,
No. 40. Let Your Face Be Radiant

Rev, Alfred Barrttt OWNED BY J. M. HENSON J,W.Aal»w
|L_&_£_fM
:fc=fc
1. As you tread
iz4-^-M-W=^
life's dust-y way, Be
pp££££j=j j
of serv-ice while you may, Put your
§ |
2. When yoa meet the lone and sad, Wit your sweetness make them glad, Give them
'a
3. There are man - y souls to win, From the drear-y ways of Bin, Take the
4. Tho' your en • e - mies as- sail, Trust in God, He can-not fail, Keep your
-<A- -* Yum _ L_ "*- -*" **- -?•«• -*- *»»- "* "*" tm
^2zas~x=tin: iZZi~!iz:azz:xzitx. i
r ~
IEBEB m
•I* «JI •*)-*H
3C-1J
— m —*l-k^ -
^*^=^-.*£-=jfc
trust in Je - bus all the while, all the while; Slug a bright and cheer-ful song,
conr-age for each wear-y mile,wear-y mile; Scat-ter hope and joy and cheer,
Sav-ior to the lost and vile, lost and vile; Keep on eing-ing as yon go,
epir - it clean andrf ree from guile, free from guile; Till yoa reach that home above,
#_-*.
&£=^=&=^^§S^S
'==£ mm p^=p>.--,
*=*" 3s=(sz3kz:6sz3k=:
tnrVlrlrlr
Pink
~*~* r- ...» « ^
<* i-
J
v."-^-itarf*Tfr-p-
As with joy you press a-long,
Help to ban-ish doubt and sin Let your face be radiant with a smile ,a san-ny smile.
,
In the days of weal or woe

There to dwell with those yonlove.
.*-*-.*-*--*.-*-*-*-« -^ ft r RJ ^ ^J >
i
trtr
1 "-"-*-
jD, S, -And the sun hides from your view, a sun-ny smile.
Let your face be radiant with a smile
RSTFRATJg
Let your face be ra-diant with a smile, a sun-ny smile, Seat-ter lore and
rr-rr-tr— -I B~ h~- -—b^- Ch h— "I =S=g^C B

tr-t7- tnr trtnr I. I.
D.-S.
tl—^-J^S-rJ I>£__£__fc--£.
sun-shine all the while, all the while; Tho' your friends may prove nn-true,
A , —
No. 41. I Am Satisfied
Copyright 1040. ia "Star of Promiso'.
J.T, OWNED BY J. M. MINION John Tailor,
1. On a Bea of ex-plo-ra-tinn, once I snllod with ad-mi -ra-tion, Ev- 'ry

2. I re-cei- edan in- vi- ta-tion, Sa tan paid my trans-por-ta-tion.Ar dmy
3. I have made m
y res er - va-tion, for a land ol in - bi-la-tion, And 'til
"
J' _* J JTj
m=i^^^^l¥
!
Eort was o-pened wide, opened wide;There I lost my rep-n-ta-tion, and I

eart didswell with pride,swell"ithpride;To aland of des-o-la-tion, there I
here I would a-bidc,woaid abide;Thrufreegraceandconse-cratiun,I shall
^
JE3
Z).& -I'm —
/'m re-joic-ing in sal-va-tion,heai
sal-va-tion, heaven
k Fink.
|S ^=E=jfc*
*:zai
I . -4J- ~ ^ -*e»-
u
-- K
U #
K*-»-
\f v
aw my con-dem-na-tion,Bnt to - day I'm Bat -is -fled, I'm sat is-fied.
found no con - so- la-tion Bat tc
, - day I'm sat - is - fled I'm But- is-fied.
reach my des-ti - na-tion, And to - day, I'm sat - is - fied.l'm sat-U-fied.
is my des-ti - na-tion, And to- day, I'm sat- is-fied, I 'm sat- is -fied.
I'm tat -is- fied, I'm sat - is - fled,
I am sat -is -fled, yes, I am Bat - is • fied.
£*
wr ir *=*:
-F— * r A —A
*1 j
Ete=r=^
t=6= g=E =F?=£
D.5.
sfelM^ TBfr; :=p=zp:pqzi : z?z£
No more I'll
^-^f-f-r
Bail Bin's o-ceanwide;.
^
Here, no more I'll sail .on sin's dark o - cean wide;
tact=
feiC=F >
J:
:t:
^^
— — —
My Prayer
Coryright 1943. in "Billows of Song" Fred Rich
f^—m — m — — m—H- <m
1. Dear Lord to Thee I ham-bly pray

2. Lord make my life , a shin - ing light
3. I want my friends to pray for me,
i r * j> j*
„ r _r _r i\
«_ -_ _ j*_M_ * * -
E4E=fefcfc£;
—S—7nM +*"—*— L M—
Vise -,s--rfn— t*
a^ »
.a —*-
* * F X ^ b" l; t IT
To help me lire for Thee each day;
To help the lost in dark -est night; ....
That 1 may true and faith -fnl be

"
_——.- .
fc. fc. Sr—fe.- — r « P f*-
~EE mrtr\r =£=«=*I

'JtZZ =£=fcL*=fc:
c —^— ^, — * A 1. — j]_
1 ask for strength and knwl-edge too, ....

Lord help me pray for them each day, ...
That i may walk the nar - row way; ..
^ --- ^
That I may have a home with yon (a home with yo*)

That they may find ..-. the glo - ry way. (the glo-ry way.)
And live for Thee... , each pass-icg day. (each passing day.)
*d£EiEE*EîE?E£E&3EEtE?- L " -*
,ULJL
$5^ :E-=t=! 1 ts=
i
D. S.— That I may reach the glo - ry land, (the glo-ry land.)
Refratu
dk P—C -| 1 *—P-^6 - dfcTTI
Lord lead me on from day to day,

-Ai — <*- -A>- -A-
.-
—-t-t^t-t- ,..__,* uel*.
gym szrr^tectezat—tezaza—t*" ~fr—is—fr—
Beê! I=C=6f=&=C=
Ez
=^=£r-r-l7~Er=
- —T4r - = r r —— r
My Prayer
—a —a — «*—* —
And help mi walk the nar-row way;
And bdp me walk. the nar • row way;
'*£=£ c-&J=----=J-
^—m—m-— m — • — :~be£e£=^
h>-
fit
— D.5.
rT
Q let ma
'
hold
- 1. 1 6-
t» ?
Thy
i
grid -ing
-
hand,
r r r ?
— — —:=£——r^-[T*—*.
me Thy grid-rag hand,
m—m—* —m
let hold
__
^ EE —
s
kH gzzzgzzzz:
a aqg—
1-*— a—tg—tg
Aril*
_
$=%=b=3p
is
a
— :>
1b
- I
fr
u u--v m
No. 43 Mother's Gone
In memory of our dear Mother
F.R* Copyright 1948. in "Billowi of Song" Fred Rich
1. Moth-er's world of lor-row, Gone to join that heav'n-ly home!

left this
2. It will sweet to meet her, On that bless-ed peace-ful shore;
be bo
No one knows how much 1 miss her, Ev - 'ry day and ev - 'ry honr;
Hi
3.
-A-rA •*—A— —
A-rArr— 1— A —r~ —r r^
—i— —i— —A —
A — i— — r>rf-^
r î- — A- A — —
— A-
ap-g ill
;— Ha —*—F- ——
tHrr-T— i
t
* -J— 4V4— :
I-
Fine
- ver yon - der in that cit - y There to dwell at God's right hand.
,
Sing-ing with the ho - ly an-gels, Songs that Moth - er did a • dore.

But I know that she is Bleep-rag, In her bless-ed Bat-ior's care.
-A —A—rA —A — (•"
A-rA — A —A —rA — A
A— ^
1 A g-.
lg£p|v~t
* *
—
I 1 1—
1
F" tz=bt=zt=rE?z^:
4=
1
tT~l7"
D. S.— And some day I'll go to join her, Where sad part-ings come no more.
Refrain D.S.
-4~ .__|_ P -4_ _-£-r J X.
r
She's at rest now with the an -gels, - yer on that pease-fnl shore;
g ^
grfr=*z^=* =*q
gjgjgjgjga
t
No. 44 Where He Leads Me I Will Follow

Copyright 1946, in "St»r of Promise."
p.w.c. Owned by Henson and Cochran Path. W. Cochbaw
_£—
* %
\ i b b 17 & tr b
1.1 can hear my 8av - ior calling Take t^y
2. I'll go with Him thru the gar- din, ....... _ To the
Him
3, I'll
.— A —
go with
—*
* A- r „ — A
r* A-
thru the judg-ment, There be-
1
,fa=3t=t-it=^=it=it=ifc"=:C=:e=pr:N=:*=i=:=3
:*:E=:nbiK=!K=itK=i*zz!x=3s-Et:z:E=tz:t=!s=>sr:===3
p*
t
tw
•
>¥ - -
t c
U W •
.
•rail and fol- low me, (and follow me) To a heme that lastB f or-
place of Cal-Ta
ry,(of Cal-va-ry;)He will lift
- my load of
fore the throne I'll stand, Hear Him say Myfaith-fnl
D l
rj 17 b t>
'
'
t b b I, \
•t - er Justbe-yond the mys-tic Bea. (the mystic sea,)

sor-row And He'll guide me all the way. (yes all the way.)
•ervant, Come in - to this god- ly land ( this god-ly land)
zfcp=fc^=====c«=p-|p^ .&=&-&
trtr. w v
Hliilill
K l~"
:i-'-•z:•
1
,
:
REFBATH -. ^ v P P T\ T\ _
t — tr
, ^ &* b b
Where He leads me I wiU fol-low I'll ge
gp ^sasgE
Where He leads
=EEEEE2EEpE£EÊ£=EEE=::
1 will fol • low,
£=g
-Tlrr*^*^
Him
with
TTTTT
way; all the He
t
will give
H-m<
me
—
grace and
**
I'll go with yes all the way; He will give
I
Where He Leads Me I Will Follow
G
f
t>
b" L; t7 (5 \j i b r
glo-ry And a home e - ter-nal-ly.
grace and glo-ry, And a home • - ter - nal-lj.
No. 45 My Song
Copyright 1940. in "Star of Promts*"
J.M.H. OWNED BY ... M. V. HENION g. M. KOfOI
--I-
1. My guilt has all been washed a- way, I've joined the rat-somed throng;
2. His serv-ice is my chief de • light, In Him I am made strong;
3. I'll see Him in that home a • hove With all the ran-iomed throng;
m =tj=&:
.,*.
__—
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
*:zc5=zpczrp==pzc
— rl " * 1
;^zEES=:t:=^=E(B=zhc=hc:Dci:
- »j — r-M — ha
J
' '
H
-n»-
—-!»*>
S-A**
liî 1 i i
-^.-t^hr-;
Aid ev -'ry mo -meat of the day, My Sav-ior is my song.

I work Him
for with all my might, His love is now my song,
And Him lor His end-less love, For He bow my
î^^SH^^S
praise is song,
.A- -A- -A- _ _ -A- -A- _ft
.Rbtbatj
;î
My song,. my song, ........ I praise Him all day long;

My song, my ioig,
__^_ _ - A-
p^ g -Gat"^_
With joy I sing to Christ my King, His love is bow my long.
==*=£
< — — )
No, 46 Go Labor la the Harvest Field

Copyright 1946, im "Star of Promise',
J.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HINIOH 1. X. MMMBOM
f-4-«
~I-P— •* ^ ^— F* » —
*^.- r;- ;
1
•'
1
-_-,,r
1 1
k .
6
u
KT
b
ST"
u „
1. The har • vest Lord is sweet-ly call you to • day, (He calls to-day)
-Ing
2. The pre - cious grain is bend -ing lew on and plain, (on hill and plain)
hill
3. A crown of life He'll give to all the tried end true, (the tried and true)
g~i. "--*- • •«
Eg-fr >. jT|]4 |A -TK=j»=3gn^ g^Z ^^=^=1
K==P=^==P==£: ~p p r tl
3 3c -^ —*— —^ —
— -^--^
!•> (•*
«J-
Go la • bor in the har- veil field;

Go la > bar In the bar - vest field
< P P P m
r^—^— a^— a<— ^
*
H
\«
S
cr
'
r t=±t=
l
IP
EEHîEÊEîjiJEEEgÊHfc
. ^-« -4J
h
t* n r r-^-r-j , -it
B
*
gath-er gath - er sheaes for Him a - long the way,(a-long the way,)
fr !,
jgX^g.l
Ge forth and work for Him in sua - shine ar in rain, (in shine or rain,
In love the har vest Mas- ter still is call • ing you, (ic calling yon,)
-A- -A- -W- -*• -A- -*- -A- -m Ml- m _ -#«-
::£:
17 — —D— —^ —^ tr
D"
— 4— =+
.-£-r
* iJi
-xr
!
:zz=P=*t=*=^ z±dz =ast

^— 1
*- -_^Cs^
V l» li ;>'* 3_t5=ffZ^ZflK=^
n^rr?
Go la • bor in the har • Test field.
Go la - bor In the her-veit field.
Go and work for Jo- cm while 'tis day,

Go la • bor in the gold - en har - vest while 'tis day
p p JJ p r-i
=ti=rs: a — a A 1~ ^ "l {7s A—A—A^—l
— ^— —— i
Go Labor In the Harvest Field
icfc r^ 1— ^ —-jP-—rj—h-f-f— f:i
Help to live the {rain ••long the way,

And help to save the pre - cioua grain »- long the way;
'i#"*U 1/
„^-s—fc-—_.
_p__p.r Js.
F =5z==^^^zz^zzp5==Ê?zt^ppJ^J
heed the ear-nest call of Christ the bar - vest Lord;
Heed the call of Christ the bar- vest Lord,
-IA_ -*-_ T»V_ >*- -*-_ -*-J*--A-_ -P-_
V V
r *—
J^^JV^-JU^
1—e p — i
— i 1 — — *
p.__D._ Hs r
1
—m~ V
4^===^.-p.
F tr t7
^ * & fc fr
And yo« shall have a crows of life as your re - ward
Have a crown as yonr re-ward.
—5 — <s
__£
a-—^ZZZ5=ZZ£Z— F— — —r-F a
rr-^-s
*4^t#iiJ^
tt
— is 1= 9—
£==£=£: 11
No. 47 Ortonville
John Newton Dr. Thomas Hastings
1. How sweet the name of Je-sus sounds In a be-liev-er's ear! It soothes his
2. It makes the wounded spir-it whole, And calms the troubled breast; 'Tis manna
3. By Him my pray'rs acceptance gain;Al-tho' with sin de - filed, Sa - tan ac-
A-rA—A-
Pg^ .
r
t=
_
Js=
i r~r
fc 4- -4- r-4-4. 4—4- 4-4-
«=*t =t 3* =tn
•s*—
r?
e) S ±& I
8orrows,heals his wounds, And drives a-way his fear, And drives a-way his fear,
to the hun-gry soul, And to the wea-ry rest, And to the wea - ry rest,
cus - es me in vain, And I am owned a child, And I am owned a child.
m £
P_n=r=±=
—aJ£-*-
m & A '
sp
,A'- r
— I —
No. 48 Hear Your Captain's Gall
Copyright 1940, in "Star of Promise',
R»t. R. H. Cunningham owned by j. m, henbon L. D. Huffatuttlw
S=fc
1. Youth-fuleol-diBrs strong and brave, there areman-y Bonis to save, Don jour
2. 8atan will your strength op-pose, where-so-e'er this ar-my goes, Bnt yonr
-
3. Iho' this fight your soul may try, Christ will all your needs sup-ply, This Hit
f^=&=zfc= igdteqs=fr =flE •S=cpz=t=t=it=: t=zz=

fgp£2=$=fep&^ I
irxnnr
kZ% —
piinnnilll
ar - mor, Don your ar-mor„ haste a - way; do not da - lay, bnt Raise your
Cap-tain, Yes, your Cap-tain leads the way; He leads the ar-my; With your
prom-ise, This Bis prom iie in His word; Hiibless-ed promise; In the
;t=:
%=*=:
-
^— - — ^
TT
ban ner,your song, join the mighty bloodwashed throng, Hark yonr Captain j
lift
blood-stained banner high, Sound a-loud your bat - tie cry, Hear your Cap-tain's
thick > est of the fray, Be will be yonr guide and stay, Bark your Cap - tain
*=*=Z==tt=&
«. -m.-
m
-m- -m~ Qm- -P- -m- -F-
ss^z^-ppzzlz:
P
fHj"wH u u
-.•- -.•-
Hark yonr Captain .calls to - day. Hark your Cap-taii's call, Call-tag
Hear your Captain's call to-day.
Hark your Captain calls to - day. Hear Him calling,
:^_£_qw^-b
~—K--I J^2J fii
K - cFa- 1 5- c
|-=i
fe££S6
«*—
Kb.— «*.— — !
1
=5
§EEE£E£=E£E£EHEÊêI* ^±=^:-ri?:z::
tnr
JL-^
yon to -day, He is gent -ly calling yon to take your

Hear Him call-ing
--———_( 1
1 1 % b-— r l
B l 1 1 1
a » —P — '
^ — . —
Hear Your Captain's Gall
g=^g^^î|i g33^=^ g^ 3g
stand, take yoar stand; Hear Him eall-ing yon, gent-ly sail -tag
stand, Hear Him call-ing.
— —=——— —~—
A- -A- -A- A-
est —t — -F->5 <+ —* — '
«*>
F^s
you? Youthful soldiers come and join this faith-ful band.

hear Him calling, iaith-ful baid.
is I" i
- -s^- -a»r- -«
Esss -
[* " -
'
>" aj -y«— apr-^-ja
No, 49 Perfect Love

Copyright 1946, in "stir of Promise"
J.M.H. Owned by J. M. lLujisosr. i. if. Boraoa
i^44J 1 =r-
gr-s «F *-a-a-c x x r
t fc~t
1. There's a love mosttrne shown by Christ for you, ac-cept It to-day;
2. Bhownbyfriend to friend never having end, Help-ing soils to be true;
3. Such a gift di-vine may be yours and mine, It is flow • ing so free;
.*.-*-.*. h r . -A- j-*:zL _«„a- .pis.
m|z:?=*=c*=*=^=^:?AF?=fc^=-===F= ^=3=*=l?=*=Ft==^ ::
e?|= g=^^=t^=ÊEÊiEEEEi EE£EEEÊrft3 ::
Hft k ^ . Fine
jfL-— —P -^ *£«—
H?__^_^.X
— *—m —*--*- -
#i£^:^ E=3=^r^^:^=d=^3=^F=l===--=^=^F5=3
^1—«— -^H— — oi -î-F-'t-I
i tt
C^_H._ ._ =ir_v_C c/ -3
a~»-#-C t r
It will thrill your sonl.nake you free and whole.Drive your cares all a - way.
Such a perfect love from this friend a-bove,Is for me and for yon.
I will let Ulead, fill my •v-'ry need, Bent from Hea? • en tome.
.A? .J.
!Ê£Efe=c=Ê5EEE«E*EfEESEi
17 17
D. S. -God the Father made this great love eonplete, ac-cept it to > day.
63ÊE=^^^SEM3333Efei^^s^
O this love has corn-pas sion sweet, ac- cept it while yon may;
this love true and sweet,
„fE,\pB, -A- -A- -f«- -(2i -A- -A- -«?--«,. ^ -A- -P-a
i=r=zp-^=!s=t»=t=!«=Fl=^==^:=t=tiFt=^=2=t=cfc3
E?EEE?£E£EEE£E£EES=EÊ£e£ iiii^l
— — 7 »
No. 50 Gome to the Feast

MaryE. HamrJck Owned by Henson and Tinuaona John Tiramaat
#£=:S=*cs=t=ftF=f=
— —i —mt—^- =t
-i 1
fc=5&
£*=*=
1.
trmr
-3- -'- T i: -*-
The Lord has pte-pareda feait for ma, It is the liv - ing bread,
1, The feast is not jnst for me a - lone, To all tha Lord hath said;
3. And all who have called up-anHia name, Each ona He al - ways heard,
t
t7-t7-D~---^- -3-*---i-- -'—tr
t c -9 -^
Pre • pared in Hii word, And it is free, He calli for all to come.
I gave of my flesh to all the world, I am the liv - ing bread.
And He took them in and taught them how To feast np • on His word.
1
rj3-*—£-^-
—fc—— — —» — j»^»_
—
U>
1 '-U U I
gEt^
,p« i
fc-- -*
t= I
^t=fi^5^
Rffeahj
:-rpac
««=*=&
come to the feast while Je-sne is wait-ing
tome to the feast, while Je-sns is wait -ing,
fc=====K=^=t=fi^=&q^=,
ta: -£* fcfc
E~=^=E§i«3«E£tr- -C ^-^-^-^
¥
new It is read-y He calls yon come horn!
now it is real -y He calls yon come home, |
rS~ — * . I^r MM L
* tit
He's calling to yon. why will yea de-laj
He's call-ingto yen, why will yon de- lay
Li b
-
Gome to the Feast
b h fr 1/ I i
The foastis now read- y won't yon come?

The feast Is now ready, won't yon now come?
No. 51 The Farther Along We Go

Copyrighted 1940, in ''Star of Promise."
R«V. Alfred Barrett W, FLOYD TAYLOR OWNIR W. Floyd Taylor
-^ r _k_£_£__|__
1. Tho' ihadowi may e'er our path appear, Andtronblesmayfilloorbeartinithfear^

2. My Bonlfrom it's sin has been set free, And nothing can change His love for me f
i. In weak-ness He gives ns grace divine, He bids us be brave and ne'er re-pinaj
\f \j if I)
__„_r 5*_clt _ __
t t
c
^—gaaâKa
The pathway fraught with joy and eheor,-
is
He strengthens onr faith, more clearwa see, The far-ther a -long we go.
The light ef His smile doth brighter shine,
S -!»- -ar ^ -P- -fcr- -arac- £- -5~-P- lac- -tr- -fee -^^\_
.Rsraxni
p r * 5*= u i
rr r
The far-ther a - long we go, The far-ther a-long we go,
The far - ther a • long ws go, The far - ther a-long we go,
The light of the Lord doth bright-er grow. The far-ther -long wo go.
fcr- -ac- -*r- -Ir- -kr- atU-i — '*" -•*- •*"* "P
:t"=t=L=t=iF*
tnnr
1
No. 52 I Will Never Cease to Love My Savior*

J. M. Hencon Owned by Henson and A.»kew J.W.Atktw
u-u n>__K r _K_-K—K--K--P--P—
._^_JLJ&_-£__fc-Ji--£__£--P-. P— i N—JK r — — -— - — ,
1. I re - ceive to man- y bless-ingsdai-ly.CoTn-iagirommySav-ior'shand,

2. He is my
a - ter • nal song and sto - ry, My
e - ter - Dal joy and light,
3. Just as long as Ufa per-mite my
go - ing, I will love and praise Him too,
—rA-A— A—A— A—A— »— - — —A- A—A—r A.
f -
e&sEi 1
--$*
1
And I Him for themall each fforniog Heeding His divine com-mand; I cao-
thank
And islead-ing me a-long to glo-ry, Where there nev-er Bhall be nightjO yon
With a heart of bless-ingBo-ver-flowing.Ev-er-more I shall be trna; how
~"
^_A-A-A—A A-A-A-r-.-—_,
£=9=9=* -$== $=&=ipM±m=m=m %-jfizztzz=3zzi

ot for - get Him for a mo-ment, Loyal to Him I shall prove, And as
onght to know this Friend e-ter-nal, Who will ever faith ful prove, You would
much 1 now an- joy His pres-ence.AEdHisfel-low-ehip di-vine, I will
-C ^
A—A—A—^VVa-A-— £
A-, l ft
:t
*=*£ ^=h^$=m
joice a - long the shln-ing path-way. As I look to Him a
I go on my way re-joic-ing, Hs shall al-wayi have my heart's best love,

never ceaBe to love Him tru-ly, And re - joice in His nn-end - ing love.
dot er cease to love my Sav-ior, And I know His love is trn - ly mine.
. AÂ^-A^yA-g-!»-:l=^g-^-^..rA-^-A--A~.A~-y~-.---1
nev - er cease to praise my Sav-ior, And will give Him allmy heart's best love.
Refrain
me- --——
*—
:*=*-*=* i
i
— —
I shall nev
"vr:
r'
• er
,
cease to loye
A W. 1
1EEEE=£
my
1
Sav
—
- ior,
—
Jj-
For Ha
'A-
4-
r 1^
-r
is
i£=fc£=k
my all
A— a—ay- *Va
in all,
I Will Never Cease to Love My Savior
«.
Dai •
ing in His biesi-ed fav or, He will ne? • er let me fall;
fcfe=S
*
No. 53 The World's Bible
Anon Copyright 1924, by J. W, Askew J. W. Askew
g^pû^ppp
1. Christ baa
2. We are
no hands bat
on - ly
the
our hands, To
Bi - ble, The
With
do His work each day;
oare-less world will read;
3. When if our bands are bos - y ota - er work than His;
__L-r_| p p_^-__, .-4—11.

j Ur--i —-h— -r P- r -^ ,
__»_ L._ | ^ 1 1_ —*, I -H 1 ^ _J I
—— /tvJ
He has no feet bnt onr feet, To lead men in His way;

We are the sin - ner's gos • pel, We are the ecoff-er'a creed;
What if onr feet are walk-ing Where sin's al - lur - ment is;
,=t:zE:t-=S:=t=£= z*=E=tzz :zP=!"=|=— tzEzîzzzl
He has no tongnes bit onr tongues, To tell men how He died;

We are the Lord's last meB-eage, Giv • en in deed and word;
What if
Ez£=£zt:z=g===£zzz$:
our tongnes are speak-ing Of things His lips would spurn?
m t—tr—t—fr
,rtft
m
zh:
£=:*: St ^d==fc=fc==fcl=fcH
m-—m — m —^- :5— —c
-3. ^-j^- -*— •—fp*-^- —!.
1 1
He has no help but our help, To bring them to His side.

What if the type is crook - ed? What if the print is binned?
How can we hope to help Him And hast - en His re - turn?
^. .avi >.. -a*
îiiligigllilligii=f-f-M f a '
r — — F
No. 54 My All In All

m
Copyright 1946 in "Star of Promise.'
J.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 31 ». At. snrio*
-n- -
—~ > '
-=*
— 3f-
1.My days of lone - li- ness are gone, I have a snre de-
2.My way grows brght-er all a - long, I have no fear of
8.0 why should an -y soul re -pine? When He is near to
Hi:
fez
^=p^T-^ r^r^= =E
^ r^
=*
r-j —j-8 —-—K^r*-* j 1
*
----s-
_n —— ^ rg_.
tense in time of need; And now with joy I'm dai - ly pressing
what each day may bring; The birds now seem sing for me their
1^
to
raise all who would fall; Just claim this Friend, this Savior I call
$=£-
r^=£%^
_ Bf_i_«-»-k[- —— =1 ag P^- ~ ^ 1
~i !
1— 1 —>—•— h — -^H
on,
i li nilii J y
For Je • sus a
pre-cions Friend in -deed.
is
w
song, And since He saved me I can dai - ly sing.
mine. And lie will be your King, your All in all.
EEgEJE^j^piPPi^^^!
"-— - .J—
Chorus .
r— *-f*~*— * * JE5E5EElEfi^^Êgg=£^
j
h
I.
wuu
t— — -5jr
I have a Friend, Who keeps my soul.my trust-ing soul,
I have a Friend Who keeps my soul,
« * J_J_* iJU. « *^-* - JJJJJ

t=-
-rp—r-F6-
3t rrf-*^;
p
?
Leave
on
Cj
the
,
—
wear-y road te
c,
1
— — — — »- 13 t t c — *-*-k-r
faint or fall, to faint or fall;
He will not leave me on the long.long road to faint or fall;
I
l
.J *
1 —piHPHH -F 1 p - p=p --3 — -f5>-

— g — —
s ,
1 — 1
r —My—l 1
All In All
r —-.--i_--t-P—&-_£—£-__-
By His rich grace, 1 am madia whole.completc-ly whole
By His richgrace, I am madewhole,
pg ^^gfeÊ^P^S f:
t£
—P-
s=$: J
2 t
r
_r _r _ r _C r_r_r _r3.^_5 r
_C^_a._^.M
Now thispre-cious Friend forever is my All in all, my all.
Far now this pre-cious Friend forever is my All in all
;p*-* —r jr
-u-rt-
No. 55. How Beautiful Heaven Must Be
Mn, A, S, Bridgewater, A, P, Bland, owner, A, P, Bland,
U—fc £--&--£-
—
T -" i-r-*7—^-Ai
^-ft-tai-r-^--
!— < —
—*! —
—
vi — H"*. a— '-I
a-}- a;--
h
-^-|-a!--î—
<aj
— * a—
g—
——
— *~bg£~î
-rwlT-«ll
I
—— i
'
taj
1 |
1. We read
of a place that's called Heaven, Prepared for the pnre and the free j
2. In Heav-en no droop-ing or piu-ing, No wiah-ingfor else-where to be;
3. Pare wa-ters of Ufa there are flow-ing, And all who will drink may be free;
4. The an -gels soBWeet-ly are ling-ing, Where all is bo hap-py and free;
.ft. jjk. -m- -»*- ^ #i _ -F- * ^ -m- ,.. -(•- -**>*- . .
u$L r _fc-S-£
h r\
r* k w w /»n k is „ .
Flvx
Fink
These truths in God's Word Hehathgiv * en,

God's light is for- ev • er there shin - ing, How beau-ti-fnl Heaven mast be.
Rare je .v - els of splen-dor are glow - log,
Sweet chords from their gold harps are ringing,
*=*=«=
D.S.-Fairha-venof rest for the wear • y,\How beau—ti-ful Heaven must be.
. (l Rktuaih * b k D.S.
•SpF^SÊ5^5gg^^^JS:^5E«H
How beau-ti-f ul Heaven most be, (must be) Sweet home of the happy and free;
^ *. m iff: *: « -^- « "^- *i * » ff- ~ -*- -^ r: ^-
« — _ f —
No. 56 He's Building a Home

Copyright 1046, in "Star of Promiae"
H. L. T. OWNED BY J. M. HBNSON Henby L. Thompson
2-*j.
i> -
D
1. This world U. not the place for me, content-ed I shall never be,
2. Since by His blood I am made free, He is bo won-der-ful to me,
3. I'm on my way to that fair land.where I shall hold my Savion-s hand,
_^-f. t.J-tr r-.,-st—
—
— *m— «—1 1 1—f
*-*-j
t*
(
-3 — 9— #j-|-r-(
***p—m—
—
v v b
I have ahome in bove;(in Heav'i abore)My Lord has
Heav-en a •
I'm oo my way to man-sions so fair; (sn-preme-ly fair) There in His

Just o - yer in the sweet bye and bye;(sweet bye and bye) Where there will
-a- -*•
•f— -h» —» — —P" m —m -f —
"
U 1/
made me glad and whole, has pnt a song with-in my tool, And saved mi
pres - ence I shall be, there in a glad • - ter • ni - ty, His won -drous
be no part-ing tears, bat glo - ry all the end-less years, The saints and
A- _
._* m f -afe
i
-A- -afe -A-
'—*— i*— E— Ey—E—EnE—m—m—m.
"~
S3
.
i %£^H^r*f
£*—
BSS^
eta
^'— gj-a=a: -5P-L^ —
fc ^^====^14
3 £&:«: =2=*B
3=
u u p
by His won-der-ful love (His pre-cioas love) Home, sweat
love and glo - ry to share ( His g o -ry share) 1
sag - es never shall die. shall nev-er die.) He's bnild-ing a home (or
"*-
—- . £ I: J5 JlJ*
! -^
t=t=
S3 ^-. _._^__^..
trftr t
-l^.* — —^-t
Mb a-B^fc-A*
Li
home be-yond the star • ty sky, Where the sonl shall

me ap in the sky; A won-der-ful home where none shall
— —
nev - er ner
, er die, I'ia tail • tag • way soma morn-ing by* aid
av - er die Sail a - way some mora-tag
bye and bye, won't it be sweet to an-swer here an I.

bye, 'Twill ba Bweet to an-iwer ''here am I."
1 will an-swer "hare am I*"

No. 57 Will They Miss Me?
Copyright 1045, by The Stamps Quartet Music Co,,
Unci* W»U Cumble '"Divine Praise" _ Eld. L. N. Lather
^_!^__i-_ir-5 __a|-- rrTir_«i _r^^._-*^.=-BZIa|=Cî _3

1. I have trav-eled thrn life's val-ley, Thru the heat and thru the cold;
2. Man -y friends have gathered 'roundme, Sing-ing prais-es to the Lord;
3. Pre-cious broth-er, lov tag
- sis • ter, How you'veaelpeo. ma thru the years;
Soon my la - bor will ba and - ed, And my Lord will me home;
4.
_._ * — i* a— —i
- a 2 —r Ai*-A — a — *—a-t-rar-i
call
m
Lr b t>
Fink
Bnt my
Sav - ior has been with ma, And His mer • cy did nn - fold.
As stood with trerob-ling ef-fortt, Try-ing to pro-claim His word.
I
How you've la-bored on so faith-fnl, And have dried so man - y tears.
Oft 1 won-der •
I jow-nay, Will they miss me when I'm gone.
D.S. -When I'm sleep-ing, bo ll • lent, Will they miss ma when I'm gone.
Refrain D.S.
:9îzz«;zz£:zz!szz:1zzz^zKzz^fezliz*
5=C
^zz^zz^zEtSzH
C^—*--*--.-^--^-^-.™
~t7 —
It—[t—
Will they miss
It
t7~t7-
me, will they miss
,
mef When I've gone to that bright home?

— — • *
No. 58, Alone With My Lord

Copyright 1(46, in "Star of Promise"
J. M. Henaon OWNED BY J. M. HENSON T. Eiland Datla
-•- -*- -•>- -&? -m- m-

1. Tis sweet to go a- lone with my Lord, AnI make my troubles all known, Day by
2. He whis-pers peace in time of the storm, And calms the bil-low-y Be ;Whena
3. 1 hold His hand when dark is the way, I know He safe ly will lead, When I
trtr^
-&-t
p=^ — ^
4-
-•- *>• -m- y I. t-
day I np on His blest word, While His love bo free-ly is shown,

rest -
dark-ness o'ermy path way doth form, Ee my light and com-fort will be.
feel cast down an -to Him I pi ay, For He is a help • er in • deed.
:£=£=£=£=££:=£:=£=!
:£=«==»£=£=« £3?
U b I
r^+Pr
Refrahs
To bo, with Him From sin

to be with my Lord, And fromsin's de-flle-ment set
*_i_-J* J. -J x d
:===t=t J
3BE *=£
be free; To trust His word, A
free; to trnst in His word, Is a safe, sun
-•- x
[rg^^Sp£^^f^=Ê*=
J J.
=Fi=4=t
g^=^ggEji
=fc
:*— *t
^=T 1
stay for me; Ae 1 pray in His name,
ref-age forma; I pray His name,
__V ——rS—• —— rr hr — •— 1—— —

"
*5 ^K! :*=p: -*-

fEE r
<»
EEEE3
— — H—r "
'
Alone With My Lord
1
r r
—
1
Hi helps me all my bur-dens great to bear to be a - Una

Helps all to bear,
—*—
Sp ;-£- :t=:
T"
i 1» — r* 1*
Iff a— Pa — h^
-rt- F
a.—
- --r~F-^— —
with my Sav-ior and my own, What a joy His blesB-ings sweet to share.
hh
IT
No. 59. The Only Known Road
Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promise."
J.M.H. OWNED BY J. 11. HESSOJf J. M. HSITSOH
"
TZ=l=:
*—*—£-*pA
EÊz«!=E3==5=E3==at=^==3S=P^j
m j\\ il il a| ^+3rrw—^-— aft-l l
1. There is a way by Cal - va-ry Where you may lay down sin's load;
2. For a • ges men have sought ia vain, For ways all de - vised by man;
3. take the way of One who knows, And reach heav-en's blest a-bode;
«=C=£^:
mCOJS
tt=L
E
II
tt=B
4-
:^zi-t==fit=c!
g=t==j=z-^==}:^=^=^z=t
£ ps
« .4- i. -j-
FlNE.
=*=?
-«- -•- -•- j/
-«-
How ev-ernar-row it maybe, It is the on - ly known road.
They on - ly lead to end - less pain, And fall far short of God's plan.
The King's high-way it clear-ly shows, It is the oa - ly known road.
^41 1 I -t q iU. It 'L =a=l

£
D. 8.— take to • day the old-crois way, It is the on ly' known road.
—j—z—
D.S.
It is the on
^^fe^^
• ly'
Ltoa
known
i-rr-i
road, That sods may reach their a-bode.
--3-*-L** j
safe raad,
.A- -A- . -A- -i*--A-
—
- -Ml
§=§1 t=£=g=t ia A 1* 1*. A
t=*=|=:
1
t*. i—
I l-afc. & A :«
— t—
=P=t r
«. — -
«i=ll
§H
No. 60 Send Out the News
Copyright 1946. in "SUrof Promise"
W. B. Walbert Owned by Hanson and Poole Jai.W.PooU
1. O-ver the earth where mil-lions roam,0-ver the might-y, roll-ing foam,
2. Mil-lions are lost in Bin's dark night, Show them the way of truth and right,
3. An-Bwer the call of Christ to-day, Hast-en His bless-ed will o - bey,
-A- -A- -A- -A- -*- -A- -A- -A- A- -A- -A- -A-
. * *-kb* A—A *. A * rfk IA-H
fc£
£E£=fcE^=3 m
Jt-WUi
Bend out the news the goB° pel news; Tell it to

Tell how the
Send oat the news the gos-pel news; There is a
r f * p r * pA
t>
—
peta? i
— io~F** *—— i •—-I
4i-Js — iw-
all the world a-round Where-ev-er mor-tsl man is fonnd, The bless - ed
Lord was era - ci - fied, How for the world Hebled and died,
crown a-wait-ing yon, Wait-i&g for all the brave and true,
.A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 1 X
b t. frzg.—
±:-t=it=: $zz$^z3izfc=£zz*=K-3
£_yzzzgzztz-^.--g—£&£=£=£==£
j£ & m
news, the gos-pel newi Send oat the news
the blessed news the gos-pelnews. Send oat the news
zzzz^zzzzp î^z^^zzzz^zzzzczzzz^.z^zzt:^zz^zz
o'er land and sea, ...... The gospel news, that makes man
overland andsea.Thegospelnews,
r
rv r.
v-trtr
— 1 ,
Send Out the News
Sing it and shout it here be -low, Till all the

that makes man free;
_oi-
_
\
— 4» v » i - o -
U|
s.
A- -A-- -A-——»
;
—(——-p—
-A.A-
— —J _A-
(— -|
A
1
A A
) 1 1 1 1 1
-* <— h*. A
1 1 1
1 A, Jk. Ac A. A! A H
-JUi- JUUUU£=: :-J
:»<z*: ^.EiE^z^:
world His love may know, Send out the news the gos-pel news
Send out the news , the gospel news.
_A_A-A-A--A- .AAA- . P JSl&fj
No. 61 Promised Land

Samuel Stennott Arranged
B3gg^g^âaffi s^s-.*-*g5a
i i
1. Jor dan's Btrm - y bank I

On stand. And
cast a wish - fnl eye;
2. All o'er those wide ex - tend-ed plains, Shines one e - ter - nal day,
3. No chil-ling winds or poisonous breath Can reach that health-ful shorej
4. When shall I reach that hap-py place, And be for - ey - er blest?
:«' :t=:
SeEEEiEEEE -w=.w- =t
8
=ta=:£:
-t —t~r w
Lj
To Ca-naan's fair and hap-py land, Where my pos - ses-sion lie.
There God the Son for • ey • er reigns And scat - ten night a - way.
Sick - ness and sor - row, pain and death Are felt and feared no more.
When shall I see my Fa-ther's face, And in His bos-om rest?
p9 fl
L
D. S.-O, who
^
c
will come and go with me,

cz
Jfz^D-r— 17-17"^
I am bound for the promised
— land.
Refrais j. , ^ ^ . ^ ,D.3.
_!."_;
fc==23id±fc^^gdqp3=^ *=*=£:
ii K I
I am bound for the promised land, I am bound for the promised land;
. —».
,
•- ev- r
m
i—,»
-
>——
*
,>
i
— — —— —— —
,»-
i—
-A- -m- m--m-
-i
i
-i
pi
p_
i
.|
i— — i—
— — — ——
ay. -*>-
i
«>-
i ''.
-•>-«>£->-
(——I
i
-**. -*v -|î
* —
r • ^
No. 62 On the Path to Glory

Copyright "1946, in "Star of Promise"
Will H. Ruabush Barnette and Henson owners R. W. Barnette
l=A"A—
f— — -—i
p
A^'A—
t-v
aZZaZCA— jzZZtZZfCZ
—> —k— ^— -i— '- -^ 1
r
=Z=3
— -4
* - - p
1. We are marching on the path to glo • ry, On,
Voic - es swell-ing. prais-es tell-ing.
2. Tho' the tern-pest beat, His strong irm shields ni, He
He will guide us, safe-ly hide us,
3. Soon the gates of gold will shine be-lore as, No
Jot and glad-neas. no more sadness.
«a hs .. £ .£ P ft is a»P J* &
——— *
on
-
to
~— d—z~_z:_iFA-iZA=;A-—
*
peace;
-—I——
A^:AZiArF:?:rz:i^
t—
rrrr T~HH—
-I—
-V"Er-tr"tr
fc-T—
For our cares are gone as we

*~-
go
Voic-es awell-ing, sweet- ly tell - ing.
will de - fend; On each ptom-ise sweet we are re -
He will safe - ly guide and keep as,
more to roam; And our eyes be -hold the lored ones
more sad - ness there can reach us.
:dti=t^F=N=-f=^=^
SEsE3
march-ing, And oar joy shall never cease On wo
nev - er ceaae.
ly - ing, And will trnst Him to the end. (the end)

wait-ing, There to bid is wel-eome home (at homo) On-wardie-joic -ing we
i i
> «. . -jg —^"r** —w— -

&«- --- -
t~~l~ ~f*
— J
»=•*-("») — J— •**
1
~~f
«~ &— a —»~"
r^—=g— zzd— ~=pg=z==:=j=:

feSEg:
go, led by love, On the
go oar SaT-ior leads the way with words of love, Joy-ens -ly walk-ingthe
1 . A
£ALJ
.fc J
IJJ S P & r> l> I
J.
p^p^=îiEi^^î
| —
On the Path to Glory
=4=: acsEEacz
way,
path that Ieadi to glo
._«*
i
kome
iii
-
a - bove;
ry land a - bove, Ai bless-ed
s
Je •
î_^__P"Z_^
ens we pro -
r "F r
claim oar kap-py Yoic-isSing ko-san-aas to His Dame. (His name)
tjt* ._-1- '

J =— .' b*- ••
-rfc-—>g — 1
1
g — ^~ra< — **
• 1
I
— '
»!
I
No. 63 More About Jesus

B. E. Hewitt John R.Sweney
1. More a-bout Jo • bub would I know, More of His grace to oth-ers show:
2. More a-bout Je - bus let me learn, More of His ho - ly will die - cern,
3. More a-boat Jo - bus; in His word, Hold-lug com-mun-ion with the Lord;
4. More a-bout Je-sus; on His throne, Riches in glo - ry all His own;
. I
* I.
a=*iztt==^z:|sz=ts=E^z:!ftz:ssi:Et::zfez:t7Zit===t=E=z:=zizz:J
fc I
"fir I
ft Fine
JV-t-JS-4 r
cî=^==^z>=z^FJ=i^=2=E^ ^=^=i = ^ E ==-5= l=l
S=3=z1izd=^=:Er5=5~3;:p:=i1:=zji=z1z=3=h==5=*}r.j
: :: : ::J =:
More o! His sav-ing fall • Bess see, More of His love who died for me.
Spir of God
- it my
teach-er be, Show-ing the things of Christ to me.
Hear-ing His voice in ev - 'ry line, Mak ing each faith-ful say - ing mine.
More of His king-dom's sure in-crease,More of His com-ing, Prince of Peace.
-T "I*- -" I*- W> I
_J I. "^- "- w
D. B.— More of His sav ing full-ness Bee, More of His love who died for me.
RSFBAIB
:,-:=!:
E=3s=a«:
I
bout Je - sus, More more bout Je • bus;
_^=i«z=|siz=iSsz=ztK=E:|s5: :*i:tj *=£ t i-

1 i i n ^
No. 64 In Thy Presence Evermore

AUTBSD BiSEATI Owned by J. M. Hxzrsoir.
1. When the te • dious day of toil fa done, When the race of

2. When the stub- born fight with sin shall cease, When onr hearts from
3. When our hearts are bowed with grief and woe, When we face a.
4. When this earth - ly life at last ie o'er, When be-yond the
+—2
life at last Is rnn; Bless-ed Sav-iour grant each faithful one,
bnr-dens seek re-lease; Bless-ed Sav-iour grant ns per-fect peace,
lone the might-y foe; Sav-iour grant as joys that o - ver-flow,
ky onr spir-its soar; Sav-iour grant us on that gold -en shore,
Si^îksfibffe^^feElîpl Chorus
In Thy Pres-ence rest for- ev er-more. •live as rest and

In Thy Pres-encepeacefor-ev- er-more.
In Thy Pres-ence joy for -ev- er-more.
In Thy Pres-ence life for -ev- er-more. Give ae rest and
—= k—
_A. A-A- -A-
w& s=& m=*

^=f
-a
rfEEEEtq
£=£=£=£:
~~i
33=^:ÊEEEiE?^;
**=t
peace for- ev • er-more, Joy and bliss on yon-der

peace for - ev - er - more, fo?-ev-sr- more, Joy and bliss on yon-der
.A- -A- -A- f I -m- -*--*-
A " w
trtnrtr
gold-en shore, Give Qi love from Thine a-bun-dant
gold - en shore ;on yon-der shore, Give ns love
-A- A- -A- -A- -A- -»- -A- -A-
remit: ——— d==C=t=t=E:
Ifc^Vlfo — —
\m—r<*» tr-\m~" *-—-ft -a—a—
-ia«— ia, ia
£=£
— — — — . 1
In Thy Pretence Evermore

?——j— ^ j— dn- F-J ; * -i w — ' mTI '
m — .
**!
tore In Thy Pro • ence lif e for-ev • er-more

a-bnndant store, bleis-ed Presence for-ev-er-more.
^ykjU-A-
—
25 -7-~~- *t~ t
tet£U ^j^L^4^jfe
PJo. 65 It Will Be Glory There
I.XJL Owned by J. M. Kens on. jr. x. xnrsox
1. Let us ran onr race with pa - tience, Goid-ed by our Savior's grace,
2. Just one glimpse of oar Redeem-er, When we cross the riv-er wide,
3. We could ney-er face the jour - oer, Enow-ing Je-sus was not there,
_ _J«£z»i*_j*W„J*. *L4 * » c—*—
*=* ^^s^-;=«=i-fec-i
y 1 1 1 I ^
And Heav'n it will be glo - ry, If we may but see His face.
in
Will be worth • life of toil - ing. When we reach the oth-er side.
But it will be joy to - mor - row, When we see Him face so fair.
-i=-
__| J „ ,
SLL
Refbaib .
N It
what joy o ver there, When the sub goes down;
l-^— •-J-.J'.j!—&--P^j--]— — —D-J— L_4i „

pEfc*I^*z:=^3z*:pZ**g^
lathe Fa-tier house in glo-ry, We shall wear a er own.
• ehin-ing erown.
fcti =£=£=* iDaoza Jeto

3H
k — — *
No. 66. Pray For Me

To my good friend and brother, J, M. Henson.
Copyright, 1945, in "Star of Promise."
J. CM. {Effectively) owned by moore & henson Jas. O, Moobi
1. Oft -ten I am tried and tempted, oft -en sor-rows bend me low, Oft my
2. How
I need to be en cour-aged,howIneedyourloveeachday,Needto
3. When I'm pas.-ing thru the shadows.and it seemsa loa-ing race, AndI'm
_ _ __^._r l«i- fc. _— — 1« _ (S-pfcr he— —
hr fcc~| * i
:4=îzts=fiti:^z:^=:&sz:^=ta=?=5s±t=:tzt=t==:^==?=SsE3
^-P^$-tt=tt=Z=tt-ttt^tt=Z=fr
V V V
^=tzEt=:t=fe=fe=t:z^t:z:t3
•
*--*-,-
w-^Ê^z^^m^ I^ZZZjsCZSZzfrz^rZJzZZpZZsZ
—h-—Kp—P— «— « — ^ —« — —P—
b
' -***
spir- it al-most breaks be-neath the load;Butwhen I can feel His pres-ence
know yon oft -en think and pray for mt; It will help me o - ver-come when
al-most sink-ing 'neath the heav-y load; won't yon lift your voice to Je - bub
b*
-F^
L
— =P"« L ^-^-^-t~— A!
:^^-'
^l-
:|
*J— At- U A(— y ^ &~W ** —

it doth help and cheer me bo .Seems I'm walking in a bet-ter .smoother road.
tri - alshrrebe-set my way. And I long so much the love of friends to lee.
won't you ask His lo v-ing grace ,It will help me o 'er the rough and rugged road.
r i> r r— _r-pi- (•-. -h-
fcc— t^-^—
,-4t-r4- s. —
|£-£-rF^-5-hr—
l*-l*-r-rr— I— — 1~ I—— hr—hr ^— kr-i —
,—fT
£z£=Ezizzjzzizz3z£:
i
£z£z£Z*Z*Z:|=ZtzE^Z:£: I
1
£=£
«qrr=E=^
trtr
BBntin
fi«Bbfezzpizpczl;
4=t:=*F=^= fe^=2
z2=JiE5iEi;zzzzzzzzrJz=2=*-Eili:^
„-ar -«(t -*-
Pray for me, pray for me, When you see I'm
Pray ,yes pray for me, ev - er pray for me,
jzz:|zzlzi4=Z|« i*^*-*-..* — j^ -i __
:ji=i=ii=2=2i3t^_^— -^=:?zz-E^zzzz3az:Ji3z
tried and tempted,pray for me; Pray for me,... pray for
pray for me, Pray ,yes pray for me,
t:^trtsz^zittz:*i:t=Etztr:t-t=g:
u
— ! ^
Pray For Me
ad lib,
~ ==N^ZZZZ^Zffizr:«,-Z
Sfiis as i— t"P— #ir-
me .Speak to Je-sus, He will hear you, pray forme.

ev - er pray for me, pray for ma.
•+-+- i r* 6 i
No. 67. At The Foot Of The Cross

Copyright. 1946, in "St»r of Promise,'
J. CM. OWNED BY MOORE & HENSON, Jas. O. Mooes
4-4— « ^~ "d 5
23_*__jji_3— *| — •-»»
\j-*$—z
• — *£i _C»
—^^-- — r* ^
"^- K—
T _j__^
1. Soul in des- pair, there is peace now for thee, Down where thro' cleans-
-
2. There ev-'ry Bin, ev 'ry doubt fade a - way, There dawns a per-
3. There is no oth - er to bless and to save, No one can give
£:Jz:x—fcz=£zz*==*i=£=Et:z=£zzzg:zzfci2:t:— £z=^
Trt-Tr-fr
iSZZjizzzjZFZzzrzzjz^^
ing the soul may be free; There where the sin -ner must make all his plea,
feet, a bright hap-py day; Peace, joy and love en - ter in there to stay,
sweet re - lief at the grave; Give Him your life, give Him all that yon have,
Fine Refbaiu
N
fc.J
,
FN— -r- !
— rs-»rJU *. .
r-
,
r%-*>— — «-
K
£—
N
fc-
y i
17 pu
Down at the foot of the cross. Down at the cross, Down at the cross.Down where the
A 5, Down at the foot of the cross,

D.S.
^j iv JLi Jt-4—tL
zFz=F =t-^^zz
I F
^r:F=p^z^=izz-Hzz^zz5i
sin-ner counts else but loss; There Je - tus meet, get sal - va-tion com-plete,
-k- .*i
E-rzz^z^zzzp-tzzîzzzrptiztzzpzzpzz^z^zctzzt^t^tz-l
§zz=E*zEp=z?=5zzZzzzzrEizz»i=|x=t«z=tsizHzzztzzfcai5
zzzzztzEEzz^zz^::
—
No. 68 Gathering Golden Sheaves
Copyright 1948, in "SUr of Promiie" Be»«w»l
Jennie Wilton D. W, Criit owsm
1. Work
for the Lord ii Hit har-veet wide.Geih - 'ring geld-ea
2, Grand is thfl talk that be- tore thee Hei,

I. Toil on thro' wea-ri-ness toil and paln.Gith 'ring golden sheavss.gath'riflg
t~afrHjhph=fc
•heavse; Toil from the morning till ev - en tide, Gath

Glad-lj for gar-ners be-yond the skies,
geld«en sheave ;Rich is the prize which the faithful gain,6sth'ring golden sheares
&fc|fc*5::*
gold-en eheave. Reapers are few and the field is vast.Bsste for the noaeits are
Bring to the Master a shining store.Keepingln tone for the
Heaven's sweet rest shall the reapers knot, Bright In their craw shall the
peed-ing fast, Lov-ing-ly la - bar while life shall last, Gath - 'ring
ev • or • more,Pa-tient-ly toil till the bar-Test's o'er,
star-gems glow ,Wu while they toiled in the field below, fiith'riag golden sheaves
" ~ :rrt :
RKFBAIH
gold • en sheaves. Gath • 'ring gold-en sheaves,

gath'ring gold-en sheaves. Gath'ring golden sheaves, gath'ring golden sheaves,
W — —— —tf—H
Kfi n- •»- +- V—Shrr
3E—¥=&=$=£ hr It
1
I I
tt tit 1
U1S^:^=^;
— i
Gathering Golden Shea?es

---Kr-|
T-m --It
-fc Hr-1—
Jr—*-\-m
JL-UJ^—L.
—
Ej£9E?r:|iEE
Oath • 'ring gold-en sheaves, While the honn ewift-ly flae
Gath'ring golden Bheavei, gath'ring golden sheaves,
r r
r
r
l
u \j
I;. v
.
i i
lor e - ter • ni • ty, Gath - 'ring gold-en sheaves.

Gath'ring gold-en sheaves, gath'ring gold-en sheaves,
jms. jft. jl. ,m- -p. .pes. 4*. -•** -•*- -* .m± .*.- _ .,,. ^
y~ hi *- — ——
i
I l i
No. 69 The Bread Of Life

Copyright 1946, in "Stat of Promise',
Mrs. A. B. Wad* Owned bt J. M. Henson. J- M. Hen ton
;-h-=^"^T"l=-js
___*~A
-•- -»• -^- -^ -
J* -w i
^
• why should I from hun-ger sore, E'er f sint be • side the way;
Thoa who didst feed the mul-tl-tnde With loaves be-side the Bea;
Then grate-fal-ly I come to Thee, Id av - 'ry time ol need,
•» 1
+-"_V_i- 1-Hr-Z__£.._._,_ r ~1 -— 1»—-H-" —^-JS" —fZHC

g
,,.i-^jiJ3t.
-S^— . i.
ET^|¥Ê£gzfezs
fl SA/-3
"~i
When Thoa far me the bread of life, Will break from day to day.
Will just as vil - Hng-ly pro -vide. The bread of life for me.
And on Thy rich and boun-teoui store, My hua-gry spir - it feed.
1
-•- -•- -»* rs i -•- CS-J-^
O. S.— And Thoo that bread, that wondrous bread, Art breaking now for me.
SlSEE3ES"EiE=SE?liEÊiE3SE£tei5fl
The bread, the won-drous bread of life, Onr spir-it's food must be;
3B3EEdfc=k=£3£ :£EÊE -P-E+- I

— .
No. 70 Fro a Happy Pilgrim

Cepyright 1948, in "Star of Promise" Arr.by Irene Roberts
A. J. Owned by J. M. Hbnsos. Rev. Andrew Jenkins
d
1. I'm a hap-py pil-grim on my
the and be-yond the blue.
way. To
2. I'm a hap-pv pil-grim on my way, To
the land of love di - vine.
3. What a hap-py maet-iag that will be, When we reach the gold-en strand.
.^..^.-^.. -)*.-
:±|«=^!^!s=$sEpiEt=t=tÊ:Ef=5:=^=^=:p=t:tAi
I b I \j [
.-^r-t J-r
Je - sus walks beside me night and day He will keep me strong and
, trne;
Where the heavy cloud will roll a- way, Then come
the bright sunshine;
will
Ev-er with the an-gels glad and free,Sing-ing with the happy band.
I
-ft--*- £ I
i I
He will safe-Iy guide me all the way, To the land of light and love,
Man • y hear- y burdens hard to bear, As I tray - el on life's road,
There I'll see the Sav-ior face to face, While the hal-le-lu-jahi roll,
—A A— A—m — A- r * — * — —
wm^ e>— H=
| I 1 1
. 1
Êss=!s=aE|»Eptt=^==t=t[7=pz:^:
:d:
Where the darkest night will pass a-way, In the inn-shine of Bis love.
Bnt the Sav - my Sor-row share, He will bear the heav-y load.
ior will
And will praise Him for His saving grace, In the home-land of the soul.
-5- rrn rem -- ^. -- i ^ r

I'm on my way To that land of love di-vine,
I'm on my way, yes on my way, of love di-vine
A~. — »fl>- r A:
:z*
S
I'm a Happy Pilgrim
fc*z:*td=
x .^-p-r-V-r-r-— 11 — -tr Vi-i- 1
X am on my way, Where my bouI shall never pint;
I am onmy way, my way, there never pine;
3dt
s —i —"•-zrra r
^±zr'ih2 - i zHstcaf- zJ
I'm on my way, To that land bs-yond the blue,

,
I'm on way, yea on my way, on

my be-yond the blue,
.»-
A ^-
-K- -**- -P^-K- -- m
~t-r*™*zi zz:£ip£ztzz|zz!*:c£z*ztztzztzz|zT|z - L_z A z£iJ
^
z^^:^±|i=:(s=z*z=^:E!sztszt*zp:Ep:z^z^z5:z:t=ti:t|*=tE=pszp=i
I! I I I I I I ^ ^ ^ ^ rll w*
r l I
And 1 know His won • der - f ol love Will take me through.

take me thro' will take me thro'.
1
&*_-«
I
.J :-:z*.
prta = tzzg==t==x=ft==t==t=t=t=E^z:==^-—Ezzzzzizgfl
No, 71 Windham
leaac Watte Daniel Reed, 173S
,==zzzj£z^zq*rq-
;!aEzEEzfe;EjE3=3=f^zÊz=EzEE^Êziz:3:
b^fez^-ijzzgzE^^
. Broad is the road that leads to death, And thousands walk together there;
,c
. De-ny thy self and take thy cross," lathe Redeem-er's blestcommand;
•
. The fear - ful soul that tires and faints, And walks the ways of God no more;
, Lord let not all my hope* be Tain, Cre-ate my heart en-tire - ly new;
^zEN==^==|==^=fc==t==^=zAzEN=c:z:N=:f=f*=N=t=3
4=tzE^ziEz=Ezit==E?z^z=tz=tz^=pt=z:zEg^z:*z3
—
r-'tr: *
But wis-dom »hows a nar-row path While here and there a trav - el - er.
Na-ture must count her gold as dross, If she would gain this heav'n-ly ladn.
Is but es teemed al-most a saint, And makes Hialown de-etruc-tion lure.
Which hyp-o-crytes could ne'er at-tain, Which false ap-pos-tios nev-er knew,
._,*_ c*_£-£- t
&_*U-«_-"__-gz^zzfe_ JL^.-.^
No. 72 Beyond This World
Copyright 1046, in "Star of Promiie"
bbt. it.thbi) babbatt J. M. Benson owaw a. at. mioi
1. Be-yond this world

^m i
f
fcsp
*j :^-*>
„
=^^
of sin and strife
^-g^=E
Of things that
2. Be-yond the gloom of doubts andfeare Of grief and
3. Be-yond the hills and mountains steep, Be-yond the
4. Be-yond the day, be-yond the sight, Be-yoadthe
-
* » y.fjVjN x - JJJJ-,
mar my checkered life; Thereis a home

pain and bit- ter tears; Be-yond the fret... ,
Tales.... where shadows creep; In yon-derland

tars
in^T that shine s» bright;
y . ft t*f» i*
Beyond death's dark
„ „ -* is
At
H :£=£ «= ^m -rs is
A ^ M-M .- M - : ? -ztzz$zzt
FS^3E
—fr
a mansion fair
-A
:k-% "k=k=gr.^:'
i ll,
i
A robe and crown

^s>
* ——
ft33Bjfc<:;
~-,-*-*-*-
a -wait me
of toil and care, E - ter - nal joys N a -wait me
from sor-row tree There is a rest a -waiting
and roll- Ing sea, There is a boms, pre-paredfor
me there. My faith mounts up
J—
there, a -wait an ea • gla
me, a -wait ing me. My faith mounts up,
jfcJJbJj ^«T >J.J I J
i=iVf^^^==f
wings, My grate-ful heart .....with gladness sings;
... en ea-gle wings, __ _ My gratefu heart,
l
__ _ wit h gladssssBJBf
^f^pS
s
#9* H«-fcr-
Sfc* S=*=
2*r .*-
1T:.«
'
e»- i e>-#-g-
i *r ? * — —— , r
Beyond This World
£s •s-
BF=feF=i ;=zrz===zj
re :ft
— :
î—^-^-rr
. ! J-z^JKZzi-jzg--
LraJrlJzlzrazn'-i
—H »
I look a* way be-yond the sea,

I look a -way, be-yond the sea,
-m—m—*—t k*
Sfe •3—m —n*_» ja
ffr
1
W m
ti.
H.
1ft P P*
SSEEi
PE !•*—
=tMHM^— tP-^tpt^ cr .
p=
g
To yoo-derhome a -wait -log me.
To yen-derhome a-wait-ing me.
No. 73 Give Your Heart to Jesus

JamaeRow* H. M. Essie, owner H.M. E.gla
4 -J-
1. Would you have a song to ling? Give your heart to Je- bub; Would you
2. Would you gain a faithful friend? Give your heart ta Je - bus; Wou'd you
8. Would yon o -ver- flow with love? Give your heart to Je -bus; Would yon
4. Would you tri - umph in the strife ?Give your heart to Je - sub; Wonld you
5"* A
=t
A— tw
5C
— ;** m—r^-^'rA—
—P ^: a«-
IS 4 rrr
EV .
^
I
FS -
!
1
r-r tt
Refrain
ft Fine
=t=t
^=^
3Fr -^r—^r-*
drink at life's true spring?
f5"~ L
r ^sds •&•'
sea your troab-les end? Give your heart ta Jo - sua. Give your heart to
sneet your friends a-bo ve
mn&sam n
win the crown of life?
J_ fej^zno
=-l— ~
d$- gr rrJ^:_!=
t=C
J— -r-t-i-r-d—=-i— -
i
Je-eus, Give your heart to Je-sus; He has died yovr past to hide,
f^&H^ »: i —
— ~ —
No. 74 His Love Leads On
J. U. HEiesou Owned by J. M. ELenboj*. Hektet L. THcaiPSOKr
l. I'm hap • py as I go a • long, and there is naught to fear, My soul can

I. 'Tis hap-pi-ness a - long the read, be-cause I look to Him And I've laid ,
I. praise Him for His eav*ing grace, I'm lift-ed from the mire, At Hia right
i
a-
-2-^-r»—*—»— m —STEM'S—MZC*— *--£—r-"*^^^—"—
al-ways have a song, for Je - sus now is near; He lets ma iee the way a-
down my heav-y load, no more the path is dim; I'll tee Him in His bean-ty
hand I have a place, there with the soul's desire; I shall he there that morning
_ — :p:_,«_4-_t:_:pi_*-,g te _m—f=_ _m*~m~. te
,_^_d t
head, and so all doubt is gone, He la my song, And

there, when heaven's morn shall dawn,
fair, with ev - 'ry bur-den gone, Ihe way a-loag,
_^ — ___*_*, -—f-ZI^lU:
— ~qfeZZfcZZ5
Sdtfc* .
»=£=
I
Befkus
Hit great lore leads on. HIb love leads on, and so I have no
Yes His love pre-ciooslove, and I
< W-—W-~W—ic—STT— I ^-P^-r- —*— s— * 1

K it
fear, All doubt is gone, My Savior is so

hate no fear, Ev-'ry donbt, now is gone, And my
• — — q . ;
His Love Leads On

-EHy-d — — —a—
— -î-f —~
pq— g-^-g — ^ —q ^— «-î—q—-j-n i^— — ——
—
t:
-F*-^ L £- — ^-tr~
near; He will keep keep my toil, the
Lord is near; He'll keep my soul, Un • til the morn shall
* ft r
4r_?— ^— =!-r 3-"~ S' *i .1 p i-p- }}
==^=zîz==^:g^=j:^=!;-^--^---
:k=£=£=£rEr=:
trtnr "17" "v u»
orn shall dawn , Tee His love leads me on, And all fear gone. is
lawn,
r^
F r p * i.
Jt ~-
Hie love still leads,
P
And io all fear ia gone.
^^S== ,
I
1
J.
q-Eq-ÂlA=*;=i1 AIA=A-q.:Eq._g=q-^.ZA^ fl
'""
fcjl/
"
, g fcHr
No. 75 Good Enough For Me
Copyright 1946, in "Stir of Promise."
J ill BOW! OWNED BY J. M. HENSON jr. x. rasaou
î
I.
—*i± ——r-«r-MM ^
^-^—CJji-Jl^fc M—
— L.^
1 I— «
^,
(
^ «— —
il— L *-—A
i- 1
—a —*—
(— -^ hr-jv-i
L ctT- J
1.
2.
My mother trod the way
The Sav - ior dear she trust - ed h re From sin to keep her free;
to God With Christ of Cal - - ry;
3. The precious Word the read and heard And loved so ten-der-ly;
4. The path the trod, the Word ef God, The Lamb of Cal-va-ry;
;&• Fine
g^=^=FgÊ^Sz=3zgz^z}— zgu^3Z-^~T"" T^^ :
And io to'- day my moth-er's way good e • nongh for me. Ie

Whose loTe-light shone and cheered her oh, good e • nough for me. Is
Tho' turned a - way by some to - day, good e • nongh for me. Is
All these she loved, and they have proved Quite good e-nough for me.
^g=^=îigA==A=r^zE:^=^-=^z=z^=gizzz=p z=^=E:gii|
3=p r-
D. S.— From day to day the eld cross way Is good • - nough for me
Bbtbadi
-*- •
t r i
r i i i
good e nongh for me, (for me) Its end I mean Uiee;(ta tee;)
.___ r i»i_«
^tn*«*dfc£
— a —
No. 7f> Riding the Waves
Charles G. Paschal Owned by Bunette and Henaoa R. W. Bmitta
£_^_ == _=_J^4V^-J^J>--*-J-
:=£=' &=* =fc
— —
— — —
-to-
4-*— s«i
a_^,_jir^,_t^.
- -^
—9m—^F"*-- «j — 332
«i
1
..#. ^,
\
CJl__.
1, I am on the sea of time, on the gos-pel ship sub-lime, I on-ward

2. For that port I've eet my sails, breasting all the storm-y gales, And from m
I. With my bless-ed Pi - lot near, I will Be? • er have a fear, I lail be
-
-A- -<•>- -*- -m- -*- hm __ -A- -*- _,
irxrnrTTTry
, &-, k-HJUU*
ail a - cross the foam; And each bil» low of the sea,
On • ward tail a • cross the raf -tag foam;
course I'll never roam; For the Sav-ior pi - lots me,
From my course I never mean to nam;
Death a star - ry dome; G-ver eaea wave's dashing sresi
Sail neath Beav • en's shining atar-ry'dome;
•» ri s i r> i> r pj J
t_|».i- =*C p: :==t: t=P=t=P=t=
5KZJK Jc3k=3e=ik=k:
3E
tr-rv-a7-"tr-tr-r-
*=c=s=4d-fw—
- —EM
•tt±*z&im
is a glo - ry wave to me, Rid-mg waves of glo • ry
o -ver this tem-pes- tons sea, glo • ry
far that ha-ven of sweet rest, I'm rid-lng waves of glo - ry ,
'
ft fe^f*
I P r
US tpi
E=e=e
£=^=Ê&=? l
\tz2=&=Z=tz :£E£
'V
5t=
Refbaim
. g_jl
home I'm rid - ing the waves. of glo .

rid -ing borne. The waves glo ry t
!e*=e=^.?
1
"xsS.
i-=^z:ai=ai— ^:—g:
F
JUS.
trr
:tL
3K
*—
Jfe4£
=s:z*:z* . _^r— ___^ 1— — •-J-l

T my Bwsethome,
koine, He bids bids me never roai
For Je • sns low bids me not roam;
bm-m "-
1 ^ f*
to
.lîJrh p
-r-in?
jKZitsz:^:
*£
:=-=Pjp 3fc
:£=: s
— - 3
Riding The Waves

I- — —JL&JL4* ft
—kJ-dLsfc
Bil-Iows of love, sail - log a- bove,

On the bil-Iows o! His love, eail-ing for that port a - bora, I':
J1JJL*
ssrzzirzr zi^J:^ >_a —m z^ a— <*—a—
_fc_^_„_£
-W
— 9 P— — |fVI --
-—I— 3Bt
r-*"
~tt^=
I 1 I
V In
Waves .. of glo - ry home
rid* log the waves, ride the waves rid -fag home
i y ^ p. r 1 *
—^—b—^-
No. 77
c
Clear the Line Before

—g—g^.—
You Gall
m
^-^.
W. E. E. Copyright 1916. by Walter Edmiastoa Walter E. EdmlattoD
:?#=zj==S=: s — r*>
—H-h** 1
—
1. There's a tel-e -phone to Heaven, ^ - ver which all biess-ings fall;
2. Je • bus
is the op - er - a - tor, And ac-count-ant for ns all;
3. Make ye tare your prep -a ra • tion For con-nec-tion on this line;
God Cen-tral and will an - swer,

is If you clear the line to call.
He glad - ly send your tnes-sage,
will If yon clear the line to call.
Christ, oar bless-ed Lord will help yon, If yon call on Him in time.
*—*.—*— * +—+-*-- L l & —^ fr 9- — —CV- iS»i—

« I D & I \j
D.S.— II yon'd gain from Him an answer, Clear the line be • fore yon call.
BarnAHi D.S.
:=£.
Clear the line be-fore yon call God is Central for us all;
be-fore yon call; for us all;
h
—
No. 78 Heading Now For Heaven
C.T. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON OtTBTIS TATX.OB
1. Head-ing now for Heaven, I am go - ing to the home a-bove, Hal-le-lu-jah!

2. Hap-py on the jour-ney, as I travel thru this world of care, He will keep me,
3. Head-ing now for glo - ry, hap-py as I trav - el oq in love,al-wajs hap - py
_h -N -efc^lA- -N
——-4
__
e5=zs:_a:it::p££>=:«_ ^ pt_t=— ^zr«zcjrtz:-==:=z=zzq
B5gggzac=s=g fc=fr=*=c%=
& - t&
g
-*y-b-Z.b^^~ t7 tr— tr—
9- -*- -*- -«i- -5**-

'
y
Je sus leads me homeward, I am trnst-ing in His gnid-ing love, andmer-cy,
'
Sor-rows oft befall me, and some htav-y bur-dens I mnst bear, He'll help me,
I am trnst-ing Je- bus, al-ways trnst-ing in the Ho -ly Dove, praise Him,
F-=-~-- -=--! -*-*-=.
h—
lEtEtEtEtitfezzi:
-» » i* — »- u ~J5E^=?EfeEÊp
— — —
f—
w w
h-
y N
U N
y l
EzEE™^=tKEÊ?=====-=;E=ti =:^=ÊS5E5=E=E
=ztz^=5z^-Wi===
-.*--*-
[7
He
y
u
.
=^z^zz^:E$=:5-=--?zt*~-=^~
-r*- F
fy
w h.
6
y
"
F a
TM» t*
walk be-side me, He wi 1 keep me till life's race is run, when my

will
I am free from danger, fer I \aow that Je- bub walks with me, on my
M
In the land.of gl - ry, now I know that He pre-parea a place, and I
K * -A- -Mh- -*- -{*- -*-
— =i-
*=£=*
~ D-y-^-
f-17
:
T y"-
tr^—tt
jeur-ney's end-ed I will cross the riv-er, I'll be go - ing at the let of
mnr
jour-ney homeward He's my blessed Pi-lot, And He al-ways makes the shadows
know He '11 take me Where I'll dwell forever, Sweet-ly rest-ing in His won-drona
/SSZzzzizzzizzixezzffiB^zzîc^zz^zz-zzzzzz: *=t=P
£E£ t=t=3
:
Bbfbahs
(# u
-^ ^ -4>1
;zîE=r :=t
enn. Head ing now for my new

flee..
grace. hal-le - ln-jahl Heading now for Heaven, my new home, my hap-py
ii|i|i|iiPpp^;|îi|Êi^
— r —
Heading Now For Heaven
home, Never a • gain to roam; With

home in glo-ry, no more to roam,
l: p
tr~r— t, —
t
\j i
—_i — i_i — — —— —
i - I-** -*i— m -i— — —I—
ri
-m- -M- -^- -*- -a- ^| >->
won-der-ful song I am press-tag a-long, head-ingfor my new home.

For I'm
No. 79 I'm Going Home

Rev. Johnton Oatman. Jr. H. M, Eaglet owner H. M. Eagle
1, I'm go - ing home to glo • ry-land, That home so bean-ti - fnl and grand;
I. I'm go - ing home,tho' oft dis-trest, lo those fair man-sions of the blest;
3. I'm go • iog home with Christ to reign,No sickness there.no grief no pain;
4. I'm go - ing home to that fair shore, When all my la-bors here are o'er;
îEEEES!E|3tEEfcEiEEife£5EHEfeEEEE:EEEfeE3l
Fink
My face is t'ward the gol-den strand,

For-ev-er with my Lord to rest, I'm go - ing home, I'm go-ing borne,
A crown of life at to gain,
last
To join my loved ones gone be-fore,
+-"£-£
me
tr-r
D. S.— And this tho't cheers as I roam,
.Refbaih
_w-„ rss __tCk Ju
I'm go ing home, yes go-ing home, Far, far a bore yon vanlt-ed dome;
— — i —— r — —»
No. 80 Be A Blessing
i. W. A. Owned by Askew and Hen son J* W. Askew
—sn— —
?--i
ts#=±£=et=feifca ^f =F— i
k-^1 — kc—i,*n-£cz]
fcfc=P=|:
—7--I-
-r=|=-: f,'-
:fc?z:?=21=a-E-=-=ais=J|^=S=t^r:j|-tS-Si:zj=
1. Be a ev-'ry day, Ab you go a - long;
bless-iug Bcat-ter sun-shine
2. Be a as yon go. Thro' this sin-ful world, Je - ins' love to
blesa-ing
S. Be a bless-ing it -'ry day, Make some pathway bright, Yon eaa help them
-*- "*" *•• "*" _ m- m
eaa -*— i
igtfiz*=tszis=f«iEts=*zîS=isz:tii!5zfc
j— — i-
——
tc-t^V-V-r-T^-tr-C-
I
|4ev*~ie>* -m—h» —» —
-:3_4L
p^3^|5=iEi^|^£^
all the way, With a cheer-fnl song, Help the lost and wayward onei,
ath-erB show, Keep His flag unfurled, them that His life He gave,
Tell
while you may.See the shin-ing light; Then when work an earth ie e'er,
mm m -*•"
—. **»* **»* •** **-
r-t7"
î^^^z^c^Jzp-^zrg^rjziîzi-^rqr:—rr=za
Try to help the sad, them of a Sav-ior who can make them glad.
Tell
On the era -el tree, He's theon-ly One can lave e - ter-nal-ly.
At the set-ting sun, He will sweet-ly say to you His words "Well dono.'
-*- -A- I
~~. —.--.-*—*--
^- — — mg— ^ — ^-r-iE— E—-hr—— hr—
r": r-- r-5
Refbaib
m
rp-b-^—m—m—^ — m—m-\A—A 1— =1— —1— \-\ —>--*— — I
-
y -t-^ -u—^-^
Try to be a pre-cions bless-ing, Now and ev-'ry day, j
Be a less - ing ev 'ry pass-ing day,
r r
•i Si- •«-
^ r r,-„ rri r j> i ^ a. i p i
Si :E| g=zz=bzjz£=tzggizzziz=
tr-V
Try to Bcatter gold-en sun-shine, On the pil-grimwaj

Beat - ter snn * shine All a -long the way;...
1 I M :»*:
:
-=FiE>zE£- i r
=BE===H r- tr^tr
~ — ' I r 1
Be A Blessing
—" —— — —S---
— —
1—H-l- « -p,— — - ;•>—-—
=gh*--—I-*—
y 1 i-
S-rS-^-^-S C c
-t
J7~t7 t7 t7 t
Tho'the journey pil-grim journey May be rongh and long,

Though the jour - ney May be rongh and long,
-^^ g -g-^*-»-ra-W-^-g-^- r g -- i»T

, r ...
£"3v'
-dt-~ i^- *-"i— v-^-Fji-^^T^-^P^F^P-qs-
P—f>-^— —<——»— =1—h
r
:
—
i-k^-*-- «— =1— « «i-H« -S —3<——-FT—I—^ —-^-gH
-^ i
'
ft
l^-H
Too will find a pleasure, al-ways Find pleas-era in a long,

You'll find pleas - are In a hap - py song.
ys
at£==t=
B± -l-p^Kl îiiîl
r
No. 81 Eternal Ages
Copyright 1046, i n "Star of Promise'
D. A. Little Owned by Askew and Benson J. W. Askew
ts .— i j asp"
i^
1. In this Bin-cursed world I em left a - lone, Man-y eor- rows flood my sool;
2. I will not give np with my heav-y load, Tho' my cross be bard to bear;
3. He will be with me in each hour of need, And will never let me fall;
- -•»- -m-~- •>--<>-[?».
,-^--D
:=P=P=:
r-\-
._|_d_rL-£~k m_ j
S=^ÊitS=^ iE2===i=^=5=^fi=*=3=^N:==3
Lz"==|=EaÂtiZ»=*:Ei=5=i=^ÂEl=^=lI=5=Eari~;^
:
.».p .a,.
b b
Friends and loved ones dear long before have gone, Where e-ter-nal a-ges roll.
I know at the end of this lonesome road, I will meet my loved ones there.
He will be our friend, and a friend in-deed, He ia my All in all.
-. - ^kr-Cii— A—K— tfc—A-r-A -»-ie>-|-l r»-

1
— — i*-M^—r
h^
|
— P— ,- .
- -
r~r-t— - ^-
D.S.-They will welcome me when '
my face they see, Where e-tei-ial a-ges roll.
*kfkai» ^ * D. 5.
N r 4. ^ ,
— — —
£5=^-z5f^g3=«^54^ ==
-A. fs ]
-J— 1
,
,
I
1— , I
1
.
I : "-": * i:
S==3=^= :::r P= l ^= ::
tT + — ^| —
Where e -ter-nal a - ges roll
|
Where e-ter • nal a - ges

,
roll;
^|
iSEEE£EEESEÊE£~EÊ£EEEE
^ —
No. 82 Living With Jesus
Copyrighted 1941, in "Songs of Gladness*'
J. M. KEKSOir OWHBD BY THE AUTHORS. R. "W. BAHinrrni
?-=* 1 1— tfP 1— J-A A. A A A! * A—1-A A A- —A
1. I'm liv - ing with Je-sus my Say-ior as 1 go on life's way,

2. I'm keep - ing be - side Him each mo-ment and o- bey -ing His voice,
hap - py to know He is with me I can sind my glag song,
-—— —
3. So
-A—A— .A- r «=_
fcb* :t:
*~4>- ^-}A A A A Wte+r
I I ~i^ a-
"D-tr
:^-g
-P— =1
—5 " zpzzp
rzzzzr:—
ofc A-
:
*=t==q^*=*
:^zifc:^=t
L.^ ^_ *=*
tte-£»
IjT-rrr
Bo hap • py to tell His love where ev • er I go;
To tell His love
^ -4
J j* q
—A_A_ q —
p-p-
p P-q.
"tr^r-rtr -t-r
"D — 1="
^==t-=p:=p:=p:^:F =|>:^:=^=p:
-A! — A— A— A —A— A—f-A— —
A A~ A *--&
-
"a"
I'm keep-ing my lamps trimmed and burning as I la-bor and pray,
Still work-ing and singing with gladness while in Him I re-joice,
I'll see Him some morning in glo-ry with that wonderful throng, A won-der-fn
V __AÂ— A-A-r- m P*-=-r b A-Ajpfe.
-A—A —A—A-|-A—A—A—A—A—A—A—HA—A—A—A 1 H U- I —
:^ 1
*=t
J— a—q —=1-3=^ 7T
3 irr^fi
A-p
Refrain
r
»
——
A friend just to know He is hold • ing m;
Friend for all to know, a Sav-ior to know.
.A_A •-
r
£--*-
fc=il±=ti -P--*-P-
:^-Prf==p:
r
;^=^=
t> •
hand ev -'ry step of the way to the gate, And I fol - low a
My hand yes all the
\j-\j inrtn
— , A —
Living With Jesus
•—-—a—if-^-^W b+~f — —h-d — r* >r
=r
1
long with Him to Heaven 'i ea-tate,
A-loug with Him Ev - er sing - ing on the
, A— g — ff-r-
A— m
A
-g—a> •—
•—
— — r^
—
—AA— — —K 3 g F m — H—
— u~J
—rr
I I
'D~tr—d~ t
SJiZsi ^ —-^H
On I will fol - low Him tach

hap-py joar-ney with my Savior to the bet-ter land.
—J jl. .*L
^s|eê££33^|eI; r 1
3Efe^l§ESi!r«
b % ? r » p ^
i
to His hand
p-f ts
un-chang-ing
las
day, Hold-ing on to His
A —^_4lJW*JUs.
——— — *»
hand, His won-der-ful hand,
« « w m c—
EEJEpgEfE fi
No. 83 My Faith Looks Up to Thee.
Ray Palmer. Lowell Mason.
v r
"
1. My faith looks up to Thee, Thou Lamb of Calvary ,Sav-ior di-vine ;Now hear me
2. May Thy rich grace impart, Strength to my fainting heart, My zeal inspire; As Thou hast
3. While life's dark maze I tread.And griefs around me spread. Be Thou my Guide :Bid darkness
4. When ends life's transient dream, When death's cold sullen stream, Shall o'er me roll; Bleit Sarior
'
I i i »
1 L >
4>- J I
St 4= t=fc 3 1
P B-aH-g- i—s.
While I pray,Takeall mysinsaway; let me from this day Bi whol-ly Thine,
died for me,0 may my love to Thee, Pure, warm and changeless b^, A liv-ing fire!
utJ-L J —aJ -^t 3=2
turn to day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ever stray From Thee a -side,
then, in love, Fear and distrust remove; bear me safe above, ~A ransomed soul,
Jft-fL
H dfc Ws ^ ;'A --iA: jgr- g s

Ml-
j £ «*Ml act E
I
iv I I II 1/ i 1 1. I
Iv I j.
l
|s-f
- — — .
No. 84 The Song In My Heart

Copyright 1046. in "Star of Promiio"
J. M. Hewon Owned by J. M. Hsssoir. A.H.CIaMcock
%# M-ncrgr-i-=g=
1. Dtep in my heart kesps ring-ing, A Bweetsoflg of love ocm-plete,
2. I try to make a blend-ing Of my heart and voice as one,
3. can we catch the mean-tag Of the ko - ly song di - vine?
fcszijB: ctztzztzrizzj^zfe
53EtEE==e=aQli tzzt:
L ho • ly joy 'tis bring-ing, With a feel - ing now so tweet;

My long jait keeps aa-cend-ing, To the Fa-ther't ho • If Son;
Deep in the heart 'tit plant- ed. And 1 know that it ft mine;
a ' —W —
ii
i-Pa — —* a—I-* — — —* —
i- i
*i— 1-_ —2 —A—5— — I i i
The ech - oea nev • er leave me. It is more than I can tellj
Bat Heav-en'g aong ap yon - der, Is far out of reach of man.
When we ihall join the sing - ing, On the ev • er • last - ing shore,
i*1
—t— tr-t tr-r

FlKl
?E^pE^=S^3E?EÊ-EgÊE^g^
My frail lips can - not sing it, Bat my hârt keeps it bo well ,
.Bat when I reach that Cit - y, I will sing it— for I ean
*We then shall sing in Heav-en, With the an - gels ev - er - more.
D, S.-Thissongof my Ee-deem-er, r! re - hearse a long the way.

•
.Refrais
=tzzfcz±==
?r D t> U R
ere's a song in my heart ... that my lips
Hap-py scng song in my heart song that my lips
jfL. jp.. -m- -p~
:ix—fcz:i*z:!sz:zzzzzciz^sz: sz
^zs:
z=*=h
£E£E£E£
trtrVTn
—
£
The Song In My Heart
*_ s ..14 JM-. —
* .:
ean-notsing, «T>K
'Tib
.
a »•.<
long <*.. n
deep _
- ..
«r •Ill
till.
never can sing, GIo ry song long deeper still
==S=^fe ;=c£=|faKz:!s:=j
t:
*=*= V=£=Z=&
.=F^=
D »
than lore's meat - ore- less spring; Hut I'll sing as I

deip-er to day than love's end-leas spring; Bat I'll sing
m 3=^ •zjz=p:
twaefce
1/ D D ti
£
•»—•—!»
=t£ =£= £—
» ^
:
:sz*=3E
I 1/ i
i>,&
can while on
wniie earth 7 I may stay,
ling as I can, while here 1 stay, here I may stay,
^S—*:=>—a— zz^zzzzzzxAZztAZzzpzjsr
^=t=fe=ps::
tmrtrn 'tnf*-
m
No. 85 By Faith I Stand
MuvEUaHunrick Owned by Hensoa and Timmons John Timmom
-fc-4 r
*-J-- i
1. By faith I stand, bless -ed thonght, I can -not stand a > lone;
1, I now go to the bat - tie field, And know that I ean win,
3. By faith I o • ver - come the world, And from it's snares stay free.
* A- r W-
ggiî^gi£gig=giEiEgi E= 5W=
II
Mz±*zzz*r-
When Je
I
ens gave me ear • ing faith, My fears all
:=|:
jzzz3z±:*—*zzz4zzzzl^^ftp came to aaaght.
The fie • ry darts will all be quenched, For faith is now my shield.
Temp • ta-tions flee a - way when I flag ef My faith na • furl,
Ufc ---A <* * H* * £=*:

«* *-. 1
BgEEJEggP|î£ie
S=|=£=S= ?=5 t : ill
— — 3 :
No. 86 My Heart Is Fixed

Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promise"
J.T. Owned by J. M. Henson. John Taylor
1, - rer in that bright and snn-ny clime above (that clime above)Where the
2. There's a fonnt of love that's ev-er flowing free, (itflows bo free) From the
3.1 am drink-ing at the foun-tain of my Lord (my blessed Lord) I am
—-x- s:~r m — m — m — m — m~~ m — m —m-r-m— m — o- — m—m—m — »-j
>-^*-li — Mk-tl*i —A —i —I* — \m— A-tt 1—t—t—t— t—t^H
bfc afc
zfszzzbzzzsczzsi ;
z^zcztzzt-
A A A
& b £r t/ " ?
Bav and all is per-fect !ove;(His per-fect love) There are man-y
- ior reings
throne ol God be-yond the Jas - per sea (the jas per sea,) how sweet it
feait-ing on the prom-ise oi His word, (His pre-cions word) I will lore an!
r -a .a-
1
H 1 » 1 1 1 1 U~ P—
•-
lib »
i I \j tr " " '
mzzztzzt-^r-ztL~
man-sions bright bo fair to see, (so fair to see,) Where the soul of man shall
is to love and trnBtHimhere(to trust Him here) As I list -en to His
trust Him while on earth I stay (while here 1 stay) Ai I walk a - long the
_A- A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -*- -A- -A—A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
zsm^^^^^^^^^=^^^^^ v=& & Betbaib
lite e • ter-naMy "(e-ter-nal-ly.) Myhearlis fixed , on things a

voice bo sweet and clear.
Straight and narrow way my heart is fixed
yee now
f f f J* JU"* f* -A- -A-A-A-A-A
<r^&-&-&zSb
*=:
,,-g* -*— mj~

raj — Jl-H d »
=s
» — Z -
bove
ir t^ l>- i> Lv
I'm hap-py m
TFtif- 3
my
T"
Sav-ior's
on the things a-bove, And 1 am hap-py in love
i ^ 1 I — I
My Heart Is Fixed
~*1
AAAAA
lore I'll fly a way to worlds un-known,
Hll rtdtemingloye soon I shall fly a-way, live in the world nnknown,
£ -A- -A-A-A-A-A- -A-AA-A-A-
p—=1-!jk-A-i—y-A— J? 1
— J-~ -
y-y-i —— —
i i S f— -r-^-*-^-^-**
-^ - •
= ~dz^rzzzzzzzzîll
I'll see Him

t,-
on
-A- A
-rrtru
-
—rrtmr
A-«— 3-^-fca-fcr-z^~±aâ^SEaEH
His
_
throne.
Then I shall see Him Happy day when I see Je-sus on His throne.
See my Lord on His throne.
P £
i A.c^tztztzt--^--^--zzt-J-jLjk^
Jzfcjpzz =zz:zztz-^;_-_z_z_i_-_-..z_-_-=:bt=^==z==^t:iJ
No. 87 Since the Lord Took My Sins Away

.Copyright 1948. in '"Star of Promise."
J.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HESSOM J. M. •BEHSOS
1. I am free as a bird an the wing, Or a breeze on a bright sammer day,

2. I am bought with a price .bless His name, And all His ev-er-morei will stay;
3. Ha is mine ev-er-more, bless His name, And A-men to His will 1 can say;
*»- -A-1 -*- -*- -*•- -*c- -A- -A,- «.-
iJZA— A-PP—1=3*—A—£-
wiz*:=tsztts— iszztszz&szzp: gE :rzz£z=£zEs:z:£zz£zz»z:tszizEz:=:
V = — ^—=4^ —
1-^—J- —-rr-l—^^r---^
^5=i±p=p^z^=î§-§:z3iE5=ri~i~*z^=Ei!iil
I am faap-py and now I can sing,
I can sing wheth-er prose or in rhyme, Since the Lerd took my sins a-way.
And His love day by day is the same,
-A -. -A>- -A- -A- -A- ~&± -A- -*»- -*- -A- A- -A- _
Ez:c:=AiFt=:t=:A=:A=^z:tirî=t:=tzr:t==i==:"=ip=iI=:cîq
V~t7-*tnrxr
--tr-tJ-^-^-tJ"^-"^"^
— ---- c
t-
t
t-
=J
D. S.-I causing all the day, work and pray,

Refbaih
h —M—I—
^-j__^-^^-â.^f
~4
—
rgzzSzfe^zzzzzzzzSliqz^ izzzz -
« —
r-«HL^—î.^,—^—^
It I
— 1
\-&--H
.^li.^_ L,__ JJ
t
All a • way, all a way, Praise the Lord I am free to day;

All a-way, all a • way,
*t3«=tot-
— l-tar-^~ hr— —+=—2pz+z.£z*i:£z&-&i:*-£-:&-
—
—
fe- 1
btÊtxits=*Ear.JszEzzz£z^=^z:z::
-
u j__^ -
^TTTr-r 11
—
No. 88 We'll Never Be Lonesome
Copyright 1946, in ''Star of Promise"
J. T. M. Owned by Hanson and Mc Eibbea J.T.McKibboa
tt*
.— a-^—^^-i jj —*-•;—6Vt»2— * ,
"""* —* —
1. world there is sor-row,ia this world there is care ,0ft the stormcloBde will
In this
2. I shall reach that fair Cit- y in the land of the bleat, For so oft-en I'm
3. Oft the way seems bo lonely, oft the way seems so long, Than mj burdens art
r
_ »_P_rt:L:t=L.t=-l=_-|=-_^_«_,
l
_*_,.» tn:t::ir_
gath-er and ths Bkies are not fair. Bat there's coming a morning, when no
long-ing for thatheav-en-ly rest. N->w the home-bells are ringing 'neath the
heavy and my heart has no song. Jnst a ten-der word spok-en drives the
,
_ J~ —El-m— r-r m— m—m— *-— p— *-£:— 1=— t=— 1^:4^-
----&—#- U t» y "3"
% V
more here we'll plod, So my brother presB onward to the Cit - y of God.
heaven -ly dome, Man-y loved ones are wait ing there to wel-comemehome.
shad-owB a - way, Sets the heart bells all ring-ing for the land of bright day.
|ztzt==t==|=z:fci=aibsz3s—^—qxizts:
*—^— ^
>-
=
^%>J/:.. ¥rE= fe=p=£Et=EJ
U y $
Refbaih
t,
We'Ilnev
r-
— -
*
be lone-some
er
i.-î
We'll nev >
y
er
i
^ ^ t
be
Never be lone-some, no nev-er be lonesome, Never be blue no
BEt^Ê^^^^^^^^^^-fc^trK: fc» a«E ;V **

: - k-1
|«
I
v A \j
r -—U \j
V p. I
-| [,
r "-
blue, We'Ilnev - er know eor-row, When Heat •
nev - er be blue, Nev-er know sor • row nev-er be blue, Nev-er a
Sat.-m.
-*-*-.
' r —
We'll Never Be Lonesome
ea wa view; We'll rest by the tiv-er, ...
sigh, Heaven we'll view, Rest by the riv-er, we'll re9t by the riv • er,
I*gl TnTtrv
"!
With harps
r^ —^ & (T
our hand
in ,
v
We'll nev
Rest with our hat pa of cold in oar haud,
•
' r
er be
C
Nev-er be lone-some, we '11
- -| — i
~iE=*z*z^zfczzr:ziEz:kz:kz:£: £=&=£=
r w
lone-some
P— '! V
In that he av
r"
-
^
en-ly land
I-
..
-I
nev • er be lone-some Nev-er be lone - sone in that hap-py land.

•*- -**- -«v- -a- -«*- -a- -a- -a- -a- r r r i
___t-£-L-£--- -t=_-t_t=-_-t=l_«_^_ c»!-JLz-l_-'
\nr
No. 89. Jesus Calls Us
Mr*. Cecil F. Alexander. William H. Jud*.
-4 4-
1. Je - o'er the tn - mult

ins call! os; Of oar life's wild rest - less sea,
2 Je- bus ns from the worship
calls Of the vain world's gold-en store,
3. In our joys and in our sor- rows, Days of toil and hours of ease,
4. Je-suS calls as: by Thy mer-cies, Savior, may we hear Thy call,
H .^ ——
i—\ -et
i
£±
1
— '-* —^— — —
'-+—
U-J
I
j
^£-
B-
Day by day His sweet voice sonnd-eth, Say-ing,"Christian,fol-low Me."

From each i - dol that would keep as, Say-ing, "Christian, love Me more."
Still He calls, in cares and pleasures, "Christian, love Me more than these."
Give oar hearts to Thy o be-dience, Serve and love Thee best of all.
m i— -i . L -l
No. 90 I'll Rest at Jesus' Feet
Dedicated to Mr. &
Mrs. Dutch Morrison, Hot Springs, Ark.
Copyright, 1945, by The Stamps Quartet Music Co.
Rev. C. C. Yarbrough in "Divine Praise"
Cho. Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough
1.
fei^giiî!
» ™ ™ ^™ .«- -î. -^».
In this world I roam often wan-der-ing a-lone,With no place to call my
2. Disappointments here often make the tear-drops fall, And my load seems heavy to
3. In a lit-tle while all these tri-als will be past,We'llbehomefor-ev-er to
¥&F?
own; my
i£$±u&m&m^
own;But I know each day that it won't be ver - y long Till I
bear; to bear; But I know some day all these tri - als will be past, When I
stay; to stay; Singing endless praise there around the great white throne, And we'll
:9_^_5z±Asi=i^=z^;
f*
reach my blessed heav'nly home. my home, Rath-erknow
look up -on His face so fair; so fair,
un - der-standit all some day.some day. I'd rather know that Je-Bus
1~~ — ^ > rl
'
|
"
--F^-
He loves me than to dwell here in mansions grand,

loves me than own the wealth of all the land, I'd rather
£ ^t^S^jrz
3—«
EE? 5^33
! IT -q-x-
^W*
g f-tr F v^^
Just the stars shine a-bove, Je-sus holds,
have a borne in heav - en than dwell on earth in mansions
4=: *-£*-4=
II
'
L
/fry
£=fe
E* =c=tzzte
|^P
l F —
I'll Rest at Jesus' Feet
Jesus holds my hand;

aid; A stranger here so oft I wan - - - der and cherish
grand; wan-der all a - lone,
_R__i-_^-i—H »._p
eE r^
rr —T^—r^—^^—n»»
1
il ^ — f—
~L~~*' ~T~ i
SE3=35 tf-g-^ l
j J-jM-
dear, this promise sweet Burdens here

this promise sweet Some day these bur - dens will be
SH- —
*- - -
rV-»-»-|^jg=gqg
m—.«— $-^-^t
-5 PPP
— —!A. b* l*>-
$±=t=t=t :£=tc
l
1
-I —=1£3^
lift - ed be, I shall rest at Je- bus' feet,
lift - ed, and I shall rest at Je - bus' feet.
£=E ^— £: :t=t=
Irp
*-
*=*:
fipBas
No. 91 Arlington
Rev. Isaac Watts, 1720 Thos.A.Arne, 1744
1. Am I
2=^2:
a sol - dier of
:s±
a^=a=g=^±: 4F
the cross, A
fol-lower of the
4=
Lamb;
fe
m
2. Must I be car-ried to the skies On fiow'r-y beds of ease;
3. Are there no foes for me to face? Must I not stem the flood?
#-• -F- -P- -Es-
^_& :^: T
.a. -Gl
s#=*
fI *r m ~fes:
i. r> j-
— iPP*El=j
=il=£: 3PCT
f :
cl-
And I
shall fear to own His cause, Or blush to speak His name?
While oth-ers fought to win the prize, And sailed thru blood - y seas?
Is this vile world a friend of grace, To help me on to God?
m\»£4£
fr ft
£ J^fa*fc*=6=fe£^4
t r t © -fc- ,1
e> &—' — :
I
No. 92 We Come To Worship Thee

Copyright 1046, in "»t»r of Promise"
M(B, J. M, Huntar owned by j. m. hensom W. C. Tlnalc*
>.
2— U4 PUS ^——£r+-x-£=r-l-r*-r-^-l-
iîu i i
r «^^~ r I I
Lord we come, Un-to Thee, oir God, Thee we praise

we come,
For praiBB kt - long > eth on - to Thee, Lord. 1. we come on

2. Bless-ed high and
3. We will trait Thee
I
7 —»W-E-l-»
m V IV V V IV—V— f. \\ —f-x —fcr—
H
gp±^=^~^=^z^z^=:t^zb±:
trtr
this Thy ea-cred day, As we seek Thy pres-ence on onr way, (oir way) Un-to
ho * ly liv -ing One, Now Thy great a-ton-ing work is done;(ia done) We be*
God's be-lov-ed Son, To be with as till the goal is won, (is won,) When with
—P- -A --** — r
-A- -A- -»--»-
I J
-«•*-I
•m- -*- -A 2 .
-A- m v «>. «,
Thee onr praise we gladly bring, W« would worship Thee onr precious King onr King,
fore Thee,Lord,wonIdlow-lybow,Whilenn-fad-ingglo-ry crowns Thy brow T j brow.
Thee be-yond this changing sky, We'll abide be-neath Thy lov-ing eye. Thine eye,
•*> -Efc- -A- -»- -A- _ -£i- -A 4 -A- -A- -*»• -A- -*- -A- — -A- I
Retrain
We will seek, dear Lord, to know Thy will, May

We to know, know Thy will
fliPPPi
will
£±£23=^*5
seek dear Lord,
:t5z*z:fc:
s :C=== :*-*-*
U
irf:
irtrtr -L7~tr- D—D—tr"
« — — —^
We Come To Worship Thee 1
r tr
Th;
ly won-drous love oar hum - lie ep.r - its fill;
May Thy wondrous love, tru - ly fill;
^-1-jjl— |a—g
T71T
[ "&£"" "* — [T l—l — L~L^" £~J
—" ~ — r^ r"—aa ~Ai— ^T'rai— arac— ~- 1

~~""f^"
r r
m» • - bTr v
'
ft
Liv-bgBtars for Thine own crown to be, Praii-ing
Liv-ing stars for Thine own crown crown to be,
-41- -*--*>-
t
r
_ __
t7 t
t-jp- _*_z£z* t^^ J
Ê5EÊ!E~Ê£EEÊêEEÊ^JEfe=33
Thee King.O King, Prais-ing Thee e • ter • nal - ly.
yes Thee to Thee.
-;—=—* —^ — jM£±Jl3t
F= —P — -»—-*—PP — afczRz*=
I
i
>i
"D-17
No. 93 Life Eternal Waits For Thee
Copyright 1946 iu "'Star ol Promise."
J. M. Hanson Owned bt the Authors.
J—r-U_,—]_ _J_ _ —— R. W. Barnette
Lh 1—
âSPîPiîiiiS^
| ) J
* — -r—
1. O
-
np to - day, For life e - ter- nal waits for thee;
soul a - stray, look
>;
2. The man un-wise can nev - er rise To per • feet joy beyond the grave;
3. His grace np-holds,His love en-folds, So give to Him your heart to -day;
^^ ^\ <»\
Cast off thy weight be-fore too late, Ac-cept God's mei-eies foil and free.
heed to-day this voice we pray, Come to the Lord and let Him save.
He'll be yonr friend on- to the end, And take your bur-dens all a - way.
p _p
_zzz=t .pzc-zzp-p-^-^ * zrszozprzj ^__jj
I s*/ \*y
No 94 Happy Singers .
Copyright 1046, in "Star of PromiNe"
J. M. Hensoa OWNED BY J. M. HENSON J. Porter Thomatoa
1, We are
hap-py sing - era on the glo • ry road, Marching in the light of love,
1. We are
cbeer-fnl workers in Hii ho-ly name, Do-ingwhat-so-e'er we may,
3. What a joy to fol «iow where so-e'er He leads, What a joy His love to know,
-*.- -«*- -A- -*•- -_s-
L
&-r -\7-\j-&-$-&-&-u-b-\7-&-& r
Eeep-ing step with Je-sns to the blest a-bode, In the shin-ing realms above;
And we fiod His pre-cious prom-is-es the same, As we trnst and sing and pray;
And a con - eo-la-tion that He in « tar-eedes, Aa a* long our way we go;
-A- -_.- -*-
—0~0" £-k—£-0—$-&-£-£-£-&-$
c -c £-£-£---£-
r
--:,
**...;:&
Eeep-ing true to da - ty as we go •« long, Eelp-ing oth-ers find the way,
lb
He will nev - ex leave as in the hour of need, For oar faith on His is staid;
Prais-ing Him fer-ev - er in an end - less song, Hap-py aing-ers all are we,
-a- -_«- -«- -*- -a- -m-
Growing in His bean • ty as we sing oar song, In His grand em-ploy to stay.
He's a pre-cious help- er and a friend in-deed, And wesballnot be a- fraid.
Id His grace e - ter-nal tru-ly grow-ing strong, Ev-er safe with Him to be.,
.->__>_U- A A
H— br-crr— h— tt— F — -—£~J7 _ F „r _. j
£. y.-
1
rririrr-*-*' '
D___:___:_i
t
REraADI
j _n £__£.
:E_g3-_-=EEat: __-sr:====_5zE^r=&^:S:i___:_z=*_3
All hap • py einp - ers giv-ing out onr song, And

Hap py
- singers giv-ing out our happy song and sto-ry,
We are hap-py sing-ers for omr blessed Sav-ior, Praise all voio - ing,
i i *• . . r-i/*-i f p r
*z*zh-;^=^_:fe_:£=£_j*::w .-L__£ _jz_4__t - zz^zz-d
L
r
— . — —
Happy Singers
»—4- --J. „__ D-4L
t=^:
all bo hap-py in His love; We'll

so free and bap-py in His love;
all
tbere is joy in liv-ing far His glo-ry ev - er, In His love ra-joic-ing
_J J f~ r -»•
Jj*_ :_3-_=! — aj.
.j.
V U V V ¥ ,
give Him glo - ry, as we go a - long, Bo

On we marh together, ev • er Biog-ing praise to Je - bus
Giving Him all glo-ry as we macb together, al - ways sing - ing
j_ _ j _ r j r J Jj£JjjL£
(J~s*—• — — v— ^*— y— y— y— (•— aji— ^-r
1— — P—P^tj-— ZZ Z ~_Z^£ZZZZZZS
r r-
— —}_
u»4
-^
py
1.
seeK
seek -
trtr
—.:zzfeEcz3£zajz:3z:*2:
8 **«**$
»-J*-j-l-ia>
V~
ing oar sweet home a-bove.
<
m
hap py ev - er seek-ing our sweat hap-py home a-bove,
Hap-py In onr Sav-ior wa are ev - er seek-ing home a - hove.
mr. b
NO. 95 FEAR YE THE LORD
J, M. Heneon Owhid bt the Authors.
--£—k~
Porter Thomaeon
N—
J.
™
1. Fear ya the Lord ye who be-lieve, Call ap-oa His ho - ly name,
2. Lean on His arm, For He is strong, And up-holds you by His might;
3. Dare to do right, In ev -'ry-thing Seek Him in the day of youth;
S^z=^z£zzrf:fPz£rifz
_3 __ _'_ -
.... cpzzrz_g:-tz
. - :. f^
— trinrf
— c, ^-^—^--^-.^..c.. . _
acpp J^._£-_fc
_=tzzzz=to
fc
,_X .
:?i ~' B
bN=^^^hN¥:tf^=:*i:*:(s^ttf:f îzSzzsfcif
rtzti :t
J »
u p i i i i
u -<s>-
Who trust His word They ehall receive, His great pow-er still re-mains the same*
Safe from all harm, Singing y onr song, Walk-ing in th6 bless-ed gos-pel way.
Lean on His might; Trust ye and sing, Fear the Lord and seek to know the truth,
JSMSU-P- g». -- *-m -m- .
m
-•* -P- -m- .
' I
The Light of the Ages

Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promise."
OWNED BY J. II. HESSON j. h. HEwaor
^^t^^^^^âffig=##p^y
1. We have fixed oar minds on Je-sus Who is keep-ing as by grace, And we
2. He has fit -ted ui for eerv-ice, And we go where e'er He leads, He ha
3. He will not for -Bake His children, For He paid the price of sin. To re-
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -a- -A- -A. _ I I
*s=6 (—mv—a- -a — &—m—- <h~Pi—— P—

**£=£ i i. i i 5=6=tPfeEEEzE3feE£E£
l^^^î^^^^^^SS
work and we try to fill oar place. He has guid-ed
sing with gladness, As
be with ns, Fil - ling all the spir-it 's needs. On we go witt
prorri-ised to
deem a world from bondage, f hat they all His love might win. We will tell of
-A.. -A— A- -A- -A- .A- -AH
wp *-m. £a — t* IBv-H
^*r
\m
r"
~— ~-H A— Hb-PlA *-
.— _j_-j-. p _j_^4 » —r-r-1— -^ — 1 11 —l-a—^-r-o,— I-
.a=SE3=g=5zEI=*z:2z:g:E-=^F^;:i*zElfez^r?
Ml r~
•11 the lag • es Past the wii • der • ness of strife, He's the light of
faith nn-dannt-ed, Keep-ing His dear cross in Bight; And we'll reach the
His lal • Ta • tion, Mak-iug darkened places bright; Tel - ling out ts
^^-r-r-fr--fg-r=g=p^=fe-g=lg?-==^—g=p£~L~
g
ill the a - ges, Giv-ing e? - er - last-ing life. Light of

land of prom-ise, For He is tur guid-icg light.
•T-'ry ns • tien He is oar e - ter • nal light. He is the light of all the
A-
_A- -A-. -A- -A — >P X
e-P-£—kr- i *
.
ISIs! :t
Eifs 3=* lei^pieî :N=P:
J r.-,
^-^z^Êg=g-yEEzz3ij-^j
c c _ _ zzzzc
r r t
1
• • gel long. keeps ns strong, Win

• • get, Keep-ing His faith-fnl sol-diers strong, Win-ning the bat-tie
j j i i
-1 . A J.
g|il§=^^fe££=^==f^p@i
— — —
The Light of the Ages
— _i } -4 1 —aUK—*?—+-
1— r-H
a — _/ — -+-
— —rm
1
^-{-a— *;— t— |-l« -

-J-|
i 1
-(j-Y- 1
— tr-rr-
1 ft-
1
the battle strong, Giving an end-less hap • py Bong,
that He wag-es, glad song. We will for-
j j j A • r .*-•-
.-«>
i
I
s
X *j J- grr—Mp.
.A. .A--A- -A- -A- -At -I—
p —H*-
—--,
-»-
"I r— •A--WF
. i
-I pi
—
1 1
1
1
*j [
*»= =£=£=&=*{=»=
"r nzrEEzEzzzzkzzjzzzlzzEgzzEzztzzzlzzEgsi r-^zz"zzzd
— - «. r» 4 4 4.
:;p^^==g=^=gj»z:|=j=zS-z:z:=:Epg=gz:tz:g:
— .4.
t t T"
•E=y
We will leave Him not, His But
voice o-bey,
Bake oar Lead-er uev- er, But His commands each honr o-bey;
f-PJ. J J J
J J,
W=
ztzz§-zztzzz£zEzz:izzztzz*zzz:zz:zEEzz§: ilEEzzzzzEEEl
__L-_1_ «
_U
:J|zzM£z=3a=«=fgzr^^
E*z— ^rzj: _ ._
,
Loy • al to Him both now and er - er, Fol-low-ing Je-sns all the way.
.A. -A- -A- _ _ i*lJV-A-A- -A- AM7A--A- -A- m J

fez-r^z^z^zfEz gzgi^
P^=^^SzzE£zlE=^^^îz^-^Sl * r 8
No. 97 Thou, Christ Of Calvary

J. C. M. Jas. C. Moore owner Saw, ©. koob
-— — zj— _—I—zzjz — c_|Zii—iZZ—.-<——ri
^^==zH=z=E=Ezqzz2=z3=Ez&
"
*
El=5z=Sz=5EzJEN=3i==S: EÊ-zz^zftzzE-z^zzzz^zzp^l
1. Thou, Christ of Cal - va • ry. Let me ev - er walk with Thee;
2. By some deed of faith and love, Let me help the Bin - nermove,
3. Teach me now Thy pa-tience.Lcrd, Let me trust, be • lieve Thy Word;
r —
^=ztzz:tzzz:szFC==t~t==:tt===tzzztzz:=zzzr:^zzz-zzz^zzr=|
•eft,-
I
-A- -m- -t—
1
y
-I
1
— —
I
:
:
?|zttzz!«zzqszz*ztp=ztzztEzEts=z!szz5zz:*zzzE5zz^zzzztzzzzzz|
__ _c _t _ _rzzzzp tpzzp
.a_
( r t r zzzzj
r r r
fzzJzz$zz5zz^zE:5=z?==Sz:E:^zpz!Ejz=z5t£?zzzizzzzi£:B
Let Thy love and match-less grace, Keep me 'til I Bee Thy faet.
Leave the path where now they stray, Find the beet, the home-ward way.
Keep in faith and conr-age strong, Faith that tri-umphs o - ver wrong.
pzrzp:
EZZtZZtZZZtZZZPZLtZZZ! z^gz^zzzfrzzzfazjgzzzrzi
jsztits:
:|=:
:pzfez?zzzz^zzzE4J zz
tz"T- r
— — * — •
No. 98 I Can Sing

Copyright 1046, in "Star of Promise 1
i, M. Hanson Owned by Benson and Bell Alvin Bell
aE3Bp="~' _raEE____f3Et5^*g_H
can
1. I
lb& the day,
Fu w* w Bioce my&..bless-ed&Savior took mi
1?
ling
l> 17
all
„.
2. I can fail His weet peace,,... In my hap-py iouI from day to

3. Now do mora shall I ligb Un • der-neath the wings of such a
—t-s-^-^Jf-tf —
in
tr tf &
I can tell
38
of His love
tr
_
tr — tr
—
Since Ho ban-iskel all my
lay And my cares qaickly cease (all cease) As He sends His blessings
friead, Ev'ry day, (each day)all the way He will keep me to the
g - g- gT ?
• * -. * Ii_-l» -.eT
I fr.JF^ •JLt=-
-•—m—m—m-
:*=|s
_s
*3z*±s=+=iK=3*tf & d-__-_±-- ^
-3MN -3
load el sin What a joy jnst to know That tie
•weet my way What a friend is my Lord, Bhield-icg
?er y end. Sweet-er still U His love, All •
I I _•--__- -_i*
___-_-feli—_i-C*
a
*~k*-r-- -t__t_"~: (•_&.--
K--&z -=ca-:--:
dt:zi~_KZ-^__K-:^-<<e.=CA-:
:_fe^-H^~H^~-K »~~ a-P^_:z-:z_:^__a-z
__*__:a_ca_:z_:z_:^zza__:3
:_^^^5?_^__Z^S_|___^_I
:
<
keeps me ev - er in His care, And great joy as I

me from storm -y wind that blow, ........ Bneh a friend He will
long the hap- py homeward road, Andmineeyes look a«
c --^,flte--.^ -,p-JEL^_ r gzfcr ->f -.--e--e- r gjg

»i-
fcfcfcg rsr i->_-. <-----j!_te ,^--^-^7--- -----»-

g-î^
_____:*=_& _h __»____=____"__gj^^=g_a^
<
* *_* * >* fin* n____r
^gBîE^^^__=E5E5i-^-l
3—— —
k-_<-t-+|—
t — — ^— -— — 1—
1 •
*?- _-|t '-
r r
c
-_--n_ S-»i-*-_i-_J-f- <i 1 __
'
__--
go
>E Can
Jnst to feel this preeious Friend so near, (so near) sing
be His pro-tec-tion fol-lows where I go.(l go.)
love As I travel to the soul's a-bede(a-bode) I can sing
r_r r P £
r*T-^—*-
_f-
-4T-PUr-r_f-W-J-^
^^__gg_g--^-^--,^^---t_--^g---^
D. 8.— Hap-py in His pre-ciocs love each day....
P — ^ —
I Can Sing
•11 of the way, While irav-el-iog a - leag,

•Hike way, As I tray-el to the soil's a - bode,
„ ft ft-* p ft
* *\£_p
rtfTTtrr
—
*==ptefc
gpprz::^ -•s— * 3b*-
\-m-am — 3
~r^~*^— — »-
— — *!
• >—
!» —— hS
r—~~ ———
Can shout ev -'ry pass-ing day,
I caalshont ov -'ry day, For my Sav-ior bears my
* J* ft ft
.ft *>
-3*—*-E"iz: —— -**—sEEa7 "izz: ~ ~ E E~J ^~Ew~Bs~1?a—

— -~—IE3£reE|jEr£z: fcE
—
El£z:SEfc===nni^— EiEpz=z:—
~^:zfcr-;:
:iE?J?_ÊEEp=^=Ê s
JE=Ea
trtr
my load. I tell of His great Io?e, As I
heavy load.my load, I cai tell of His love,
g|iiîflî=îii§iiiii
V r- r
trav-el on the hap-py homeward way, I can sing to my King,

the way, can sing my King,
_N -»- -*- -*- -*.- -*-
fel £# :*i?a=Ess=f=fzrt£=ittiEtsztz3K3i
Low At His Feet

Copyright T946. in "Stir of Piomise"
OWXED BT J. M. HEUSOIT. jr. M. HnTBOl
— —h-Fh——i— —i-F — —3
1. Kept in
-J 1
———I
J-| — S-re-J-tf
thehol-lowOf His kind hand. Read-y to fol-low At His command
*'
lip
I, Circled by fin-gers Of His great love, Hie pies-ence lingers, His worth to prov e
3, Shield-ed from danger In this re-treat, Nomore a stranger, Low at Hisfeet.
•£t -*- -A- -A- ^=A- -A- J
__a^=^^P=rff=p=ptE-rf=~z=:Etzzt:tpzpzpiEz3l
— — — — — —^
No. 100 Winning the World By Lotc
Copyright 1B46, in "SUr of Promisa"
J.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HENBON *. w. mioa
1. We are march-ing • <> long in the g os - pel light. Help-tag sin-ners to

2. We are mak-ing Him known at we go a - long, Show-ing oth-ors oar
I. We shall reach our a-bode in Hii own good time, And shall win oar re-
-*- -Mb a>- *- A -P- -*\y^ L i -*- -a- -«*• -a-
t— "-t-t
-ir-^rr — t
t 1/ *
,r s ^-
-- c«*
i2r^"
find the Lord; Keep-ing in the glad path-way o! da - ty bright,
faith in God, Ev • er tell - ing the news in • cheer > fal song,
ward at last, For we work lor a won - der - fal King sab - lime,
_. „.
1
-*--«•- -a —at- .— P- -mjJt V^
—-^ c
-*-=r-tr-trT~i~""tr~t"~^Ê t
—
Ev - er trnst-ing His he ly word. He Is lead-ing as on to the cit • y
Do - ing eerv-ice as on we plod. Dai-ly look-log to Him for the need-ed
And to Him ev • er bold - ing fast. With a faith firm and true we will press ••
r *> r> i i
m £g£ifcS*g S=*
==t= I
u -^-y-i -r.
-**1 ^^ x
"--t7~t7 (7~l U~t t7*"t7
gate, To the home of de-light a-bove; As we trav-el a - long to oar glad os*
— — «
grace, For the bat- tie we have to fight; Working on for the Lerd in a serv-ant's
long, Ev-er look-ing to Him a - bove, Giv-ing ont His sweet message in bap-py
;-l —I—h~rt—
-* -A- -«--#.- -A- -<* -*:
-|-!-:
S2..-|±"Sh-"-F--?-8*"P-fl*-
g
H--^-P:crg- "-gzr±-r±^-
ff - *- -«k-^»
l -L *— £;rp-zflgr-'
Befbaib
tate, We arewin-ning the world by love. We are win • ling the world by
place.Going on in the soul's glad light.
eotig, We are win-ning the world by loye, the world by
-a- •<*- -tt- -a- -a- -a- m .
-a-
=£=3fcd
v-tnnnf
'
f!
Winning the Wor/d By Love
SHt ==^^-^-^-=1--^—— n
=sb
lore, By the low of the King a - bove,

pre-cioni eav-ing love, the love of Christ the Kinga-bove,
T r .p.. A . *. .*..*. .pR _
A A
. . . .*. .«. £:
Keep
«r
iog trne all a long, Praising Je-snsin eoig, Trying our faith in His word to
i a
:=t=ffctztrt=t=Ffc
Cfcf C=t=:
i
UTf
prove. We are help-ing the lost to find,
our faith jho wing, _
still the lost the blessed Lord to find,
::&*:£: £*--P- •*--<*,---
L=LÛzN-^g--§U-:
tiTTY*T V*"vr-trtnrrtr?rnr?
Heav-en'i pathway and peaee of mind, Giv-ing praiie in glad

bleised peace of mind, sweet peaee of mind,
E£5
*=nfc=fc|
ilftiA *~!~ -4-r4
oaf, Unto whom praise belongs, We are winning the world by love.
• - ter rial love.
— —— — — — —
Nt. 101 His Forever More
Copyrighted 1946, id "Star of Promise."
iAXaa ioiri Owned by J. M. Hereon. John M. Bts
-1-,- U-^-JJ-JMUr—
=*-<* — — m— «--«— y-m—
-^_ i— |
j- m— m m m — -»-l£W-Xga3
*-
1. Sweet is the praiBe to my Sav-ionr giv-en, For Hiswondrauiloveforme;

2. La- bor-ing on in His bless-edvins-yard Hap- py are my pi-grim day b,
3. Soon I shall pass thru tne gates of Glo-ry, Meet my Mas-ter face to face,
_ '
_tu*. — —H^-Pfc
an—»— == r-wi ok mt — ,-*r jm —at— * — *t — *—r
£==&:
£__& r _*_= .
:*?=*
My wan-d'rrogsarepast,I'mpar-donedat last, And

I toil nut in vain, for glo - ry I gain, And
—r*-"-
His child I ev - er-
with joy to Him my
And sing with the throng a new, hap-py Bong Of His love and Soul -re-
i
c*; ——
!
+-- -h~
a*- r >— — +- i
(•>-
1
-^~ -,-
1 -I
--
r t=
i --
imT-\m —--
& H — H—
1 —— *—^ _
^— Ar —
ar 1 r'
.
2
-<••
i—
J- J-r-^-fc-
more shall be. I praise His love where the wayward wan-der, Tell them
ongi I raise, All that I do He is rich-ly bless-ing.Gnard-ing
deem-ing grace. There I shall reign with my King for - ev - er, Al- ways
—grp*=rjzz
L.^_J*J__^_^
felEÎ
=g-zfaDBT
rr^
r J_-£-_-£:
m £=&=
how for all He died, And, oh, how I long, with sto - ry andsong, To
my ter-nal soul
a - So noth-ing I fear while la - bor-ing here, For
hap-py, pure and free; And there I'll a-dore my Lord more and more Thru-
—*
~A—1A— i
h:
hi-
C-r—ts;
—
r-i^-5
p.- B-r-i
1
1-^.
Hi
i
8%-f-l*-|SI* -'*»—
_
J»- l»
1
F—Ql^-r^
^~ B^-r^
1 h, f-t-
ff-i-^—afc
1— t-i
kr — fcr
1
at
*__
1
R
k H
-£t — g£-
r- T"
•- —« m-—m *-& —
lead them to His pre-cions side. am His and
I am nn-der His con-trol.
ont a bright e - ter - ni • ty. am His for-ev er
•—.*! A)i.
-- -^ K- <&'
-êiz*=*t=*z3e r~~ri
£^=^=5?:=^=$
— — —
r^'a"! —
-»-
fi
"^ -•>- *1 ->-
^>
— *1 --
i*i—±
•!
f=F
^ —
His Forever More
; jy H 4P~ — ^— — L™ 9 H 9 -i-tfv — ^ i —J
more and more Hia name, Hit namt I shall a - dore,

more; His dear nam* I now a-dore; In Hia
:&5rqzr^=i^=$zTzczt—£:=£—i£îp=t=3!=ztz=3:~
!
— — —
13 5 m c« m m. _.a^p, ^ ^, ^ — — ——
In His love I epsnd my days, I sow good seed and
love I spend my days, Sow-ing seed andiing-ing
ifiJîJ^ .J?i .^'i t» M .PsW'-l w
iSlgJ^liriîiSl^^
sing His praise; He is my dear Lord and friend and
praise; He is my e-ter-nal friend, He will
K K b K KJ* Kit"*
w?
T :r-
.--£-
He will keep me till the end, Sin shall niT • or

keep me te the end; Sin shall nev • er make me
N ^ ^ f*
=£ fesfc
.
r _*-4UV-U£
B? ai-^n
-•-S-3
^__-_- s_^=Fs il
^-S~*
_ a _z^
make ma roam, He Is my all, closs-ly shall I fol-low Him home,
roam, Yes, I will follow Him home,
K
-^ - - *- ^JUU4
r-£- *=g= TT-r-F-3g^
•f^" :p -2S=— "
cp. *1
—
No. 102 Beautiful Message
Copyright 1946, im "Star of Promise',
uini rows OWNED BY J. M. HENIOH Ooana TAzioa
1. Beaa-ti - fal mes-Bage of love di-vine, 8weet-er it seems each day;

2. Beaa-ti -fal mes-Bage of one who died, Sin-nera to lave from Bio,
3. Beaa-ti -fal mes-Bage bo true and sweet, lei as love it well,
PH-+ A 1* A A l*-|-£i * tSr1 ! 1

1 '
1
r-^-^-Xl
izfc i=d= Si=d=^=F=1=q=l=F^d=7t
Giv-ing it's light to your soal and mine, Cheer-ing as on oar way,
God's on - ly Son who was era - ci-fied, Par-don for as to win,
Let as it's woa-der - fal troths re-peat, Let as His prais - es swell.
-A- _ -m- -A- 4— l-d

_-»
J*
§^H
mm :(=:
=£r:t=t=t=*E
:=£=fc
1
' . . .»*
4-J-J-J 4^-4^-J-
ESiEiEiE3EiEiESElE3EE£^^Ê^5ii
Mes-sage of love to a Bin - ful race, Light for a darkened shore,
Nev-ersuch words have been heard before, Nev-er such love been shown.
If we bat fol-low it's gold-en light, Irast-ing it's gaid-ance great,
_A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- - I bm- "~
}5f9 —* ia—A~ £—A-
Give it with -in all oar hearts a place, Treas-nre it ey - er- more.
Je • sns whom an-gels of light a-dore, Make all oar cares His own.
Faith will be end - ed at last in sight, Some-day at Heav-en'B gate.
.A- -A- -*- -A- -A- _A-
-A- -A- -A- 6a*
-A-Hî _ -A. ^
:t=: :trz:t=t::
:Erb=-H-g£ii:^. -r-|a- -K.L|-
,r- n--3
—
• t 1 —
1 — —
Beautiful Message
.4 jJm.
Mas-iage •! lo? mes-sage of Iov«, lent from a-bove.
Baan • • ti • fat me» - sage, lent from**
» — -eg " ;j..j_d

m— --h -*— r-«- — r» — *> m — •> — —5
LC aKH I
- —
I
I g~*zEE=E:-E=EgEz=:=iz:~g=g=d
j —— 1 I. —
-M — ^
l— ^s—
s-
. —J
*|_4
-•» — Ju
_i 1 1 — J
IZZt*=Z3 :*iz=3
ent from • - hove, Mes-sage of hope, mes-sage of hope,
love, Met saga of hope and
:ijc >
1
1
j. ji ,
lies - saga
Mai
jr
-
of
-
j.
Iota,
aage
BteQfe^
j
of
.*.
mei-sage of love, mes-iaga of lo?e,
lore,
j*
,-t-j.
Bean -
^
.0.
ti - fad
rmr?HRp
mW=p=p=t «=fct=I=*
mas-saga se trae, Call-ing as home, eall-ing as home, Whis*per-iig

Mel sage. Call • ing as home,
4-rL _J 1 1
i— <*>*
1_4^
—h-^—4-h—^^t
1* -- *; *! _,
_#*rS S -!*-l
TI . T-t—f
•oft -ly where e'er we may roam, Call-ing as, call-ing as home
eall-ing as homi.
hp. jk. jk,. -A--^-*^ bA. a- J J .m-2-.J .

J J
i^ a a m—sA
t=t=
+— -A-*-
IB
. 3
No. 103 With Happy Song
Copyright 1046. in "Starof Promise'*
•romii
I. M. Henton Owned by Bamette and Henionmon R. W. Barnett*
—IS--
m3=*z=g-±z &=.:zzzrz=£z=gz:Hzzz*z :*zz—"==gz:l
•J
1. With hap- py song

ttl . w * u v
we make out way
\j
a •
i
long,
With hap-py song way with Christ a - long.
2. With Him to lead, and fill onr ey - 'ry need,
With Him to lead spir-it's ev • 'ry need,
3. We'll keep the road to heav-en's blest a - bode,
We'll keep the road .*
hap-py soul's a • bode.
@3 -rs A fv •
' is
A_^j5;A- JL-^-V: -' *
is -T-
Ifzz^—
5*-
»»=IF*£EE£
-1*—fit—I* <A
=zt=ftzT3:z
'
Re-joice-ing
^
in
Tb !7
V
U
y
our might
P-.J
5a,
- y
l*
Bay
.
-
U .
ionr's
r.
U
r
t;
love;
Be-joie - ing in Sav-iour's bound-leas lore;
Onr love for Him each day we try to prove;
Our love for Him tru - ly try to show:
And for Him we will strive to do our best;
And for Him we do our ver - y beet:
W4! fcÊz^
;^ n
g^zz^=z^z:z=z:fc^z:^z. ^£zH3^^-^pt=î=S :
f* 1* i\ is 'I* T*
£__£.-& =t -q-y-
'(»-(»- 1
With eour-age true, His will we strive to da,
With cour-age true strive to brave-ly do,
We shout His praise, Hit might -y ban - ner raise,
We shout His praf ae, ban-ner proud • ly waye.
Still seek the lost what ay - er be the cost, Whiloseek-ing
Still seek the lost, mat-ters not the cost,
„_*_tZ_| !—k——
— (—
^^P- 1—- ^T
- -__3
A — - r
1
1 jA; 1A AI-IA 1
- -A =1 r- !
k - JfZ z *zzj£ -al -1 C

i7--zsr1
* *T|Tf S.-
*wf£3
2sL-:zzrfe (
Seeking that e-ter-nal Cit - 1 of a-bove..

joy
that fair Cit - y in the realms a-bov»,the realms a-bove.
Seek - ing that bless-ed Cit-y a • bove.
s
r I
is p
ki 3 u i ^J_ J
**= :=zzr5zz::=jezz==Bz75zitzz^z.lK;
F * * V
-S=s
I \? t
With Happy Song
Rduuh
=-*
y S F w
What a song we sing,
What a glad ear - ol we Bing,
song we sing,
What a won-der-fil song we sing, To the glo - ry of oar
_2_ _g fSj b e ^-4 g --.
:Eq=zvzz£:=fc:=fci
U y
To the glo > ry of
F b?
our King,
fe^ b
Fer-fect ?i«-t'ry
To the glo -ry of oar King, Vio - fry
Lead • er and our matchless King, Per-fect vic-to-ry He
iiJ Aj -* 5 S - JOJUJ
p^s^fefee^^^=ii!s^l
f^ u * % v s v i c $ £ ,v
He brings, He is lead-ing ui on to the hap-pydawn, Oor
He is bringing, And is oar e •
doth bring,
»_ -m- -A—A—A- -A— A- fc h N
ffpT|ft^%f ftT^
end • less light and hap - py
tr
song, What a hap-py
tar-nal light and song, As we make onr way for Him a-long,
i^_f r. hjj riT-f b^-SJfcl

I
ICP
=*==£=£=^
==£
gzâ
=£?=&=*=
song we sing,
H^g^%~
on -
£=&**=
==:£=:3zzfc£z=r£q==:
to
£
*=:**=!;
Je - sns oar King.

nm
We sing an -to Je - sns our King, e - ter - nal King.
rJJ
Este ^cztezzpcztti
b b ti
— ——
No. 104 We Trust Our Father For It All
Copyright 1946, in " star of Promise"
J.M.H. Owned bt J. M. Hnvsoir.
* . 1/
1. Day by day we trav - el on in the light of loye di - vine, (con-tentto)
2. Know-ing Ha will lead ns on to that hap-py home a-bove, praise Him)
3. What a hap-py time 'twill be when we Bee our pre-ciousFiieBd(inglo-ry,)
a+-*-V-V-*-C=*=jpj=^=pf=pt=^=£=C=
Trust in Christ the e - ter-nal One who keeps your soul and mine f from danger
Hand in hand we will go with Him and sing oar Bong of love; (and glo - ry)
And the saints of the oth-er days whose voic-ea sweet will blend; (up yonder]
* —tx-M» m-™W—w—\ —-^— f* — iw
He
-y-F
i
trtrtr-
l
*'- g-77^
i
*
will lead us ev - er
—*-*—
— «|
fc-«|-H
g -tiw--*-t!-a~^~F!f~F—[7—r
1
k: ter
vir^-trtr
—• — —
on to an endless home on high, (0
" £
—
—,—- i
— tnr rfc— fc-

Ffj-£-:
praise Him) Where we'll
At the end-ing of the way we shall find e-ter-nalrest (0 glo -ry) There to
No more bur-dens weshallbear,butfor-ev-er-morere-joice,(inglory)Praising
-*- -^ *- — -*- -.*- (m -A- ~ *
ing with all the saints in the blessed by and by.We are content to trust onr
meet with kindred dear.nnd the ones that we love best, we can trust Him,
onr Redeemer dear with a hap-py heart and voice. So we are con-tent to
-A-*-*- _ p"*! ••"1
^^zt»zt»i!»zt=t=iEi»it=tzzt==?=E^S ==±^==* ==5— =?—
Fa-ther for It all, We know that Ha will send for us just what is best,
trust Him for it all, What He sends is best,
—f—— ^t- r™ =1-1* = '
A"
P__-^_
IT^s^r
— ——
We Trust Our Father For It All
He will not leave .*.. m on the way to faint or fall, Bo on Hii

He will nov-er leave us, neith-er let ns fall,
He'll not leave or let ns fall,
i^^LjpLJSJiJ^,:
PS=: f»
fczs:
j|§Si-5ziS- t(z- :zzzt: z£zz=E|=:
==*
t
r ^rrny^y A—*—
m— — t
r rry^^ ^g ITtrhn f
-13
prom -ise now we rest; He hides us In the hollow
In His love we all se-cure-Iyrest; Hides ui in the hoi -low
._ . 1 itzi^t^-ti^rif
—\Z _U- -—-P- r |
1 1 1 ^- T &~t
-J3
1
I
D
of His might-y hand, And is giving grace to
of His hand, And gives ns graoe ,.. to prtu t •
zZAzzZzz^zz^^zz^zm--- J^--jsL -J3i ~M 9L ~

fciz^z^zz^zitezzzrzzlzzîfezzzzzzzzzzzffzzzz^zS
r
z: - z^zz =gZZzzc.JLJ_.a^szz»Jz: — j-r-za
«^-"tr b b
make onr way a-long, And »y Hii ow
po< - or wo for
His might-y pow - or
long By His pow - er
s&ZZ2
z^^^zjzszizzic^^^^rfz^^
._JT3.
:p S
ever-more shall stand, And now He is onr end -less song
we fhall stand, He's onr song, onr end-less hap-py song.
He's oar end • less song.
^1
i .•»,
jfe"*^— *=q=£=5-g
=îz£ziz£ziz:z=: -i— —* i t
l-A-
—^ — — — —-
No. 105 Sing Aloud the Praises of Our King

J. E. R. in "Divine Praise" J.E.Roane
=fr=ft 5hhM=
—iv—^=¥^=g:
li^ *=rr=f ^__fr f^-tr--^ fr
-m<
1. Je sus is a Friend Who watch - es o'er us, Won't you come a-

2. Sin g a - loud His praise in song sto - ry, As
and you tread the
3. Sin g a
— -
—— ——
A— A—A—A — A
loud His prais - es to
«
each na- tion,That the Sav
A
- ior
A A A
M=*
±£
rT-g-r-p-nr-tr-tHHP
1* fa*
t= fa*
:t==p=z=t:
1* fa* A *
A
fa* fa*
A-T-A
:t=:
fa* fa*
tZ
b* b* 1*
^^
ff b b b
^fe
long and join the cho-rus, Sing a -loud the prais -es
i^^^
of our King, And
—K J
£=£
K—A At -
*=£
path that leads to glo- ry, Je- sus has pre-pared a man-sion bright, For
died for their sal - va - tion, On the rug-ged cross of Cal - va - ry, He
A— A -r-A-A-P—
a-t-A-A- P
1"' t"
-fcc- -fc- -hs-
'F~
I A —A m A_,
H*
_ fa* b*-
ES=b=Efc=E=fc=^=fc=^P
D-tr-tr
=* —^ — ^ — ^mn F=5 3RF*

5=5=fr
mm
make ho -san-nas ring;Tes,praise Him;Glory be to God, Who
the glad
all His saved by grace;
chil-dr en glo -ry; Shout a- loud the prais-ea
paved the way for you and me; To glo- ry; Won't you come along and
A-A—A-
fe n^mÊE^^
"
£
r-r-r-r-tr-tr
*
:g=^=£
— — fchbhN
*=*t
^ h-
->
1
1
1-
=M— g :
reigns a - bove us, - ver in the glo - ry land, Su - per - nal,

of our Sav - ior, While you trav below, Yes,praise Him,
- el here
join the num-ber Bound for
A — A— A— A — — Ca-naan's hap - py land, Praise Je - sus,
iv A-
-b* b* 1* fa*
1HM5
Sing a-loud His praise and make hosan-nas ring, glo - ry be to

Sing a joy-ful song, sing prais-es loud and long, And praise the Sav - ior
Sing a-loud His praise and make the anthems raise, To Him Who reigns in
—am-— Am— A!•—Hk-A

_A—
— H A
* A A A — A
m—\m^—m ZP*— P
^—
m —m
A
m-m — A
^-r-r-g-^-=^=^b~b u—u-tf rr-g =
i-\j-m c m— \.—
I
—
E P t
Sing Aloud the Praises of Our King

Chorus
3"
£ £ -3—%.
II
God
nrrrrrTTinrrr
on high. Sing prais-es. Sing,
Lord and King. Sing prais - es.
m
heav'n a -bove. Yes, praise Him. Sing a - loud the prais-es of our King,
grrtKr
1"=^ -*- —
tr-rTT^T^T^ v~v
A^ -»> igr*
Sing, Sing,
Make the glad hosannas swell and ring, That is why I pray and sing and shout
"T—W— —h
M-g-ti
%=4i
fe
t4 ff .» —.U-U-L-i
h h M—
M^=£=^=U=£
A H h
1
Hi
«f+ —• 1
Glo - ry be to God a - bove,

^^ttttt praise Him, Praise,
Praise the Lord, Je-
AAi_j_f_ g-g •> *
*"
rrrrr r^-rcr-r^*-1 Praise,

ho-vah for His love, Praise Him till He calls us from a * bove,
F=£=^=£H]g^-^—
4" mT-
F=^ g
$c—
V * b l> I
:JL £_*
£=£=£=£=£ %=*
Praise, Praise Him in the bye and bye.
Glo - ry be to God Who lives on high,
&rth-tJ =itM Mi— u—

&=£ # -5
—
No. 106. God Leads His Faithful Children Home
Copyright 1046, in "Star of Promise' 1
Rev, G, E, D, Owned by J. M. Hraiojr. Rev, General B, Dupree,
:iz^==ferf^Ji=^z^zz|=zz^==fer-p^z:-:xz — r-_t=_5=fa
irz zczz*::]
?S^±5iMa^-5ifel-5==5iig:EPir^=::fcizP=S=z5
__e_3___! x_. ft_w ^;_cc:_y. u. «-
=5z3
_ — — — &±
1. Let yonr voices ring in praise, As we join in joy- ful lays, Sing-ing
2. Giv-ing biess-ings to the glad, Giv-ii gcom-fort to the Bad, Ev-er
3. Et- 'ry one may share the call, For it is to one and all, From our
.^ i _ *_-|=i^p_t-tii|=i-:l=-£-ir tii-'kc -ei-t-l=-_-^ i --t-.

(
-_-S-E_£z.gz%z_zft^=ft:zpzi£zi B^-^—^tzzz^-ftd
:d_--___-J— z;: -*-*^_-
=*==ferfzrzfe=^
^^^»fe__^=fe__^________
to onr King a-bove; King a-bove; Who is lead - ing as each day,
with a mUht-y hand; mi.ht-y hand; Lend-ing strength for ev-'ry need,
———
God and His strong Son; might-y Son; Je - bob gave a lib « er - ty,
_
__*__!_:---*--„*!
v- -^
N
i
—*__*
_- -_ -_»•*• _ -_
-pz_t_._iz___t__;tl_.
&dt_K___!s_:_ts-_:£=tzz_z^__Sz__t===ai_r«=bfci___iz=_i^_t______:
_____=fc=_Ez=£=_fc_±p^^
, — .j____fc._£__£_
_^=i5iEf|^z*ii*^-=_g==^:
w_ w _
-
ji _^_— z£_zj__-__*z:
^ fc^Pâ_^P=*:zJ
zjp£:t- ^.^^Z^-^-^-^-^—^î^^
As we tread life's hap-py way, To a great-er, rich- er home of peace and
Giv-ing grace for ev - 'ry deed, As He leads us to a bright-er,bet-ter
On the Cross of Cal - va - rv To the ones who seek to make this grace their
.
_- -+* -._.{] _** -^-_ __ -!- *= -_* -^- -_<- -,

,.PA_^.r ^-^pl-^-_^-g,^-jg--^-^--,tB-
=j
^B^g^==F^ga__Eg_^^
f* Retbads
tr
^^ t7 tr
^r______z____=______f_z_z
gz^_-^_^-- P---îit|:--> ^ziE^feiEEl!
rpîzzktzz:
love, aweet peace end love. God leads as on,

land, a bet - ter land.
own, His grace their own. God leads ns on, He leads m
zizZZZZTZ^Z^ZZ*^^
-C _^___U
E^z^gfzEl__El_==__3
He leads as on, He makes His will,

•n He makes His will,.... and pleas-nre
Ap-%_-_iEgf=ite==r____=*t_5z_i__*z
izzsprpiztezq
-fg|g== :_z____zzz____:£_: ____
God Leads His Faithful Children Home
and pleasure kno wn,S«tan cannot wreck the men, Who are fighting vice and sin,
known,.'.
^=te=
S5Êî£?3i3qî
For God's Might-y Son doth lead the way;
doth lead the way; He fills onr
r
fe- '^.::^ i—^S-ifi
^=ft^#fec .*;•
rrfi i r fr^t
r* B
He fills oar hearts , with love each day,
hearts, with lore each day And drives onr
&S^ E=a=gM=,*= ^fca=ato

=BEE=fSi^z£EE£EEEEE£ *
^^S^»t^# B
"
And drives onr fears;
fears, and woes a •
fr
and woes a-way .Heaven's joy will thrill us
way;
r *fc
g§s
:B£ -^|M|Slg==^5fe£
ESSE £=£-*=
2*=2±gdE=Efcg=
till, We have conquered thru His will, Then, we'll share the joys of end-less day.
— I i — A — — k —3
;
No. J 07. "The Sound of The Trumpet*

Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promise'
James C. Moore Owned by Batnette and Henion R. W. Barnette
1 . Lo the fields all white for harvest stands , Fields at home and fields in foreign lands,
2. '
Tis the Lord of hosts Who bids you go He Who suffered death, He loved you bo, ,
3. "I am with you a - ven to the end,"S syeth Je-aus, Saviour, tru-eat Frisnd,
Ai-A-r 1 l-
c 1 A^-A- r 1 l- r —4 •.
^|zt;:t=fr=^r==*4r=5==:*=t==t==Er=5=r=5=fei:^-J
— a -h—K~ c *— — —
*-4— *—r™ h~ K-'t— *— *-L \~-*~fc-1
Itf r- *-r-*-n~*—
i
t
—17-r"
t
r~
t
And the trump-et call comes to one and all, Go ye forth at His command;
Jesus' blest command;
_ —_<a>i_A—H ^—A ' W t

* i
'i y ji fi --- — r- — ^—-^~-
-A-r*^!*-A_
r ry— s-r -!-
-hs--~-
i
' -_J
-1 •
1 —U r-r— I ..
— ,—is-tu-—
1- l-r"* — • — •—— s 1
:~r— c sr--i
b v \ .1*1? r<:
Bear the joy -ful news where the lost are found, Here at home, a-broad, all the
r jnr
Soon the night will come, and the end of day, Hear the trum-pet call and a*
Soon the bar-vest time will for-e'er be gone,Pre-cious souls be lost whom yon
.ft. .^. —
H-fr-i
—~h~~ r!*'~r
^ >
——— — I
I rfc —
L —
!
i
r — — —— —
Li —-*-=&:
^=3|pggpE F=t -I
—i — 1 ,*,
:t=: *— r«-
world a-round.On-ward reap • ers go • Ing,

r t/ 1
«
(
way, a -way, On - ward, reap • ers, glad-ly on, With the

might have won, On-ward, reapers be ye glad-ly go -ing on,
A M* J' jy.flB. jfk.

-a —a*—
r—f — —— —
-CtA-
j^t=_t_| ^ c 3
1,
i
r- r~t i
tr-fr-
:d.
-4
2d:
±z*:
glad news to ev-'ry land. the trump-et eallHear ye now
Reap-ers art need-ed now, the whitened fields are ready
-fcr-
A-A-A-A- 3=.
R? W?=*
fcfcfc
A--h — -a— w-I-ia —— > - <•»--h—rr-r * — 1
*
*»— *—
— — — —
"The Sound of The Trumpet"
it-at ii PA
go quick-lyoneandall
Fffr?
An-swer to-day hae-ten a-
answer quickly one and all, one and all, Go forth to-day,
JfSZLA
F==-£=i
— -y--y--c ( — —*• r>
*-|
a» *—
-=*_JU-J
—H
—^ — — •*
1
*<
J
st
way Com-eth the long, long night,
yei haste a -way, Com-eth the night end-eth till
—_-— —U — i A— | .a 1 —
<•» —r h i --I
=£h
-£—-£.
fraaa*—— "i
—13=1=3u u..b
rgfe
The trumpet call to da* ty, hear ye, It sounds to-day,
light, Hear the oall, lonnd-ing to-day ,
i. ^ „ 3 .J
t=fc= :t
dd?- =t=L==
r -p-r- r* 1
^=P. 5t=
m/
Ohl hasto a*way ,Slf ep-er a-wake fields are all white, Sleeper a-
Hai-ten a -way
m±
q?P s__t__j~=p|~3
;|gIlI3II|ligilliil^!l
wake cometh the night, Hear ye now the trumpet call to all,
Answer the call, the call to all, hear the call.
———— -£
p »» — »-+
•:-u-»»— •--a-
—T-r-H- ^
h- 1 -4— *~h
t i i I
trtrtrr
1
rr^^r 1
—
No. 108 In the Hollow Of His Hand
Copyright 1946, in "8t»r of Promise."
JamM Walla W, FLOYD TAYLOR OWNER W. Floyd Taylor
EfaatîEfc
-•- -•-
-•- -m- -m- -m- rt^7 -*- -J-
-m n' --*- -•- -*"• -•-
b \j I * V
1. Tho' the tem-pest rag-es fierce-ly end tbe bil-Iows mad-ly dash, While the
2. Storms ani strife may cnme up on me, asthada- smaycomeandgo.Clondsof
3. Tho' the ver - y o - ceans trem-ble at the tem-pest ' fear-ful roar, Safe - ly
&— 4z*zgzaziziz*zig±lzfz3:gz:^—^z3iEfc^rj>=zfc:
torme of life are punctured by the mighty thunder crash ; Still my heart shall f ear n«
black-nest hov-er o'er me with the lightning's lurid glow; Yet my heart shall feel n<
shall my small barque ride it till the hur-n-cane is o'er; For tbe Mas-ter is the
^zszzszsitatstzaCnaCias:
Til I for the right sha'l stand, For I know the Father keeps me in ths
if
vil ifI keep the Lord's command, Fori know He safe-Iy keepsme in ths
pi • lot of my barque He has command, And I know He'll safely keep me in tht
5t~-r. -I—hr-rr-h-r-h—^-F~P— t — Kl .
- I
. h-+: —h It— -
Bbtbajji
P=ftJfc±l
czMzr*:
Eg£££ zr£r£35*c «:«=£=*
I~sv ji fzX."
hol-lew of His hand. He will safe-ly keep me, sr-er safe-Iy keep me
Hs will keep me, safe-ly keep me,
>E===:fc^z:5zz;=zzi^z:i3zÊEEE^zj!Z^zi=a3==
Till the storms of life ars trn-ly t • ver,
Till the flerce-ly rag-ing storms of lifs an o'er And my
m=*c - I. I .I. —F- -.* + P* I .

3 i — - P ~.
In The Hollow Of His Hand

w-^ju^- -*-& :£"=& •*-*_
gsgESSsj^^ :i:
*-*=s :
a^zfc
3=3^:
And my bark ii laud-ed safe-ly fn the har-bor, Of that
fa
bark
j 3j j
— r—3—
shall
jjj
g ^—
reach the har - bor
J-
pT *
JJJ
1
~ —W—»— T
HM
Of that bless-ed.peaoefiJ,
*>—«>-P'«>-rp-p—3f— —
m -^
f c tr
hin-ing gold-en shore; the ihore e-ter-nal; Tho' the tern » pest
rf ,
ihore; Tho' the might-y tempest

_
_p_-P- -m-m.
'
"4k.
-m-
i>
-m—m- P
F J> -*- >>
k
iWJZM.
*
+>
— ».-MF— •x-^S-Jk—
.K-k-Bk— 1
—
rte££E£E"Ete i
EI=EHEÊ=E«EE
=z:==Efcs!:z£:=y.-s!zzbJ
CT t.
rag • es fierce • ly
U 17
It will calm and be at peace at Hie com*
tem-pest fierce-ly rag-as, Be at peace at His com*
— -<*•
-_— — aw.
;=&=.==
' * r
tT'tr ^- -j irflr'- I7 -'
- v
}* 1 ."
h * JUL.? rJL-JL.
pt> r ^=^_tp
roand, And He'll keep me, safe-ly keep
mand,at His commanding, I know that He will, keep at
j y j \j U \j
f^*-- M-^j-a-g-g-g-g-Td-i-Mi-F*!— -- — 231

1
me, He will keep me in the hoi - low of His hand.

b u \j T I
safe-ly keep me, His might-y hand.
mnmnr
I
No, 109 My Blessed Lord and I

J. T. M< Owned by Henson and McKibben J.T.McKibben
1. I have a Fiiend so pre - cions, bo ver - y dear to me, His

2. Bo I'm faint and wea-ry,
oft so oft - ea 1 am weak, He
3. He knows how much I love Him, He knows my Heeds so well, And
—
m A A-r .A—.-fc-fcl —A-
m jrfafezEgzifiEgizgzifzitzE^z^zrElc
P-A-lfc— -^b—->4v— dt—A— -A—A— —A—-iH—
r-^
— I
a>-4-izq
! A
I I
love for me is faithful, He loves me ten-der-Iy; I could not live with-
bids me lean op - on Him, His help I glad -ly seek; He leads me in love's
with what love He lov-eth, ho tongue caa ev • er tell; His love will last for-
- "-
irmn, —^înnm— :=iU
finrf =i
*=*=
fcfefcW 4-*£=* ±=+=#=$=££:
oot Him, I love to feel Him nigh, And bo we dwell t* - geth-er, My
path-way be • neath a bed - ny sky, And so we walk to • geth-er, My
ev - er, it is a rich sap -ply, And so we love each oth - er, My
A— A- r A—t—t— A—Ai-A-r A—•—A--A-.
|K=*=*=* I—-I*—
?£--,*, —* —m— i It t-
K N K ^ RXTBAXB
bless -ed Lord and I I tell Him all my

my Lord aad 1. I tell Him all
. ,_a___A— *—•--*-*---£j--rd£=£=A
3= nr TTT
or-rowB, I tell Him all my joys I

tell Him all my sor-rows, I tell Htm all my joys
| — — — — i q
My Blessed Lord and I
£zrz5jn~zz ztiz:<* z*
" w —™~~' *~Z:*Z~*ZZ3
1'
tell Him, I tell to Him 1 tell my •leas-ores, I

I tell Him all that pleaa-es,
r_!ij- _..,i Jtf *! as sv-aL-a! ..aLaL-a'

:i=z.zzzzt A rzzzz_—m
tnrns £ f
azzjzzzzzzzz zfc
PN J-
r£ Z3K: Zfcs± ate:

:_t)„
F
w —% =>--&!*- hr -*i-C-l* PZZg :- _^_z^zzz
* *
fc« \j I t> b 'j b i
tell Him what an
noys; - He
I tell Him what an-noys, all that dis - pleas-es;
:Fzzzpzz£ztzgzzgzzffczz jzzzgzzgzzzz:
5Zt2ZqZz£zz£:
zpzzz: !— (fcfezzEzzfzzî—^=tz=5z3
\J—\J-
^ZqZ=fc:zfJ^=a^:z^^zp^:zf5^ Ci —D— D--, c PU*

l—Zmi tzzzzz — ^=tp_^2
knows I am a fail-ore, He tells
Ha knows I am just an • oth - er fail-nre, He tells me
Ai --
:=-=|zzt=zzz:rziZ^==zclzzt=z:iz:^z:!zz:i----
|ÊiEE=E=î=^tz^zEE=Ez:?z:r3t=z:rz:"=E-zzz:z=EzEE
~TV ITTT-^Cr-Cr— -*~\rr — \7~\7
h^terz:z^=zt>rTz F zt>:3z:^zzîzl-zzp;zî^z:==i— zt=£=zzzq

fr—
—- 1 1-i -s 1 —
h =1- -j—— arf"^~7i
ZTI^
_ _
Z ZI3
— — — —
me just to keep on try -log, And so we work
jnst to try, And so we work to
s
J. -JL4 -4 *;J> n— a»-
JS .I 1
tiEzz*— »— EfzzzzEzzz*z:zzzzz]:zz
P22-~ £zz£EE —Et&ZZAzz£zz *z A zz z EE^Z
rtr trrinrt—
*fc4-AJR-tUl»
.^/-— !— -^— 1- —-£ | 1— -
_ _ - -
—
- Wib^
D. z±
zzzzzzSEiH
bzzzzzz:*-£ztz: ,.. pz-^zz:JJ
[; 1/ t,? t r
we work to-geth-er, My bless - ed Lord aDd I
geth-er, My Lord my bless-ed Lord my l>ord and Sayior.
_i_sa—
££=-t: 1
—-_ f._ —!__+___—-_pa_v _w _(: — *»-
My Lord and I,
* r I
No. 110 I Want to Stand By the River

J.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HENBON
1. There is a Cit - y whose Btreets are gold, Where none need pit- j,
2. All Heav-en's gran-deurs I'll clear -ly fiew, Sing-ing the home-song
3. No mortal eye can those scenes be-hold, No earth-ly feat can
ill/- I. I
i
I I I
^^=^5±g,_b5l_a-«.bri_^S-!Kl_BziCtp1_fa=K3 /
and none grow old; Life's crystal riv er flows gent-ly by, WhereM is
with all the true; Beau- ti-fnl light will gleam from the throne, Whert I'll be
walk on pure gold; Bat when my mansion op -end for me, I shall bt-
Ac- rr7 T rA a-rfl-fl r-A —
r-„ T rP* fl *— ~ — —
r-rr I I I p—n~
Bduatji
fefetffe^
— — r — ——^b—
rta
ev or weet rest on high,
'--;
i «
I want to stand by....
rCs^-
l
r—rnr"
siog - ing with Heav-en's own.
hold Him Who set os fret. Stand clost by
i i i
;r*z3i_"_p t — ^_p_p_p_,»—^-p; tsj_p_pi_puS
the Kiv-er of Lift And watch the peace

theBiv-er of Life, Watch the peace
*-- -*- K -K K- *-
m, 1
j^^=^=^^^pE^=^-^^= 5=t=
fnl wa-ters go by I want to see my King,

ful wa-ters go by, go flowing by. See my King,
fcv- -fcw. .£.
fi£=r=t=E
£=£=
-
I Want to Stand By the River
and
1 X
tell Him et •
-r«-
'ry-thing, Up tbera where peo • pie net
TF¥ 1
- tr
tell Him all, There, where people nev - or
m •*—at-
3i=nx=:*z:
r=F=PFl
TnrrTJ die;
* £^. k-rs-t
I want to
— he
*-rn
In
— that woc-dsr-fal
^
•hall nev -er die; Want to fob
££=£
:=&=£=
act:
3«=s:z|s—is: ^mI
U V
ti ¥
C *
£ ~y
u i
1:
*
T •
'
'
.
"
** r
choir, Wharenot a dii • • cord er-er cat
an - gel - ic choir, Not a die - cord ev - er can
a ac -h_ — ifc-'. fcj ^=g

i=^=z =&m=9=¥m
ring, A harp I want to play, that n«T-er - end • (ng day,
mB
bo more ean ring,
3*zrA3Kra~i»:
V V V V
*=*=*
V
sa
Harp I'll play. all the day,
:5=N:
¥=6=
^3?^^5£EÊ^3 :=);
I want to itand by the riv - er and sing

Stand olose by, shoot and sing,
-•*- -*>-- -*»- -—- -av- -^-
171 -
S^=3
*ffi
•=1 he he
1
It-
SzfcztsEBJ
No. 11J..,~ The Little Chapel In the Vale
M
A.E.B. in "Divine Praise" Albert E. Brumley
_sl. I h. $-
x K
W *c=te*
=T^f* 33Q W"*-- 3*
1. Seems that I can see a lit - tie chap - el Back where I went to Sunday*
2. When I heard them sing the songs of Je -sus, Songs that the angels could ad
3. How my wea-ry heart would beat with rapture If I could wander back a
1- »f
EEEp^^fegEr^F^
fTfr^ 5
=M—A3—=B=*^
g Ah
i—r»-
Pg
-j-
-
'Tis a place I ev - er shall re-mem-ber, That is where

Sound-ed mighty near like heaven's singing, For my moth-
Hear that Preacher, preach about sa! - va-tion, With an o-
IejESejEejElJL ±z
|K=|C=^ :|cz^ zfcn *.—^cz
tc=tc=P=tc -WC p—b— IP-
Chorus
^3 =*=£
T^r
I learned the gold - en rule.
er's voice was in that choir. Say, bat I would be so
pen Bi - ble in his hand.
lE^^z^z^^p-3-y-
Shake glad hands with sisters and brothers, Sing sweet songs with fathers and mothers,
* #*
*=&= ££#, **-

t=^1=: rr~ a- t a
$&*=*
$c^r=tc: SS
Albert E. Brumley, owner
#~V ^
'
^ b *
The Little Chapel In the Vale
3E^N*^N
=F
:*=&E^
h&
W3^r : :zt
T7~
-
re* fm j
"7 On a Sun-day morn, f how I'd love it I know;
g-^-g
*= *=;
8va
~2 ^
JLiUU :s=& :=*=£:
I would glad-ly give 'most an - -

âgg
thing
7 X X X
Just to hear that
y
A»A A A A £ A~A
E ff b b ~b E b b ^D — =g ^«r T
•7 X S X
con-gre - ga-tion sing, Hear them sing" The Little Church in
-fcr
4=^r
-fc=-
rrrrff
-»fc- -te- -It- -fcc- -»e- -If
^"-^
fcf
3=* ^
TheWildwood," Just like they sang it in the days of my child-hood
£^^-A_A m -
-A— .A-
:fcfc=fc=|e
"^—H b h — « — i* * >*•
m-
— — — «—«— *—* — — —
ff I* Ms
1
'ttr
In the long a - go in the Chap - el in the vale.
m
jg y? — p— -
^-^— -g==r^=^=^=^
No. 112 You Gotta Be Holy
&
Dedicated to Mr. Mrs. W. E. Renison, Henryetta, Oklahoma
Mrs.C. C.Y. in "Divine Praise" Mrs. C. C. Yarbrougb
Ho-ly, ho-ly, ho - ly, yougot-ta be ho-ly if you

my
^7
brother ho - ly
S _ T W4V-HJM
f= =p-=^
,
£=£
»
:
t2
tr-tr
£=£
ME :M>
^=s
HT g
1. Walk with my Lord.if you walk with, if you walk with.if you walk with my Lord,
2. Talk with my Lord, if you talk with,if you talk with, if you talk with my Lord,
e^=a
*m£gm^î
Morning, noon and evening;each moment, Ton gotta be holy if you walk with my Lord,
Tell Him all your trOubles;and sorrow, Ho - ly talk
k I
Chorus
UHORUS
ff w w
£
1
w,
If you walk with, if you walk with.if you walk with my Lord.
If you talk with, if you talk with, if you talk with my Lord. You've gotta sing
Ja Ja jj rf
^m ^Pm
: -, : , .
& m a^ V-
MM* JJJJ,t JJJlf^jtJ^

IS
iba
fr-b-^-g
Hal-le - lu - j ah, hal-le - lu - jab ,

e
hal-le - lu-jah,
w hal-le • lu - jah,
l^^ÊEEE
Hal
p
hal
-
le
.j*j
le-lu,
- lu jah,
m hal
hal
-
rJS
le
le-lu,
•
i^=F
lu jah,
-n-i
You Gotta Be Holy
^^
hal-le-lu-jah, hal-le-lujah, Praise His keeping pow'r like the Hebrew children
hal - -
nfc
EPF
le - to,
JA
Like the
âj
He -
^mm
brew chil - dren and
H
&=¥&$
hal le
a=a=
- to
and like Paul and Silas,

jah,
rat*
Monday, Wednesday, in the midnight
#
U*~ N\r-v +-V-V- W
-
like old Paul of old, Ho-ly Sunday, Tuesday, and
^Bf.
&W=£
X
MM^^î^M
^=g=^ p-trt lr m» m m m )
•
hour;
trP-tr
hal-le-lu-jah, hal-le-lu-jah, hal-le-lu-jah, hal-le-lu-jah t
f«
hear them praise the Lord, praise the Lord,
j-fr |
-
A) »g» "t F—-?-^ i± l g T~* —5E
&:P=3:
Hal - le - to - jah, hal le - to
hal-le-lu-jah, hal-le-lu-jah, Just like Daniel be, ho-ly, ho - ly t

praise the Lord, Just like Dan - iel, ho-ly, ho-ly,
ho-ly, ho - ly, keepmehply, ev-er ho-ly, Savior walk with me.

my Lord, keep me ho-ly, walk . with
ML&b,
, — A
No, 113 The Gentle Zephyrs
Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promise."
J. M. Henaon Owned by Barnette and Henaon R. W. Barnette
mM$$mm£3^^m
:4:
1. All the world is just a flower gar-den, ring- ing ©at a bean-ti - ful
2. Ev »'ry flow-er teems to saygood-morn-ing, as the snn comes up to give
3. Life* - bund-ant lrom the Lord who giv-eth.per-fect rest to all of His
•__1 1 1 1-
t=t=:
-4—A— A—A—A—A- :t=t --t=Z *
h-^-fc^-^fe
^z^-^:^=:
F-* *>=_*=-*
^=:=fe=^=^==ft=zfc:zfe:
i
song, (sweet song) Since my Savior spoke to me His par • don, mak-ing
light, (give light And each val-ley has a bright a • dorn ing,— It is
own, (His own,) He once suf-fered, bat to - day He liv eta, snak - ing
_fc £__!_ *- ~A" "A* -a- _ b«* „,
^^feiH
— —e=t=t
— —SEEaEEaIaPI
—
fHrv-r-iriririr-r-it' tnr
.A A A-Â A=-A--A A A a-
& r w * u
me bo hap- py and strong(f or service) see beau -ty in the dais • its
I
snch a beau • ti • f ul sighi ;( glo • ry) how
thank-fnl we should be to*
His great pow-er still known: (to oth-ers)We shall see Him in His beau-tj
_ ^ ~m- - W -A* A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A*

-A— A- =t=t=tz:tz
:ts=ar! A—
11 A—A—A—A—A—A —A—
mr $=$=£-*
*-=*-
i
*=*
t=S=Hst*=t=
* f it
wav-ing, as the gen • tie zeph-yrs ga by, (go by,) I feel rapt-nre when the
r
geth-er. —
For the blessings given each, day; each day) God re-freshes with the
(
yon-der, where the soul shall ev - er re-joice, (re-joice, ) Where of glo-ries ws shall
—
1
^-r-r-rVFff-ij-ir^-^^-^-f-^-rFr-
s—
p
J-
Lord is saving from

the throne(the shin-tog throne) on high. ( en high.)
eheer-ing weath - er giv - en on (the pil - grim way) the way. (the way.)
all grew fond-or, with each heart (each bap-py heart) and voice(oach voice)
———=a—g — c**zz
_=__?^_ a>__„__
1 1
——
*<cj&
p*
(
r t jj i
B__ :£=£ 1
r
—
The Gentle Zephyrs
RKTBim
U: =±:
-Az
God is
We are sing-ing with the glad bells ring-ing,giving oit a hap py Bong of
We at* eing laf
?SE=iE
vr*_j _j _
b
lore, Sing Hit
love, Sod's lore, Eeep-ing cheer-ful and ce • main*ing pray-'r-fal, help tag
1*
et.—^ — J* +—rs>
I I
J
-s*
T ^^r-H^^NN^
t,
*E
glad praise, Ring
••all be hap - py ev w • more re-joic-iig in the Lord who leads us where His
Fol
•J.
=dgLB=S^=a=M=fA
|g^^|^^^^^^^^
U- ^z ^-T"f-^rRI
-
R RZ
- a hap-py song, Walk-iag with oar

•erv-ice needs as, we will fol-low in His f oot-Bteps, with our song,
low His foot-steps
Savior in His blessed light for-ever, Going onward to oar home a-bove.
oar home above.
b-i»-«v- UA A '
A A- -a- -•»—*- -*.- _ -W-iP ^ I
—— —
No. 1M. When -Morning Sweeps the Eastern Sky
Copyright, 1945, by O. A, Parris, Gospel Song Publisher
O. A.P. in "Christian Soldier" O. A. Parris
— i-
* a i
a Ew
tr ¥
-
*i
1. Christ is - com -ing back to reign up - on the earth a- gain, The

2. This old woild is reel -ing with its load of sin and greed,
B£ 3. I'll be
&s~t=S=Z—ir-tr-^-t
in
3»f
the rap-tare with the ones
£?-.
E-ra.Cfr
who
fcftf
t*
are set free, The saints are
£=£
-=*—*-
at
saints are looking for -

F
ward
¥
to the morn ing by and by;
looking for the glo - ry morn - ing by and by;
The saints are look-ing for the mom-ing by and by;
iii
P ^
1P ft
-*L ^*i -aL ^JL
.ft ft .ft J*
r~ .aL
:!*
_V- J -J
te E
2^ £ £ %=$-*#=# *=
Saiut3 are look - ing for the morn-ing by and by;
"srf
§9> -s- feg ^S F * t3t
-ft
i
-"-**-
*
£
We will have no Sa - tan then, no sorrows tears or pain,
From their trib - u God's children will be
- la - tions all freed,
what a morn-ing, What a hap • py meet-ing.what a might-y ju - bi - lee,
is
ft
h it
ft— 36
§SS — —U— —U U— N- 4s E 3*=£
Q^ a. t*
** u* uk
b*t l* \jk j~
fr (X
v^^l
vjfq _zzgr :zz=zz^zzz»6ZJ6ZigaafcLH—^ -jt:. .

~~ ": :
When morning dawn sweeps a-cross the east-em sky.

When dawns the morning in the east • ern sky.
When morning dawn e - ter - nal sweeps a-cross the east-era sky.
§^ 12
^ZCf
When
5=
the
A A
morn-ing sweeps a • cross the east-em sky.

i i f
—*
When Morning Sweeps the Eastern Sky
Chorus
ISE as
r -fT -»
r
K=
Ob, hap -py day when the glo-ry morn-ing sweeps the
Hap -py day, in the
Oh, hap -
py day when the glo - ry morning sweeps the
£-?-£ AJL^tA
55*
i^
3--3
£
a- £
at
Ej U
.E^^BÊ5^
Oh,hap-py day in glo • ry when the morning sweeps the
» Frr P
i* -=*—
sky.I'll bid the world

I'll
and
the sor - rows of this world good-by;
hid
its sor - rows good-by;
ata
sky, I'll bid the world and its cares good-by;
E
MJjiA ti — -m-
ISfE
s ** e e U
Bid the world good by;
frb =tt & & J=i

—
j, ,
l>
Is t
__ l
^s=3=i _, _.= p_^
=p=
Saints that are here will be canght np in the

Oh, hal - le - In - jah, The saints that are here will meet in (to) the
A A jjj, AAA AAA A ^ A

ffi?
ms 1 1
EE
%=$u_L__EE=
Saints down here will fly a - way in the
y*^
E
RggJE i x l*-V ^ *
^=£^=
air, When morning
:
sweeps
F=Ff a - cross the east-ern sky.
air, the east - ern sky.
air, When morn-ing sweeps the east •
tt
^^ :t=:
1
— —
No, 115 If We Never Meet Again
Copyrig-ht, 1945, by The Stamps Quartet Music Co.
A. E. B. in "Divine Praise" Albert E. Brumlev
Slow
ta^fes*^
1.
2.
B=jgz3
Soon we'll
so
come
oft •
^m^mm^
to
en
the end
we're part -
of
ed
life's
with Bor
jour - ney
• row,
And
Ben - e-
per*
3. they say we shall meet by the riv - er. Where no
x&±
-tt- ^-^H-y
£=$=fc£=^ =k
we'll nev • er
*V
meet
-5
an
*>
•
4V
more,
1 Till we gath • er in
y
die- tions oft - en quick -en our pain, But we nev • er shall
etorm-clouds ev - er dark - en the sky, And they say we'll be
-A- -A- -A- -A- *- -A- "A- -A-
heav-en's bright cit-y Far a - way on that beau-ti- ful shore,

eor -row in heav - en, God be with you till we meet a - gab.
hap - py in heaven In the won-der • ful sweet by and by.
tos=te=£
B£ ¥=& fEf
Chorus
•"r—
J:
i
,
h *- —— b)
ESi^
—
=-p.*> !*>» -=
Nev - er meet this side of heav -en

If we nev - er meet a - gain this side of heav - en
fcfc:
J -*-=-
'JUL
BE tz
at «
&E ¥=&=£
H ^ M m .
¥ tr
V trV
V v U
1
b rr? -1 r?
Strug - gle thru this world and its strife,
As we strug-gle thru this world and its strife, There's an*
-a-uzq ^*— r- -fc =g

&
gg p
jf-rr
£ m
iFEFb
•» -_i-_
= — — J
If We Never Meet Again
RFr'—fr^—^ ff
1= ^^
j T"^ 8
n^^^
rr
!
Meet - ing place somewhere in heaven
otb • er meet-ing place somewhere in heav - en By the
Efe i — j
By the shin - ing riv - er of life; Ros - es bloom

side of the riv -er of life; Where the charming roses bloom for-
£t :£: JOL A. -m.
3=
fctp=t2=P=
*=f=
i^^^^
§s F^-^r^^^-t-f-^
ev - er and ev • er, Sep ra - tions
ev - er, And where sep - a - ra - tions come no
. ft
:t=_-t=i
kfca jg g~js—ja a q*=#
n?- u
j
b -u --fc=t b—
=£
mfc£«b£3 ass 1
come nev - er more Nev - er meet
more,
£=£ *=
tr-tr £ £=3:
If we nev
m
• er
M
meet a - gain
ggj
this side . of
fe '
J
this side of heav-en Meet you on that beau-ti-ful shore*
^
heav-en I will meet you on that beau-ti-ful shore.
-q :t= ^
£
No. 116. What a Happy Time
Copyright, 1945, by O. A. Parris, Gospel Song Publisher
L.B. in "Christian Soldier" Leon Beck
1. - ver yon - der on the hilla of glo - ry , liv - tag with the saints we'll
2. In the nap-py land where comes no sor-row, singling songs of praise some
3. Wonder - f ul the thought.loved ones will meet ns,sweet-est of it all oar
tell the sto - ry, What a hap - py time wiU

flad to - mor-row,
iord will greet us, chil-dren of the Lord
•yJ- ?•
i S=f
PPf -n=g
^P S
^hr-
Me£4&3=«:
T^f^
have up there; Saints of ev - 'ry na - tion will be
We will wor-ship Him be - side the
on the glo - ry morn-ing;Liv-ing in that ho - ly ter - ri-
—- J_, r» - i
^^^tUL^
-I*
g^ZtefpT-EgEg^Z^-^
^ » ^^^
"** ^* ——^— '
44^-^
sing - ing from their gold-en harps sweet mu-sic ring-ing,
riv - er liv - ing there in joy and peace for - ev - er,
^—<—
^F^
"^ ^ 1 ^
What a hap -py

to - ry, shar-ing all the sa-cred joys of glo-ry,
3Jg=3*=^s=g=
— fe£=£=f
-$-fc-H =g
H g I ±j
v \f
fc= fc
A X.
time
^=9=9=^
chil-dren of the Lord
will have up there.
on
nh 5 5
the glo-ry morn-tag.
r 1
m J* £ Jiiii A
What a Happy Time
Chorus
1 ¥=^s 1
We'll bare in glo ry,
m and
What a bap-py time ev- er there to live
jq -. £ £
[
[(!''
'
5 g TT
tell
UUt the sto • ry,
jgfc
With that ransomed band
jfe
liv - ing in a
i
land so
gfcj±M t
I§
_^ — 1 1
^-
'-2-
i^
bright and fair; all bo bright and ahin-ing; We will shout with joy His
&jL£j g
•£• —g •
f i -
~-
j feg^
,
[r
i
rr
^^
M
prais-ea sing - ing,
J J,
And the gold* en harps
*NI
with
1
mu - sic
j; J Jrr-
JJ^M
g
^
g
ring • ing,
a
What a
;
i
g g i g> f p
iiaiTTg
-*-r-
^MFfe I
g g c g 5 g E-i-
hop>py time chil-drea of the Lord wi]l have np there, viD have np there.
£rS t,/-- jy 1
* ISP 1
P — — ;
No. 117. ITS JUST LIKE HEAVEW

w. o. c W. Oliver Ceo
•
1 ii i
1. My liv • ing
soul is in Bunlight, and I'm go - ing a - long, Re-joic-ing,
2. My sing-ing
soul is the sto-xy of my Sav-ioor each day, And I am
S. I'm drawing near-er andnear-er to the cov - et - ed goal, And dai - ly
flai - ly I'm sing-frig, al-ways sing-ing a song; yes, I'm do - ing my

clinging stillclos-er ev-'ry step of the way, s
I know that Je-sua will
Je-sus is with me, keeping watch o'er my soul, While ev-'ry step of my
m;
mm "• — -t- r.
\
g jg
uV
ia
ii ffe-iN r^N -*-4
—J
3—^
5*
Ai -H
jj a
P
ii
P H
P—
* iin
H—H
*-4-
A,
:
« 1
best to shnn the pathway of wrong, It's jnst like heav-en, for Je-sna la near,
gnlde me and from Him I'll not stray, It's jnst like heav-en, for Je - sua la near,
joor-ney He dothsafe-ly con-troi, It's just like heav-en, for Je-sns Is near.
JU
S u u u u
u— i
n
u
i
r
H
u - u - y - u-
1
h-
i
Chorus.
*-£ p-x
~ =?tqa:
ft **
3BI ? ^
Ey sina are gone,
b b b i> b b
I'm
t
go -ing
u
v
on
VZt Z
7
gT
..lathe
I am hap-py. hal - le - In - jah 1 I am hap-py,
ij$J£2a J^j!£2.JL*,jttÂA jt jt
m ^^
All my
h
sins are gone, yes,

*
i
gone,
-£ s— — is ft — 5& fr
V m -
V
i * S +
ift
\
light of love.
~nrrfromheav'n a bove;
a
-
The
- -
la the light from he a v'n , from the beaVha above

—" — ^
m Is k IS J^- J* '
^
la the light
-f
from heavV 1 •
^
bove;«t»
— — —— —
IT'S JUST LIKE HEAVEN. Conduit*.

* —*r J
i^ m
J» • • > b *..,. K. h.
-^~^
fe
hS=^
g W T«
King of kings Is by my He will eafe-ly guide, IT1 fol-Iow
as^ iVîJ.J
side,
King of kings is by my side, my side,
1
.n
».ft ».i" .f J* J J* J
m a >
r
@ fc«fe y—^-?—<>!- ^-|gE
r r, r
s w
*-»-«-
Him with - oat

•V
"â^fear,
v~ there naught to fear; Hy way
is leads
J J J J -A -A- ^ -A- >- .A- ^L J? ^L
Eal-le - la-jah! I arohap-py,

7 go-ing on-ward,
F fAnd I know I
Go • fag straight to heav - en's gate}
Q;iL 7
straight
r. fr *
. z—^^Mm
——— —
fr> N ^
to
-=f »»
*j K
g
heav-en's gate;
P *
f*. -^ o
P» kT
K- *> ,<>—o , »
^— j g S p> S 1
<«--«
^4M; 7^ 7^ ff- 1 7j<J 7iiE
ae
rrng" g
ehall not go a -stray;
i- "ilii
'Tiseweoteet Joy to
.<*—<fc.
know thai
I ehall nev - er go a - stray,,
I shall
snail nev -• erstray, never go a-stray, Joy to know that
Pi
F * i g- g/.g /,
g i
=B -' B g V
ehall not go a -etry, never stray,
No. 1 18 The Little Old Church By the Road
Dedicated to all my old-time friends of Webster Community, near Winnsboro, Texas
L.D.L. in "Divine Praise" L.D.Laminack
:*
^m
*-*—fr
* * 1>V
nr
1. 0ft-en-tim©9 in my mem'ry I wan-der a -gain to the lit -tie old
2. I re-mem-ber the preacher so gen-tle and brave as be told how the
3. 1 can nev • er foe-get all those love-ly old songs that the people so
1U£
church by the road, I can see the dear peo-ple and I hear them so plain,
Fa-ther a - hove, Gave His on-ly Son Je-sus all the lost ones to save,
joy - ful - ly sang, Ho w they bore the Lord's message to the poor sinful throngs,
Bing-ing songs of that blessed a

- bode; I can hear my dear mother as she
such won-der-ful,won-der-ful love; I shall ev-er remember how He
as the ech-oes so joy-ful-ly rang; I shall always remember when I
ÊS^mmm m^g^m
:
fer-vent-ly prayed, "blessed Je- sus help me car- ry my load," She was
spoke when He said' 'come to Je-sus, He will light - en your load, And so
i^=g=g
*:•.-*
:&=&
tru- ly be-lieved, Je-sus free-ly took the weight of my load, There the
nev-er down-hearted and never dismayed,

oft -en he told of the life-giv-ing bread.In that lit-tle old church by the
joy of sal - va-tion I ful - ly received,
JZLXr-£zxr--e- J£
fet= 1 _j§m ja y
l_ _._
» y
*"
The Little Old Church By the Road

Fine Chorus
^fÛÛ-r^m f
road. Moth-er pray-ing, preacher say-fag
•ide of the road. There my mother was praying while the preacher was saying
—jlJU-^ ff fr —S ^ f-^
P^F-— 1-f — -
1
Hr-lT
t
^p In 1.
jp
fc:
-H 1
F'f
T
i!"p
L
irgn
^p^p^î
TF
come, come re-pent of your sin," E -ril rout-ed,
'
' sfa-ner come and re-pent of your sin ,
There the e - vil was routed
-r-^v fe* &£.
sis-ters shouted, breth - - 'ren were Baying a-men;
^
and the sis-ters all shouted while the breth 'ren were saying a - men;
££- —£liL£j£
m W4.
tzzp
f
J=
-ft
PPPf
Jfj 1
J J )
J
^ It was there I
!*
U ~U P
I*
met Je
k^s
U
- sua and gave
£ M p-
a .
Him my Ufe,It
I Ik-g zjrf: -1-4-4-

t r-t?-
was there
X
He took the
D.S.
S3
weight of
-2
m my
$s=t
3?
load,
—fc=£
*
And He
—
v^—» -A '
tr-tr
free-ly
^
i
re-moved all
ite =*
my sor-row and
*=i
t:
strife,
e * !* hra—!*^
--ff-fg—
l— £-H^q
* r
:
; I i k
U.
-P k
u.
it— U-L
g
k-
— — ' — *— — i —
No. 119 I Will Hold His Hand

Copyright 1946, in "star of Promise"
J. M. Henson Owned by J. M. Ubnsojt. Jesse B. Hardin
1. As I go a- long life's rugged path-way, I willhold my Sav-ior's

2. There's no otb-er guide for trnst-ing pil-griros, So I'llhold to Him each
3.0 my com-rades take the hand that lead- eth, To the land of end -less
— — A — —A
j£-_T*LS»k :t:
:t=:
b. K—tw_!
"•'
fe£ '
SSSHBHtEEE i* ft P* i
r~r-fj-
f r
hand, His hand.
day, each day.
r
i
c s
He will safe - ly lead me on the jour-ney, To that

And no road bat where His foot-steps lead-eth, So I
^
rest, sweet rest. Go with Je - bus as He eweet-ly piead-eth, For Hit
Ee -jk —^ tL4=-4r.
—i —— 1 . i
r fm— —
t=fcEE=E£E5E£S:
-D — C^ -4--3-
shia-ing hap- py land, glad land; Al - ways mind-ful of each threat- 'ninf
fol -low all the way, the way; "lis so sweet to lean up - on His
way it right and best, is st; I wonldjiot ex-change this faith for
* I J —< ft^ -(•»- -P- -m- ^
r(*
I .
vX
i
^pj— |-
1
—P~
StF" i v- =£1 i
* *— «
{,,
-ilBBi HB MM b» t«K ap£^— »JS>.—
.»- .^. .î. ^. p im . .
i
i
i.
dai-ger, I will look to Him for aid, for aid. By His grace I
»rom-ise, As I make my may a - long, a long. -
And I know that
rich - es, That so qaick-ly must de - cay, de • cay. So I'm go - ing
j-j.
*= — — —L •= !* ** ; P
r r
P-—t* ^£r
$m^^m0m know He'll shel-ter me, I shall nev • er be

:=t
a - fraid,
bs|—
1
—--*
a
,1-
- fraid.
He will lead me on, To the hap - py land of long, of long,
to that Cit • y fair, That will lev - er pass a • way, a - way,
—h—ft—
-A- -A-
~^~
j^j — [7.
- '
'"*-
-»K-
•u i r,
—
— r —— —
I Will Hold Hit Hand
I'll hold my Sav-iour's hand, And He will lead the

I will hold, to His hand, He will lead,
-»-
— W—-•>- ••-
-A-
-i — A-
—
-i -•»-
-H
-•- -•- -A-
-t—
—
>i ~—r k-Mh
i4>
— Hfc
h»
H* =- r»—
r l 1 1
h- I
«EEElEEEEE£=^=3
=!==) S-r-tLJ -* .•»'
X ,, l1 "J - 1
*-r J— 4=
j— aba at^ f ife-gz^3S=St c
1 t--
way I go at His com-mand His Word
all the way. Go at Hii blest com-mand, And Hit
_
j_- — | 1
— » — »— »
-•>-
r
-0- -0~
—— -A-
-|
r
— iA-
i
— 1
-m-
1
-m~
rto -
-m-
(^Ê£=ii£EeE^-EIE^gE£EgEEi=g;
o - bey, o-bey; I give. ta Him ay all, „ Mj

Word o • bey; I will give, Him mj all,
:**=* JLJ_J Jfe:-S^fc

1
*=;
«==t=K T— g^SE 1
I J
JU|L±i
Ufa He shall cob • tool; As I go re- joie • its
^
All my life Ha shall con-trol;
:t=t £ I *=i If— lev

« :t:
[s
_
[s p '•y- g*. .
oa the home* ward way, I will hold my bless-ed Sav-ior'i hand
e —^_2 \---ri 1
fc— —r»*— —ft-F— — 5F —
I I I i
Fa —
-r—
H —
No. 120. When God's Soldiers Gather
Copyiieht, 1945. by 0. A. Parris, Gospel Sons Publisher, la
O. A.P. "Chriitian Soldier'* Oiht Faerie
Or"**-"
1. We'll marsh on to Zi • on with God's ban • ner o'er as,
2. For that great as -sem -"bly we mast now be dresi-ing,
3. Soon the smoke oi bat - tie will be gone for ev - «r,
'1 1 -^ a*r
Befc=== -
a! _a!I I
a!
M=3: 7±J=&
P-^-A A— A
-
A i
jj îfc'
1. We'll march an to Zi • on with God's banner o'er oi,
45— E
:tt
&t=*=fc=fc=*=*: -t —
^- h«i -I
g
5 t,
There to meet the eom-radei who have gone be fere u;
Ev -'ry one make read - y now to share the blesB-ing;
When the sol-diers will have crossed the last broad riv • er;
dlj
We will blend oar voic - cb in a hap -

py eho • rns,
We will talk with Je - sub and have His ea ress - ing,
There we'll be to - geth - er nev • er-more to lev - er,
tT '
t> E P B 1* l* IT r- in="
We will blead eu voic • ss in • hap • py eho - jm
-&-JL £ h— ttan
fc=fcz^=^=r:
--*-.
V=J*=&
l »
When God's Bol-diers gath • er (yon > der)
-*
A
ait - ex
— TW
*— 3*C
1
the fight.
.
= D
When God's eol - diers gath - er wia - 17
i £ -^ : --- -- * J
4LL* — ^ —-»•-—
B^^
-f-
& =e -p> ip
T
— — —
WHEN GOD'S SOLDIERS GATHER
:*d:*=*=£zzz£^zz=z-:rrzd
We will meet in that ter - n • to rj,
In a peace-ful ter - ri - to ry we meet,
shall
In a peace - fnl conn-try we shall meet.
A *
s >s
M, A— I.
A^ rA — *
t= :
-1 1 1 1
C| 1
¥
And
T -
re
-
• ceire car bright crcwncl glo

And re-ceive onr crowns of glo - ry His
at feet;
And re - cei ve our orowns at Je-sus feet;
And be ciowned at Je • saa

:t:
—-&-
feet:
i
1
Df&
to • ry will be the er - er - last - ing sto - ry,

to ry will be the ev - er • last-ing sto • ry,
_J J -J ^ JLjLjJ^jLj*
B* — — a— — a— ^ — *--— — Hi
k *» >. t
i
IM-
A.£ Tc|adf ^ ^rScKÔFÂGES tf—r
Thoa. Hastings
1. Rock of A • ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my self in Theel

2. Could my tears for ev - er flow, Conld my zeal no Ian - goar know.
3. While I draw this fleet-ing breath, When mine eyes shall close in death,
—
g5Hzzz=zzEtzz^zz^zzzzE=i|iîKzE:^~ffzz*zzj?z^zz1
z -t
— — ——
D. C.-Be of ein
t,
the
'
* =1 '
dov
u —
tore, Save from wrath and make me pure.
• ble
„ ^ —
D. C.-In my hand no price I bring, Sim- ply to Thy cross I cling.
D. C -Rock of A - ges cleft for me, Let me hide my -self in Thee.
-
^rzcrzf!- fzjzz:j 1
r=zzjz=z^^z=jz:rzt=—zzpzzq|
•—
-Jr-*-***
^ — ^
j
M Lir—jsr*-£**—*
f*-
— —^t-^y^ ** 31
Let the wa the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed,
- ter and
These for sin coald not a • tone, Thou must save and Thou a - lone,
When I rise to worlds un- known, And be -hold Thee on Thy throne.
qzz=^pizzz^:z^zz^=bzz£zzs r i i
J]
u — r — —
No. 122. Mother and Dad Told Me
Copyright, 1945, by O. A. Parris, Gospel Song Publisher
C. C. C. in "Christian Soldier" C.C.Calvert
4—f^-jr^j
1. They
:*;-
told
Aj
=*i M
- ~*
*i-
^
me in Heav'n there's a won-der -

i
— =«-
^^^m ful home, They
=N:
^3=
told me
2. They told me He came from His Pa-ther a - bo ve, They told me
3. They told me that He is the Sav - ior of men, The best friend
JU
H 1
r".
p J
H J
M -.
that Je - sus is there; They told me He sits on a

He died on the tree; They told me He came just to
that we ev - er had; They told me that Je - sua is
S&?
II f-
ti
ad~ af— at—3 — ,sf—
V-c2—* ai 2 2 .S. VzL_ —
beau-ti - ful throne, And that we in His glo - ry may share,
show His great love, And they told me it all was for me.
com-ing a - gain, They who told me was moth-er and dad.
Wf£ -— fc-
:p==^=^=t^|
:g— —i
m j-
~ »i
K4^. J J
— ^^
Chorus
mm i» L^D ^. $==& Lfeiibj:
*^
-*-
Cr £ i* :
0=
I'm glad they said there'll be a sing-ing band,
They told me there'll be a sing - ing band, All
m £— *—
§y»
*-
4*= m
:£=t£
m
i
^—»—afcatez^:
&M=3t
-ft^-aJ—tm— arf-fcr. . - r . L. X— -far- -arf Waf-
—aJ—P "jot
Pezj^f-^f £
shouting, sing - ing on the golden strand; Told me hold to
shouting and singing on that strand; They told me to hold the
-a>— pa.
£s
Sq^-jtza:
S *F £
:
* :
^ £? f
Mother and Dad Told Me
r ¥ 2 3 4= i 3I
?
we
P
o-ver
f to
y
glo-ry
p land
^m
thebless-ed Savior's hand,'Til get
Sav-ior'shand,
s=
TO i
i If HHre I" F C-
ft- B- L- 'U
No. 123.
When We All Get to Heaven
E. E. Hewitt Mrs. J. G. Wilson
ia Sing the
i^
-ar^-—
=c
al-
of Je - sus,Sing His mer-cy
wondrous love and His grace; In the
2. While the pilgrim pathway .Clouds will o- ver spread the sky; But when
we walk
3. Let us then be true and faith-ful, Trusting, serv-ing ev-'ry day; Just one
4. On-ward to the prize be - fore usl Soon His beauty we'll be-hold; Soon the
man-sions bright and blessed, He'll pre-pare for us a place,

trav-'ling days are o - ver, Not a shad-ow not a sigh,
glimpse of Him in glo - ry, Will the toils of life re - pay.
pearl - y gates will o - pen.We shall tread the streets of gold.
1. for us a place.
h*!*- _-£- •£- £
all get to heav-en,What a day of rejoicing that will be!

When we all What a day of re - joicing that will be!
When we all see Je-sus, We'll sing and shout the victory
When we all and shout the victory.
-g — w£ -* £^ m^grotfn
No. 124 Not Even a Tombstone at His Head
Copyright, 1945, by The Stamps Quartet .Music Co.
h 3 ^=35 t-
m
3^
IB££ 2=
3
1. They killed my Lord on Cal - va • ry._.
2. No crowd of mourn • ers gath • ered 'round.
3. A lone - ly grave was His re - ward,-
m i: H A-+-A
il l
mnr mnm
£ t*=t
IS3E3 fc£
tT
x
=t=
i^^lT*"^
=6 £
-£*-
H
And they mocked Him in His ag • o • ny; =~
When my Lord was bur ied in a mound;
But it made no dif f'renceto the Lord;
SI *£
*-^-A-
±t^t t=tp 2§
% ^ f^^r 1
^—TT»
IE
No love
A com-mon
- ly
grave
flow'rs
-j jj-t sE
S^
on His grave were spread,.
when the Lord was dead,..
He con-quered death, saved the world from sin,...
m ±t sei
mnrr
L-A
gF-F
^winr
~ A
A A A A
l T X^
rff:
1 5=2£=#
£=fi i: =£ 1
Not e • yen
a tomb
£M£ - stone at
TT Z
His head, His pre-cious head.
^ £
Not a
e - ven tomb - stone at His head, His pre-cious head.
In heav-en a - bove __„ He lives a - gain, He lives a - gain.
[T F Z " f
Not e - ven a tomb stone at His head,
Not e - ven a tomb-stone at His head, His precious head,
m
r i Brumley, owner
K
Not Even a Tombstone at His Head
jju* ii ££fete
Htrp
No beautiful flow'rs
V fJIfTf
on His grave were spread;
No beautiful flow'rs on His grate were spread;
Not e - ven a tomb-stone at His tiead."

JJ f HT
Not e - Ten a tomb - stone His precious head.
f J? 1 P
No. 125 My Prayer

R. E.A. in "Divine Praise" Robt. E. Arnold
h
1. Sav-ior of mine, Sav-ior divine, Take me and use me I pray;

2. Sav-ior of mine, Sav-ior divine, Let me do some bumble task;
3. Sav-ior of mine, Sav-ior di-vine, My all I give un-to Thee;
I. Mfc H— K_ph^_p^
f^p- Hk-r?ifi,
M^%- ^=t *3*e
^=P =i 35* « E 5=3 in

Shr atz^t atai =4zat4
Sav - ior of mine, Sav-ior di - vine, I'll do Thy bid-ding for aye.
Sav - ior of mine, Sav-ior" di - vine, Call me Thy child, I now ask.
Sav-ior of mine, Sav-ior di-vine; Thy child I ev- er will be.;
—
p*pppg|
-*-*-t^—*
^Prfffff^
h
No. 126 I Want to Hear From Heaven Today

Dedicated to my daughter, Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough
Mrs.C.L.S. in "Divine Praise" Mrs. C. L. Siratt
1. Lord, for to-day new strength I need, Thy love to

my heart,
M
2. Keep Thou I would be true, I would be
3. help me Lord each day to stand, To hear Thy
W&L
m
£ =!*:
*=j*
PMt
\> \)
K ^—
U P
s-
£=£:—
-j
for graee
h
plead;for grace I plead;The lost

I
fp^ to
and ho - ly too;and ho - ly too; Thy will, dear
heed Thy command;heed Thy command; And see Thy
I -HF
-&-J-
3£=3:
^)-~ at=5t
the hun - gry feed,., I want
m
to
in all I do,__ I want to
in that bright land,. let me
img a_z—p.
IS 7
Chorus
g
m i
from heaven to - day.
from heaven to-day. I want to
lÊ^gmq
E
U-ti—
ie
fc
i=i? P
3zzM:
--v
I want to hear from heaven to-day, New strength I need

hear New strength I need
PFiEMEE
I Want to Hear From Heaven Today
*) i . K K N K i I !»»
--V
No. 127 There Is a Fountain

Wm. Cowper A fountain open for sin."-Zech. 12; 1. Lowell Mason
3t=34
1*
gEBaaEgga±
£
' " ^»
1. There is a fountain with blood, Drawn from Im-maa- net's veins,
filled
2. Dear dy - ing Lamb, Thy precious blood Shall nev - er lose its pow'r,*
3. Then in a no - bler,sweet-er song I'll sing Thy pow'r to save,
And sin-ners plungedbe- neath that flood, Lose all their guilt -y stains.
Till all the ransomed Church of God, Be saved to sin no more.
When this poor lisp-ing,stamm 'ring tongue Lies si - lent in the grave.
£h i^§^=e
Mf^^
£S=t:
—k I
|
fe
f :
p=£
fai e
p 1
p^t^r^^^
Chorus
mr D.&~
Lose all their guilt - y stains, Lose all their guilt - y stains
Be saved to "sin no more, Be saved to sin no more
Lies ei - lent in the grave, Lies si • lent in the grave
J,.. J*
_J. -A-'
=P=* Jsxzjx:
tr-r £e
1
No. 128. After The Rain

COPVRICHT 1SS4 IN "SON03 OP PRAISE NO. S"
. II. HEN SON OWNED BY MORRIS-HENSON BIBOlf It. YTHTTWOVTM
mmmîimm
1. Bain-drops are fall-ing from the clouds o - ver head,
45— I-
God sends the

2. Af - ter the dawn-ing comes the sun-shine so bright, Then comes the
3. Smile as you jour-ney, tho' the rain-clouds ap-pear. Let not the
show-era to re - fresh gold-en grain; Clouds soon will van - ish and re -
rain-cloud or - er val - ley and plain; But just keep looking for the
drear • y things your heart en-ter-tain; Bain - bow of prom-ise now to
m r *- ——
~
i '
t 'ty%
move ev-'ry drend, Look for the rainbow af-ter all the rain,
beau-ti-ful light,
yon is so near, at - ter all the rain.
i x -a.-a-_.a- .£._ F r r__.^ i
-L. I E ,
Retries
^==. s=
Boon the ram -
Soon the rain-drops, soon the rain-drops, yes the rain-drops, j
yes soon the rain . drops
—, m_s—mr.
—me:j
—m m
3 ^
* —«J4— «>r -
— r*
•>—
* j£^ jEJ
«
,
s$
IIpE
drops will all cease falling and the bow will be plain, conradea,
then the rain-drops
—— "
A-.^--A--a.
-ir-
I
i»-|
-A- -i
tU=-PL*—
i^rT
it: IH-i
$==*i
=] _k '
w
'
**
fcC -a — _A
-A I k——A
A—— IA," it— AM
uk— bAi
i l
U fr -.pr ,
N»r
p ,
[, 5=%:
V &
After the Rain
qJJ
cease
ErFtr tr
my comrade^
—
jfcâj—p - .0-~fr~Te-
re
yes,
f-rirt •
my comrades,
^1
pin
cease re-pin-ing
Con - rades cease re • pin - ing
=1
ESfe=:
*=*=
-a-
4= £
-*>-
:t=:
ing, look for the rainbow af-ter all the rain,

•ease re-pin-ing a! - ter all the rain.
.A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-h»-A -A- _ f* J** J^ I
. No. 129. Walk With Me

COPYRIGHT 1934 IN "SONGS OF PRAISE NO. 3"
J. M. SEN-SON- OWNED BY MORRIS & HENSON BTEON Ii. WHTTWOBTH
—
E*§rab llSilsgliiiiiliiiiS
dear Lord, walk with me, Drea-ry the way is with-ont
dear Lord, walk with me, Kings of the earth cannot lead
dear Lord, walk with me, Keep me dear Mas-ter be-side
Thee, And do light I see;, Yes, dear Lord, Talk with me,
me, For they know not how;
Thee, That I may not fall;
lllS
-<s>- t<SJ-
Dai I'mseekingtoknowmorea-bout Thee,

- ly walk with me.
Thon and Thou only with manna can feed me, Walk with me now.
Walk Thou with me, Lord and tenderly guide me, My all in all.
^_k._K :
:^-'t 'v..:£:^ "^:-:*_-v , _oi b£
* 1 I. I
gzz==^gzfez^=q=p ^-^P=M
— i
No. 130. Won't it Be a Happy Meeting

C.C.M. C. C. MAPLES. OWNER C. C. Mapl«a
4*
-*- ^
^ ->- -^- -*- ^ -- -- ^ --
1. I am press-mg on -ward, To a home that's built on high,
ev - er
2. Here I'll meet with man- y tri-als, As I trav-el on my way,
3. As the time is drawing near - er, For my spir-it to de-part,
\j \j I I I I I \ . b L I I I I I
& —« — •>—»-• — •>—|j-^ —^—tdji—

And where all peace and glad-ness, And
is will nev - er die; the soul
Bat the love my dear Sav-ior, Turns the dark - ness in - to day,
of
1 am wait-ing and I'm long- ing, For the gospel train to start;
JUiw*-ttek-£--t-,:£"—J—*-.«-,
There to meet with dear-ly loved ones, And the friends gone on be -fore,
I can al - most hear the voic-es, Of that hap - py blood-bought band,
For I know when life is end - ed, And 1 cross the great di - vide,
t, \y I I t= I I I
\j 1/ I I I I I
FrNa
•ft' is IS i
1 v>
Who are wait-ing for my com -ing, - ver on the gold- en shore.
Sing - ing prais - es to my Sav - ior, - ver in the glo - ry land.
I shall meet my lov - ing Sav- ior 4
- ver on the glo-ry side.
, Ji.JL.-ifJi9L-^-±---t-- —A—n*> +* * ^—r~£i-L
D. S. —Glo-ry, glo - ry hal - le - la - jab, I shall take them by the hand.

Refbain
z —p_t| p— «, —_q^ ^^_p_q p — ^-^t •-« g~ 0— •< — —

D b
«.
Won't it be
t i
a hap
r I r f'
.,
r & t, =F i
When the saints go marching in.

f r f r
- py meet-ing,
7r — —r
Won't it Be a Happy Meeting
: «.
There to
— «— L|
t
be
— — — — t—*— —
i
1
at
t
1
home for-av
1
-t--
u
L|
•
&
er,
«--:«-
«, .«,_&.«
With the
* a*—'J!
— —•—
soul's
'
-^— sr J n-J
e • ter-nal Friend;
L <
-
— *i —*A-rMk—3*a--S— ha- — r li
:
i2d a —»- *—* — —
r a—mri
S lT~tr t= "T
D.ff.
I
L» |>
shall
T"
be
' f ' E 6 f T •
a-mong that number, As they gath-er on the

F r r ff r
strand;
SEE
£ -£=3: *=£dFS-"
!S^=|z?Ep
ttfi' -
***
131,
:hr-
The
> i i MPPP
No. Christian Life
C. C. MAPLES, OWNES C. C. Maples
rq^j ,—j
!— -i—
1
-«
-l
—rFj^ -
1. God s chil-dren have a race to run, Which sin-ners do not know;

2. The Bi read each pass-ing day, The sweet old sto - ry tell;
- ble
3. Let sin - ners hear of love di - vine, And of re - deem-ing grace;

4. Be trne to God, let come what may, While here you have to ream;
._A-(*-rA A-—?"—A-
—
P~t—r^-i—
1r-lr- t
P-4^ —
-i*i
r-T— [-W MK— HA— jA 'j-A — 1*——*f Nife -1="-

i —
'jFiMr
.-i-
fS-rt-y
-*—*• t*=* :^z=zt^ 1
They have to work from sun to sun, Their love for Christ to show.
Help those who fall be - side the way, And hap -
py prais - es swell.
And let your love - light bright-ly shine, In ev -'ry drear -
y plaee.
And then when dawns the bet - ter day, the Lord will call yon home.
At" A-l-A
— ».
y? K£ tt-f «1
:*^ I
" a»
p
*=t= ffl
»-
D.S. — That yon may have the great re - ward, When earth -iy days are done.
Rkfbatj D.S.
^r-l-rr-
So faith -ful be to Chris the Lord, And Bin - ful pleai-nres shun;
-_ —A~rA A —A- A A-
£=£=
raE3E±t=t=t I
^
No. 132 Come On Down to the House of the Lord
Copyright, 1945, by The Stamps Quartet Music Oo.
A.E. B. in "Divine Praise" Albert E. Brumley
itnns^î^^
1. If you wand-er all a -lone in sin and dark-est night, If yon can -not
2. When the tri-ala of this life yon cannot understand; When yon need some*
3. Sin - ner come and list - en to me now, this is my pray 'r , Get in touch with
find the way that leads to truth and right, If yon would be free and whole, wit]
one to gnide you with a strong, strong hand, When yon can go on no more.yoa'l
God and leave with Him your ev-'ry care;Come and pinnae beneath the flow,He'Lr
•£*
J. *L
gladness in your soul,

and an o-pen door, Turn away from sin and
wm&m
come on down to the borne of the Lord.
wash joa white as snow,
•£- -A- -j*j- -£-. -A-'-jA-
W
Chorus
m*-7^=$sm ^
Just come on down to the house of the Lord,
Gome on down, come on down, to the house of the Lord,
•ikr— Ite-
1S=JX3I|J *cs*cz^:
p-tru
dt
iN
And hear His bless - - - ed ho - - ly word;
Gome and hear, come and hear, hear the Lord's ho - ly word;
• *=*: _^ F—N—
(ar~ ») '
as
fr=P=
V *
Come On Down to the House of the Lord

D.S.
If you would gain the great re - ward,

If you would want to gain, gain the Lord's great re - ward,
^
M
;«—
No. 133
L *—
-*—*=t?
Bg
As I
fr—
^ fr—fr
* *:
Go Traveling On
t
^
ac = k
p ^
3EEfi£
P=£
S^
1.
îp§p^HPîg
I'm lay-ing my treas-ures up in the sky
2. I'm trying to do the best that I can As I go trav-el-ing
3. 1 try to live right for Je - sus each day
3*=*:
on; My
redeemed and hap-py am I
soul is
To oth
in need I'm lend-ing a hand Aa
- ers I go
K
trav-el-ing on; Thatoth-ers may walk the heav-en-ly way
£= lZ=±r=Z I r— ;
h
5= I; EEEEEE r=F
Fine. Chorus
^4Um
:
zk
'-Ws*^**- _ ^S-Â—
=fe ^—
1
trav-el-ing on. As I go on, As
trav-el-ing on. As I go trav-el-ing, trav-el-ing on, As
h '
go on; I'm building a home, a beau-ti-ful home

wmm
I go trav-el-ing, trav-el-ing on;
T' lH
No. 134 Kneel at the Feet of Jesus
Mrs,H.G.G.
* ?=^fe
in "Divine Praise"
»
rrrr
-i
Mrs. H.G.Gillock
=* » g
a.1
^ ;
nr-g-
1. When Ireach home , on yon-der por - tal o - ver there,
2. I know not why that God the Fa - ther.btesaHis name,
,
fcfc
tCi * ^LF F C-C-*
i» r»
.
I* 1=
1
7
g g g g y s
When pearly gates swing wide for me;.
Gave His own Son to die for me;.
A—kfe—Jfc—A' -y— g- 4k— p:

5 SP
6=* ^ SL
s
trJ^J fe^
v •"'
I
"
want to kneel
"Trrrr ^Tg. *1
at the feet of Je - bus, at

r^g- His feet,
That thru His blood I might find par - don, set me free,
IS! l=l^=
mts
=*
*=fs a@
«? ^ s
And thank Him for His love for me..
TTr
m^£
And live with Him e - ter-nal - ly...
m =6 mm r-
Chorus
5=3: £=rfe=:£
**
tH^"
?E
Want to kneel
U
* Ei
cF t?
t*
?W Christ my Lord,
I want to kneel at the feet of Je-sus,
-A. A- -A-
^
-A-
4=4=4=:
t=L
£
5 r
^m
Kneel at the Feet of Jesus
^=fE ^H^=jfrj^H^£jq
"P-TJ \> 7 f -v
To my Lord, see Him face to face;
Talk to my Lord, face to face;
k—*—
epî
IT? ^^^^^g^^g
=F
r u v
Hum-bly kneel Sav-ior, Lord,
While hum-bly kneel ing there be - fore Him,
*±
£^
=t i
~z! an
*-*"
JU
: (
I£
^
Thank Him
P=
for
I'll thank Him
rr^n
for
E-
re-deem
re-deem-ing grace.
7
5
«T
b=£
^ — 6=3.
- ing grace.
-m- -P- -F-

_ _ /TV
-m~
r-ir -T-'f
m^=^^g=^ g=Fr^s : :
Tt—
:
r
i No. 155 Drifting
Copyright, 1545; hy The Stamps Quartet Music Co.
Earl R.Ronald in "Divine Praise" J. Porter Thomason
q=q:
t
1. Drift - ing
alz=aj=-±
-1— J—
with< the
* =t
care-less throng, Drift-ing
3=ê^fe^
till you've lost your song;
2. Drift-ing in - to rock and shoal, You are los - ing your poor soul;
3. Drift-ing on the o - cean wild, You are but a help -less child;
lE|EEE£E*EEiE *c=pc g=E=£EB^^

1^=3=^ :^: -B
-3 3 «,
1
»
Drift-ing where dark sin is rife, Care - less of e • ter - nal life.
Let not sin your con-trol,Makesweetheav-en, now your goal.
life
Turn to Je - bus strong and sure, To a life that will en - dure.
HI *=!
& -a- -*- -*- -A-
*c X
*=J:
$ £
— *
No. 136 Had I Loved Him More

I. M. B. Owned by Henson and Barnette J. Max Bnrnetu
-t-H-r
1. I lore my Lord, I love His word, I'l tell it o'er and o'er;
2. He saved my soul. He made me whole, And died on Cal-va-ry,
3. Some day a- bove, Thro' His great love, I'll meet Him on that shore;
I l
w
I won - der then what might have been Had I loved Him more.
My soul was lost, He paid the cost, This my song shall be.
E tsr-nal-ly, His face I'll see, Then I'll love Him more.
*=5
REFEAH9
Had I leved Him more from day to day Much sweeter my life would have been,
,
«—-_-—
7S-*-»-r A — ^— A — '•-r*—
-.-.-A-A-A-A- |»»_.*_,
*-f»*-ff— r A_A—A-A-A
%»_ j,„ ri*-*~ A—A—.* |
r-CT'
, —f-~>
Had I loved Him more a-long the way , stronger my fight a-gainst sin;
t9 m- ~m--m- ^ N p* f\ is -K J*-» T J
Hr _^4-j»
-J-J5-J
c 1. £Pr- t= -P-^- 1fc
*=r~J — — P—'--fV-l
i n. *»3 *4
=^.E^--=:*=:^±g=*z=*z:i±|5j=^:=^=:^=Eiz|^;*—N~d
I've loved Him thro' these many years, I've loved Him thro' my joy and fears, I
—A-,-rA— A—A-a»-rA— S—<*—<*-r -=—A— =—'t-'-ll*— 2_ U—rf»—

"tr-r-f-r-tr
E 1 — — —
Had I Loved Him More
think much few-er would have been my tears, Had I loved Him more
loved Him mors,
__^^riit-^tÂ_ ff - cA-^-A--5A-A-c -?i!»--.^/-J^ -!. :il :
No. 137 Song By the Way

Copyright, 1845, in "Star of Promise.'
Lizzie DaArmond OWNED BY MOORE & HENSON James C. Moor*
» 4—v— — ._
- — ~
— m— — o1— — — — ——;*~~
K-.3 I—
1
-r-h f> r> P
£-•{
— *— *--\- •>
i |
\
fj; *~-l i
~'u~*~~~^~~'^
2 -*-.g_-:g. x *— * 1 c
p—
krrXf
1. Jost for - get you're aad, in your heart keep glad, Breathe a note of cheer,
3. With a hand that's free, give out wil - ling - ly, Of your bleas-ingi while
3. la His pre - cious name who for sia-nera came, Seek some wand ring soul '
Sg=g=t?=P=1 — ^-^^BÊitf:fc-:&:=^-"^^z:
ig —— FVy-t-J L r- -- — a^ r .-) 1 J-Jl
csr-w-
? - 'ry lay,
f
Give • 'kind • ly glance, nev - er lose a chance,
yet you may, Love's sweet er- rands do, help a com - rade through,
gone a • stray, Do your lev • el best, leave t* God the rest,
jm. -*- .f»z. -fc. _ _ _*x .^..fc.. .m-
t- 1
H— > — i
m— —=-l i
It ^~>s
D. S.— With a heart that's true, try yonr best to do,
Sing a lit > tie song by the way. Sing a lit - tie song by the
*=s=
D.5.
'-5
-tr-tr-^-r-
way,
• - long the way,
t
It
— nay
fc T
help to cheer someone's day;. __
T
His dark-e&t day;
b -U fr F
e j*
-Jp *- J>s
**
J ^..4- .
J
i
-l*-g»r- .*>--•*- -^-gfcr. -•r-.ar- 4»-
^ ÊtÊES^
P —
Na 138 I Have Found the Way.
Rev. L. E. ufssa, Adger M. Pace.
f^-^fH ^^^-; ^/.iidj

-
1. Ihave found the way That leads to endless day, Yon-der in the glo-ry-land;
2. I will nev-er fear, While Je-sus is so near, I will brave-ly meet the foe;
^
3. To the journey's end, Led' by a faithful Friend, Never-more in sin to roam*
mi
-A- -4B-
w=ft
m £=£
^«^
*c *
F"
i r i
^
y u
H>*
WJjttja
1
jjj,!
And
r the road is bright,For Je-sus is the light, And I hold His guiding hand.
Hap-py songs In hon-or to the King, And to glo-ry on-ward go.
I'll sing,
JSy the way called straight,!' 11 reach the golden gate Of the soul's eter-nal home.
g ^=&
y ? if p
m*
Eefeain.
i-ki-g
^-g-u-£-
m teteehi
£=£=* 1
a^^-g-^-g-^ 5l
I
g g D'& CJ'
have fonndtheway,
O C E fx
I have
I have found the way, I have found the glory way, I have found the way,
fc?
-A-
-rrrr
1 ^
~ a
i p Kg u-J
vf ^ l>
as
F*
n
1
&
found the way,
'
c'g W
I have found the gos-pel way,
*a '
Glo
Glo
g
-
'U8
ry hal - le - lu
iiifea
ry
jah,
hal - le-
hal - le-
ml'tf-zn
$=£
4* — £
i=*
U 1/ f wm
£1 -m
'
—m
±r
I g g c d" % m
m m
lu-jah,
c
m m'
I
m
c c b c
<» -o
!>
—- —
n
•'
have found the way.

^ .n
3jn^
•>= — ^—- ^=^=
<J m—^ 1 V Î
'
g b "U pr
.
lu-jah,hal - le - lu - jah, Ihavefoundtheway.I'vefonndthawajjI'vefonndtheway.
-
1 r fr ^
iwBedbyB.B.Wiaaett..
-
-^ p
—
-
No 139. Watching You,

i. M.H. i. M. Henson.
ZZ2C3E
1. All a - long on the road to the
«
souls true a-bode There's
xfrr
an eye
2. As you make life ' s great fight, keep the pathway of right,
3. Fix your mind on the goal that sweet home of the soul, There's an eye
Ev - 'ry step that you take this great eye

watch-ing you; is a- wake,
God will warn not to go in the path of the foe,
watch-ing you; Nev - er turn from the way to the king - dom of day,
m T? Lfc^ -A
-Ia^-ia- A fe A A î
Refbain.
r- r~
—SA-—fS ia- — tt
JM
IS b& £^-»
^4 r* «n
There's an eye watching you. Watching you, watch-ing
There's am eja watching you, Watchrag you,
jiir*
g r !N==^
i
^^fefa^
tT7:
you,
^te
y ya, "!.;;.? M
Ev-'ry day mind the course you pursue. Watching you
*»-.x
watching you, watching you,
17 p > -** -•- -s^

^tch-ing you, There's an all see - ing Eye watch-ing you.
watch-ing you,
+^=A=£Â^ £s
SplB £=£ I
J.aLEa» d
f
- J
No. 140 1 Know I Have a Mansion

Copyright 1945. in "Visions ef Victory"
H L. H. owned by _ t. henson H. L. Milliard
a--- t^~ir^~i!---^-S-Sr c -"'"------*i -*- l:
t7-t7-tr-|r
1. I know I have a man-sion a-wait- ing now for me, Just o-ver there in
2. I've made my prep-a-ratiun for mansion! in the sky And some sweet day I'm ,
3. TbeblesB ed Say ior promised be-fore He went a- way. That He w aid soonbe
4. I know I have sal - ?a - tion now ring-ing in my soul, My life is filled with
_ — -A-, A A. A— A-H 1
A—m — *--A>-rt*— IA— l»k— jfc.—
5J ^
\j \J U t/ t
b £ *
H ^_ -- -- -- -- ^ -- --
glo • ry, be-yond the mys-ticsea; And when my Sav-ior calls me to mansions
go - ing to sail a - way np high To be with friends andloved ones, on Heaien's
com-ing to earth a-pain some day; 1 pray that I'll be read-y to meet Him
glad-nesB since Je-sashas control;He took a- way my bur-den, and took my
I -,- r r w _ -<---
'^=^^b^^=kEE^Hga£E£E^Êâ£g m
z3zz3iztEzztzzzEzz3£zWzdjt$^^
t —t — — fe >=— H-.
.-t-t-j—p_____»_
&
— .i> 'ML
iff*., r~p-ife— «J!SgL VA t?
,
—— i—Ymnnr^ *%
the sky, I'll shout His praise for -ev - er in glo- ry bye and bye,
in
gold-en shore, Where all is peace and glad-ness, And sorrows come no more.
in the air, And live there in a man-sion, In Heav-en bright and fair,
pain and woe, He saved my soul for-ev -er Be-eause Beloved me so.
r
i.
îîze-i--i--J-^-r1=-_-t=!--tl_^J!!e_,
*—
Befbain
-11111 !^3=^^3^^^â :£=£:=t
D. S.— Some
pezzH:
hap-py bye and bye j
-*— —
i (
m m « «i — -» —
know I have a homo pre -pared for me, Just
trn - ly know I have a hdme,
I. *
:;£—
t=t=r= =r==*E
tr
1
F„ „
Lf
— C
. i. Lr L> b
1/ b b b \j
CM- =rîrzzzz=z^p=pz=cizp=^:zz3zzit::czlzz=:z=rz£;
-trtrl/
o • ver there,
—rtrH
o-ver there in that fair land
be-yond the mys-tic sea; Where all
Where all is love,
fr TTlMI
'
f li
r U W
w ¥ ¥ ¥
a | i S
I Know I Have a Mansin
-mti
*± #I-
:*.
* • •
L ----- — ——
— — — -•— •*-•-*+ —H— I—•—t— h—hr—
-vtnr"*"17
J
love, And none shall ev - er die, I'm go ing there •

per-fect love, 'I'm go-tag there, I 'in go-ing there,
b £> l>
No. 141 Getting Ready to Leave This World

Copyright 1945 in ''Visions of Victory"
A. H. E. Owned by Henson »nd Elliott A. H. Elliott
—-S-
s f\
-— — —— -fV-E~ P—E—
t-r-« — « — ' " b-
— «•. I
1. This world is full of troubles it's hard to nn-der-itand, Jast why there's trib-t-
2. I'm jnsta lone-lypil-grim bowed down with toil and care, My burdens are so
3. Whenlife on earth is end-ed and all my toils are o'er, Then I'll be lir • tag
1 17 7 £7 £7
I-^ÊE
^=EEEEE£teE£E£EÊE
tr~t7~~
8. —ia-tioa, it won't be long I know; I'm waiting for the summons when I am
F ~— r- 1 1- -« «-«— « «-—
X=S^Sc=^=t=^Sm=—— — I—A 1
1«i— ^
1 1 \ 1 1
:=_Ci==f5 =ii-2=:J=:;
z-nlii^zzfl— =«=»EEiE|il i
cares for me, And when I get to Heav - en With Him I'll ev - er be.
heath-en lands.E-ter-nal in the heav - ens, A
home not made with hands,
peaee and love, Thra-out e - ter - nal a-ges In that sweat homo a - bove.
called to go, O.Lord I am 'get-ting read - y To leave this world bo - low.
y — 2-Fi —i —!A—2— 3— a—2-aPt^-^j-^— a—Jr^JJ-fc^— -2-
O Lord I'm get-ting read-y to leave this world be-low, I've made my prop-a-
^f^gg^s^
_(*_«_x-_
^>
~r;-iA*„i4nEfc=fcfc=fc
!*,
u; lei gj
— ,
No. T42T I'll Make It My Home Some Day

Copyright 1145, In "Visions oi Victory"
U. 5. Lindaay Owned by Abston and Heaaon I. A. Abates
1. I'm trusting each day in Je-ins my guide, And trav-'lingthebean-ti-fnlway;

2. I'm lift-iDg my voice in praises to Him, For Ha is a won-der-fnl friend;
3. If faith-fal till dawn I'll see His glad smile, Where sorrow andsad-neisis o'er.
nr
I'm fac- fng my home fast o -ver the tide, I'll reaeh it some wos-dwfni day.
Where ev - er I go, tho' shadows bo dim, Till safe-ly my jonr-ney ends.
I'll en - ter glad rest when gone the last mile, I'lllivenp-on Heaven's shore.
z±~=£=*=?=&F=tt=F=F*tf=F&
D. 8.—I'll make it my heme some day.
Refsus
;
fr F" l> i v > -v [,-
C
I'll make it my home, some won - der - fnl
Make it my home
m t=rzt
17 g If V
beau-ti-ful
A—(•>. :p=s:
tnrrr
home, won-der-ftl day,
*= pTT E C
ttttt-lt
O m
^zt^^F^^^^^^â^T-^^^
i.-av.-cp ^tp -P—^-far* I
rtr
day, I'll make .....it my home lor -a?
beau-ti-fnl day, Beach it some day, reach my sweet home, e? • er to stay
—-, A _A_A—
r A—*
A-A-A-A ^k_A-A-A
r " * "
-A-A-A-A-,
-
. - -
trtnr trtrtrt —Ttmr

in,
er to stay;
r— "i
Whereev
b-
-
i^-'t,
er
fc
1
I
7 i'
go,
—'f b
In weal
N^ti
yes I shall stay; Where o'er I go, ev - er I go, In weal or woe,
—
I'll Make It My Home Some Day
:r*: :pn
r =tnr
1 L
£ & I
or in woe He leads me I know,

weal or in woe, leadline I knew, leads me 1 know,
-_ r A— A A r A—A— A— A r A—A—A ,,
No. 143 Redeem the Time

Copyright 1940, im "Star of Promis»\
I, A, A. OWNED BY J. M. HENEON I. At Ab«toD
1. Time is swift-ly pasB-ingby,now the golden moments fly, Yen are leav-ing
2. Countless friends already gone, live in that e -ter -nal home, They are hap-py
3. Clouds will never dim the eye, friends no more will say goodbye, They will be for*
-e-ar--anr- -sr-- -r— issr-- - sr" 1
-#;
f^
SsrzzE—w-P*— a— a— tA— ia. — *—^fcFEZ—£—£—m—S a — Sip»— zz»—zzz
loon this life with all its care Yon will soon be gone away, to • nev - er end-icg
,
with the Savior over there If yon would be with them there, in that land so bright and
;
by - er in that home on high; It may not ke far a- way to that land of end-less
D. S. — If to glo-iy-land you'd go, when you leave this vale be-
day, Then re-deem tke time my kr other left to yon. Bedeem the time, the
fair,
day, Redeem the time
r-f-ir
low,
D.cT.
JUi
5:
b ^ tr i
F ui t.
pass-ing time, Obi nil well the time my brother left to yon;
the passing time, left to yon;
— « ^ |
No. 144 We'll Wake Up In the Morning

C. E. R< Owned by Hanson and Rogers Chat E. Rogen
"--•zt*=zs:z*iz*iz:^z£z:izz3zf ~
1. We will all wake up some mow-ing In that man sion built on high, And
2. Some sweet day I'll go and live therein that bright and happy home, Where
3. Then will come the judgment morning, Wben the dead in Christ shall rise, And
?fzrzzp:zE*>zz-zz^zzpzztzztzzzzzz^zE":£"zz*zz?zztzzrzzl
i_fejLiztpztizzrzz
—
Z«
zxzz*—
-_"
*
£zzizzlzzr
V-: :: zz«
zz^z=r-i=*==5zzi:z^: ~ —m——————— — — -^__ —
ZZ=Jzz£zz£zz£FZz£zzfczz£:^Z:d
~ —w *i w*- *i-
i—i--^ . 1_
- «j
t
— — —— —
:*tza)zz
1
1
jj-^~**—^--î— £ -*-|r«-
1 t
meet onr Sav-ior in that home That waits ns in the sky; We will all be
all good chris-tianpeo pie go, No nev-er-more to roam; Where the walls art
ge te meet their Mak-er in that home be-yoid the sky; They will meet up
-- ~*~- >-- -•- k~ ->•>- „ '-'
--
D. 8.— Then with Je- ana

-^ r= -= - = -
^z^z^=^-z^zztzJUzz«zz*=-*;Z2»l^±xzz^zz»zzazzIrîz
sofa In that home that's bailt a-bove,Some day I know we Ml live np
is glo-ry ,
made and the streets aro shining gold,8onie day I know we' ! be np
of jas-per 1
there in Heaven on that bright and hap-py shore, To shake glad hands together
*--»- . FV :fz:.aw. .^.-* -
:t ZzE"z?gzz|rfzztzzz£zfi^zz£zz^^pzz I
^zEEzzEzz&zzfezziiizzÊzEzEzzzzzzzztzz
z*z*ztsz|sz:*zz|szb£zz£zzk:zfczzis_ztz:zzz:zzzzzzzzz:zfcz
b b fc I b \i
'
fc
I
Z
Christ onr Savior, we will live f er • ev-er-more, We know we'll be there bye and
,
—»— —D—^—D— —j— f -jLjLy__-.-p-.p-y fc—ft,
av-, f>
zi:z?^PzzI=i-fzz^4!!==Ê=F=r=^=*=:i»— itEH
-— t
t7-
there, In onr dear Sav-ior's lofe

«r -t^th*^ ^ i \-
f
there, That Cit-y to be-hold. When we wake that bleis-edmorning.On the
there, And live for • ev-er-more.
:^:_^:_^zz^::
S^^ I
bye, To live on that bright shore.
0.S.
^zztzz^zzszzzz:
-z^zz^zzzzEz^zzizzSz^-a
bright and hap-py shore, We wilt meet np there a-bove the sky (above the sky)
__ A — A- -* —«A r 5— *. — * — K— *— j— rf— t—!•—1=— --ii
5
l^^^s^feE_£fe££_i
1
, (
1
— i A —— I — I
No. 145 Christ Has Bridged the Way

Copyriffht 1946, in "Star of Promise"
$» C. Cronlo Owned by Uenion and Cronio J. M. Hemon
1. Mid com-mo-tioi of thil earth-life, tra v -»1 ta the land on high, Where all
2. When the storms of life as-sailme. threat'ning too'.r-whelnwyeoul, When the
3. Broth-er, list-en! Christ is call-ing while a -far from HimyouBtiaj.In Hie
»_A- P = A— A— A—A_A_r A—A— A_A— a a'_wA- —

|^=t=^rEr="=r=t:==t=t:=t==t=Ec==»=i^=:t=tz=^z:^:3
— — >* *. — * *
*P-£-+ M-Y-+. — — -1
a. t*. — — a-1-.a. — 1
1 *
I
trou-bles will be o • ver, and no tears will dim the eye; Look iag for- ward
bil • lows are a-rond me, and so fierce • ly oft they roll; I will trust the
mer-cy He en-treats yea now to leave the ein-ful way; Bark-en to the
S— A — .—A—A— A—
-—
^
1
|fc_
zjfij ^^^3^ £=£ gr^TfrT

nnrir— "-4U~W
tnrmy
E=
-
L
^_^L^ ^£g^^
D.S.— There I'll tee
-^*JS
r EE ^
to the rap-tnre, to be giv • en some sweet day,
on Pi - lot who the winds and waves o-bey, With the cross o-ver Jordan
- ly
ear-nest ae-cents, which bo oft - an to yon say,
r JP « f
A—A--A— A—A-CA—A—A— tt — A—A-^r'A-A— A— •— A— i r*
^ -r-
gzrr~r-^=^=tzzz^zEt==u=g=r=t==&^^^^^^=gb
^z^zz^zz^zptzzz^zzPzz^tzzz^z^pE^^:-^.-,^
,
i/ u u u cr u u
bless-ed Sav-ior, and my loved ones on that day,
Fine. Rijteuim
.J> _|_:4
;jbi3»-^:=;z
P--a< ^ — s ^^ 3l- r -£-J*-r
*i— I™
»—•-- -£
1—1-* a 1
fc
1
D
1." ~a
rS
1*
K
^
K-n
—
Chris has bridged the way. I am stand-ing on His prom-ise, All my
^ AL>. _F _ A ^g A =:
*=*gteg ÊBL^^S
fc
r r-r-Zg-^-A^.-,S=z
a^ j
=&=£=
D.S.
I
y
doubts and fears are o'er, Bye and bye I'll an-chor safe-ly on fair Heav-en's shore.
Heav > en's
L_A-A-A-A-A-A-r A_ff _A— A-A-A-r —A — A-*-,,
P P
| I . «
No. 146 The Harvest Is Passing

Copyrighted 1B46, in "Star of Promise."
G. J, S. J, M, HENSON. OWNER G. i. SplV«l>
— -— ft-—* ft—r—ft I— /*^^ /^*V -
3
1. Man - y
souls now in bid
^y L, L/ 1 ..
drifting farther each day
U ^^ U t7
2. Never connt-ing the cost, farther on-wardtheygo

3. Je - sus waits to re-eeive all who come in His ame,
_ r _.A^~^.A.A.A
•—.fKmmrjfmW^M
8eek-ing pleasures of earth with the things that de-cay; ,
Going dowi with the lost, fac-ing sorrow and woe;....

Bids them on Him be-lieve He is al - waysthe tame;
î^=*E=^5ÊtEftSfeES5tÊ3S3S^
Ney-er giv-ing ©thought to the winter's cold blast
Go them with the light,
to to the Lord holding fast,
lake the pathway of right,... ... burdens now on Him cast,..
,— --
- — — .—... — .|A.|A.^.A.|A.|A_ .. .__ — . — „k_„j— ..——— > | | —
^gSEEEi.^=fe;=EtE^=J±EEE|ii^^
77;^bT"^ SfftnrrJ
~Z
What the fu-tnre will bring when the bar-vest is past.

Help them win in the fight e'er the harvest is past.
Bin -ner come to Him now e'er the har -vest is past.
___ , ^_A-A-A-*- A — |
r—-^ — I
r—-r^ —<*—
— t:
jrir-£-£--£-^-£=1
D. 8. -And youi soil will be lost when the bar-rest is past.
refrain ft ft ? p r i . _ _ juuuuu-,
Let-ting summer go by with its bright smiling sky,
^^JEîiiiiiElg^^^f^pil
—
The Harvest Is Passing
-JM.
SA~ X * f* (* (* l» f* 6
r-rrt7't7
Never heed-ing a call
mill from the Sav-ieron high, „
Nev-er heeding a call from the Savior on high,
T
s
M
M I fc fc I
= -=rzz:r:-:^ A .* 0c^^^^f^=^zzz===^
se „___^_ ^ — I—
TFtUV .1. JE wS i
- I J I I -I L. , I
L7
I
^^r. .
/
aJi
-
fcfc
ggg5^fe^5Sg3^=fez&
—— * s*
^ E3^$
D.5.
Boon the night will appear, Be* the bub sink-ing fast,
Soon the night will appear, Bee the eon sinking fast,
No. 147 Jesus Sought Me

Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promise"
J, M. Henion owned by j. m. henson T. P. Gladdon
1. Je-ens sought me when 1 was a atrang-er, Took me in to His fold;

2. Weak and way ward I pos-sessed no mer - it, His blood was
, all my plea;
3. Grace is now my ev - er - last - ing sto • ry , what a joy di • vine;
* «. *- -*- *-. -•*- *. -*- « * -^- -%*z- -*- *- 2i -<
&
8.-i=d==t=^F5i=P=i^=fe=q=^=:F ::l-=^=^-
Fine
:: ::
l=:::=l :::
:::
F i ^:l
~ W *~~ *
u b
ar~
He me from paths of dan-ger, And I have joy nn -]to!d.
has res-cued
Lifee-ter-nal now I shall in - her-ite, Sal - va • tion full and free.
And I know that I am bound for glo • ry, For Je - bus now is mine.
** $r-Jm-
;g=£=£:^s:dsiF£ii|s:i:£i=ix==£— te*=d
-a.
—rf2i—.
zzÊzlEzzzfez3£=ZzzzZ^^^
D. S.-Siagit, tell it, let tka zeph-yrs swell it, He took the sin-ner's place.
.Refbais f
i £__fc_:4 1_ r 4_
BBa^BgB^âÊ^^ppat^âBS
O migkt-y Sav-ior, bonnd-lesslove, The hope of a sin - fnl race:
afzitz^tiiiri^tzitz^z-J^t^^^^-Ftz^lirzipziSzF^—M
?~t^=^t==t=EE~^==^=:EzzEiht==^^==si~|.=fc I £3l
I
No. 148 Will You Be There?

Copyright 1846, in "Star of Promie*"
Jc N. J. i. N. Johns, owner J.N.Joh««
^^.^-^-^--P-^-
1. There's a bap -py land of prom ise jnst be-jond the star-ry iky.
2. 'Twill be joy and love su-per-nal o - ver on the oth-er shore,
I. Then we'll see the won-droas Git - y that for ns He has pre-parei,
-A- -A- -A -A- " -
I'm go • tng there,.. some morn-ing fair;

Where I shall be..... bo glad and free;
When we reach home.. no more to roam;
m&
*
-f-
^--^
(2—
—— D
inr m
i-JL
IS
Ci-
fazfcte*:
*r-irrn
zMzzzzizzz&zz&zz&zz&zzztzzm
=#m
There to meet the saints and sag-es who hare jonr-neyed home on high,
And we'll meet oar bless-ed Sav- ior who re -deemed as by file grace, I
Then we'll walk the streets of glo - ry with those who His love de • dared,
-A-___-A;_
m m ^ -A-
m ^ -A- -A- -A- -A. u
m J*
D. 8.— There we'll shoat and sing with raptore. Prais-fag Jc - ins er - er-more,
1 >_ — 1 * ——1—
v \J b \J 'J V V w v w
Will yon be there, will yon be there on that bright shore (on that bright shore)
And sing His praise, and sing His praise a - ter • nal - ly. (e - ter-nal - ly.)
Will yon be there, will yon be there on that bright shore (that shining short) I
A- -A- -A—A- -A- fc P rfc J» J* £

-=1 — S- :ffi^
Will yon be there, will y»n be there on that bright shore?
tmzztmzztLzz?: p^zzf^zzt: ypzz

3=£ 3=3=^
There's a land, a hap •
py land,
Tkere is » land,... a hap • py land, Jnst
— — L
Will You Be There?

0.0.
-M — *l"
Jut on the strand, tie bright and shin - ing strand,

t - ver on the gold - ea stand;
N
...
r„
J
rs„i *
jr /* -J
P £ \
£:±-pzzz=zz:z«
No.
F?
149 When We
;
::
See Our Redeemer

pe_ ^_|Z_JJ
Copyright 1948, in "Star of Promise."

J.N. J. J. N, Johns, owner J. N. John*
"*
t
•» * :S:
1. When we see onr Re-deem-er o er yon-der in glo
- ry, • the
2. We'll be sing-ing glo • ry, and be tell-ing the sto • ry, Of that
I. It will be joy np yon-der when we reach home e-ter nal In
- that
£J— .4 — ia — .
bjr&^t—yv-—-}2—£—£— £—£— £—
h— —
a.— UL^—1^—
l
f*~
a— m—*—
p-^-r^---^- —
i.
-I* t* —<— .
Etez:
| 1
fc
*=* *^ -4&JL-J1
iz:a!;Ea|z:{£:
joy that can not be told; We

will see all the bean - ty of that
bean - ti - fnl home en high; There we'll praise onr Be-ieem-er for His
Cit - j where comes no night; Then we'll shout hal-io-lu - jah, as we
.A- -A- A-
-a — ia-
tr.
£EE£
D. B.— We will shout hal - le • In - jah,
* Fine Rbfbaib
__ 4-4Ui
,_ -f\--v:--rr-f!!—>— =F--j
, , .
,
^-S*z=
?E!E?E?EiEE$EÊiE=:E2EEiE5E^
won-der-ml Cit -y, When we walk on the streets of gold.
great love sn-per-ial, And be witiuHim for - ev - er there. When we eee our Be*
en-terthe Cit-y, And we lire there for-ev • er-more,
^t^^«
"
' A- -A-
a — it— A — li A- -a —K— — I
£5=0fcgz P ^z=?=z=ri=
IfeEE fc-
BE
1
^z^zz^z^ zzt;zz^: tzzzpzzt::
ea - ler the Cit y, And be with Him for - ev er there.

r
D.J.
r-^-î^^zz^zz^zz^zz^z^zza^zz-zzzalzizgzjzjzH
£-- 1-
_!. *> ai— a;zz^zb^zzazzgizzszzlzzaizi?:EIzzszz.îz:s=zfEEgi3i

deem-er o - Ter yon*der in glo - ry, That will be joy be»yond com -pare;
p:=^zztzztzzzzzpizzizzizzS=izzXzztzLizzlzzi=zS=zi:z:r:tzz^
arnr-tnr
* — — . i = .
No. 150. THE DEAREST FRIEND I EVER HAD.

G. T. S. G. T. Speer.
-t ^-£-
j&z
7
H-»-
1 -
9
V
—- J, U I U 1/
When I was drift
1. ing out in sin, . .
2. When Je-sus comes the way is bright,

3.0 sin -ner come. . to Je-sus now,
1. When I was drift ing cat in sin.
-mt~ -mc -^- -a
\i±--3 — *-
J 1 1
-»i ^—h
13
h
-U—= = H J:
PPPX •J ? ? £—
k F ™ =^Ffc
?=^=F*
-.? ? ?
s
. „
§i
I had no peace, no joy with - in;
For He's the way, the truth, the light; >.
At His dear feet just hum - bly bow;
I had no peace, no Joy with- in;
ff -St £ :&— -±.

—iSLm.
-n — «- v
- -m-
v-
kj* -**
-p—*- ^ ,K
i -7 *-
3KZC??:
*} —— ««• » —&ggsgffcS
But Je sus came
- and made me glad,
He cheers me on when I am sad,..
He'll save your soul. and make you glad, ,
But Je - sus came and made me glad,
•±r >•«- -Ac- -j£c-
is=
P* m>
-i
—=
*fc IL
m
-d-
-? — »- -?- m —m »-
v
-f- if z ^^nr
The dear • est Friend I ev - er had.
The dear est Friend
• I ev - er had.
•3 — s-
.+,
*=*Jj-ULJL
t=^=P—P=ie
-+. .£. .£.
-h—
Chorus.
— = sk^ P—2^- i^ja-fr-^

-3 -?
—2— «?
at=3=
i
— ^ 1 1 «*
He
*-
saves
*
my soul,
-I J"
He saves
js
my soul,
J^rz
oh,
—^ J J J
bless His name,
oh, bless His name,
>l
^g
-J"
llsfep
Copyright, 1934, iu "Glory Chim.s," G, Ti Speer, ownoi.
— p
I ! g — — —~
A s —
THE DEAREST FRIEND I EVER HAD. Concluded.
N K
*—*,—»—
f
: :
r> i*
g<
"•»»
h rs
J'
9
fe i/ ' h^ p- i
-J
k
I'll ne'er for-get the day He came;
ne'er for - get the day He came;
iJJJ
I'll
i x l ^ N
§!e^ê£ U u hi
—
3=z;=a^;_*
'J— —
—a —<»—
d' J—
=^-^—*_
a— _te
~F^ — ^ — 2 ~" J—
1 —J
i 2 «»
~-m~2
He makes me glad when
**"
I am sad,
He makes me glad •- when I am sad,
22J J h
J U_-> »
t— —- i •
m A_V
The dear-est Friend.

i ——— g g 1»-
-^
ev -
*-
er
-*—
^ £
had
17
>^
^ f
s
m
The dear-est Friend I ev - er had.
—£—r *—g= —
t—^s
j
m
No. 151. GLORY-BEAMS.
Chas. W. V. Chas. W. Vaughan.
1. Glo - ry-beams are shining on my way, As I trav - el on to end-less day,

2. Hap-py all the time with Christ I walk, Finding great delight with Him I talk,
3. Soon the glo • ry-beams of heav'n I'll see, Shining through the long e - ter-ni - ty,
W-h*—* — .^-
g— -^ F-—
.^j. -l^- .1^. 4,.
^
-J^.
l
|-l
-A— A-
1 1 1
A- rzzt
W*- _p —p—p—p— — -y y-
:t
— — h— —
i/i/pi/Pl/i/i/p
-1^ i<4
*—
—?W—
W-
—h— p^-
-h h; Ifc-
=*=££* JUU- -fc-fc-av

^s^4
V
- -db— yk— A—4i — A—A—
3 f P TIJ
Glo • ry-beams, shining clear, Christ the glo-ry-beam is ver - y near.
Glo-ry beams, shin-ing clear,
***- #*
m :p=2
bt
L ^___^___ i-j
y-
l_j ia. IJ
Copyright, ItSt, In "Glory Chlmei," ChM. W, Vaughan, owner. r
—— ^
| —
D ^
No. 152 I'm Glad My Savior Holds Me

Copyright 1946, in "Star of Promiue"
I.W.M. Owned by Henson and Meiritt B. W. Merritt
1. When the bil-lows round me roll, my Savior draweth near, And He

1. It U com-fort-ing to know that when I need a friend, Je - bub
3. When the fi • nal day shall come 1 know that I shall be With the
u
i \j \i \j i \j \l ; i
s t i
Upp-
ity* to me my child, thon need not have a fear; And the light of
Christ the Lord will be with me.un - to the end; If yon do the
S^ Lord at home in glo - ry by the crya-tal tea;
t> D b
jLJML-a— -^
b
N N—
-—
-m
=
«r— f-—
—f»-l—
»—
iv m—w—m —
»—
——
*k
w- —
D.
So my friends lets
=—r<"— » »r—'*——
t-'-Fis:
S.- When
* —
—t—t —i—
b D
ait last I
Lr
g^îii~*iîE5==s==*=i?!==a|=p5:=5:ra|~5=-*~^=li==rf
Hoav-en shines.a-cross my path so clear, That I trav - el day or night and

bid- dings and be true to Him each day, He will lead yon home to gio -ry
ail be read - y for that day • • head, There will be io sor-row there, and
--C-=£ -P-A-r*— P—*-rs-&—rm—»— £—m— *—SV-S— .*—

iSEi^fiiiîiiif
start • - way a,-bove the star-lit dome, There I'll meet the Lord and King, and
Bbfkajb
Fink
i£*
^-^-Ti.-rF -is:
t='-l:
---t5--£7--^--^---
t - — a
net know a fear.

• er glad my Sav - ior holds me elose to
in the nar - row way.
noth-ing more to tread.
dread. I'm glad
giaa my Bav-ior
sav-ior
bfpcdBE^zz^Szat^: ^pzfr:5:=^g:#£=fp=p=p=p=J
lire with Him at home.
D.S.
r~£-
Him, The way

wi no more with Christ is ev - er dim;
BE
c=-5=:*3 =
^rr
U— — —
gf^t^^gl
t»-tnrtnr
— h«— i
i — h- -i i
.
No. 153 Tell the Glad News

Copyright 1946. In "SUr of PiomW
G. A. P. Owned BT J. M. Iliraioji. G. A. Phillip.
1. Hat* you keen rescued frtm the pit-falls of iin, 1b there a new light hii-ing
I. Wit-neis for Je-sns with a word and a f mile, Thii • to • ken of Hit
is
3. Strive to be cheer-fnl ai yon la-bo r and ling, Show that you lore Him ai yea
:
: 5=tt5t==t==t=p=t=5FP=P=t==*^t=jB5BzB=C=B=C-5
a
ir-r-t7-t7-t7-l7-t7 &~f -trm-
.l* iv-t
with-ont, with - in; praise Him, If yon wonld help lostsln-neri, tell them tke
love all the while; Oat from the derk-ness He will show yon the
work for yonr King; fol-low His foot-iteps as He lead -eta the
3=fc=t=t »==£=
zz*=qs==fc=3K=3=*==: :|x—tsntK=:te=*
Trr-ir-tr rtrrg b h b b V 't"! 1
REFRATJI
^-—H — «-!-> —>——4--l»—-^—h-Hr— §•—^ — H — * 1-h-^- J Mm

way, Tell the glad news to-day. Tell them of Je - hi, who Is the
r*m- -a.- -a- -a- -a- _ r*- a- -a- ft. -a-
—r^r
-D-
*^ »
^=
*D~r r- cnr-rTr-r-*-
way. Tell the glad news to sin-ners to-day; Tell of His
glo - ry. teU it
i*£*
>
— — —^—^—=—
i
^
mer-eles,caeer-ful-ly sing,
<•>— **-
b" b r
=cK*=£=P=34=dz
=qpc=p=3
'b r b r
Praise Him.the might-y King.
v;N
m
thesto-ry oar King.
^gigîga^g
ir-f
A-!^.^ zrr=t
'
irr
« -1 -i 1
* '
No. 154 Don't Go On Hiding From Me

Copyright 1946. in "Star of Promiit"
K. W. Owntsd bt J. M. Hrarsoir. W.K.Wlmbmtoy
-*r-.Z:
When the Lord pnt both Ad-am and Eve in the Gar-den, And He told them to
In theBi - ble we read where the Lord said to Jon-ah, "Ton ram t g« down ud
Oar dear Sav-ior came down to this world to re-deem as, And He told to m
>. .*. .+. :£i .^. -J£i *L -*.. J» f J» _P ^
=£=
ft:
hearken Hie word; Bat they broke God'i own law when the ier-pent be-
teach them my word;
'
But old Jon-au went down, on the sea he went
lilt to His word; Are yon still out in sin, and In dark-nest yaa
-mi *t»-
:£:=£ 1/ 1
-1/ Jj
tfc sS3
§EE=£=
Rnrnta
I-
=-** — —— t
guiled them, They were trying to hide

c-
— iitfffr
from the Lord. Don't y»o try to keep on
sail - ing, He was try-ing to hide from the Lord,
wan • der, Are yon try-ing to hide from the Lordf
-ml — * — A-rA—»—-fc:— —— rt—-r

m
I- I
_p 1*
jr^ r ^ J.Mdfa £££

fc-4-
gg U.X.
l- t
hid-ing, hid-ing, hid-ing, hid-ing, hid-ingfrom God, Just kesp trusting, trustiag,
%feE=g=z^z=»=t£ZCZ^^ *
— JUD-
a*=^ i
rc=fi==l:
j^tsst^st:;
fc-
*=fc
3t3t *=a*
trusting, trusting, treating His word; sail-ing.sail-ing,

You '11 soon go sail-lig.sail-ing,
q^'^^ft „ _ p.j>
c
trT~tr rtr i?1r
— - — .
Don't Go On Hiding From Me
• - ver the lea, The Lord said,' 'Don't go hid-ing hid-ing, hid-ing from Me
—
,
*-**** r
hid-ing,
r - —— c
i=-r--h1 r
1!
No. 155 Never Alone
Copyright 1946. in ''Star of Promise.'
C.T. Owned by J. M. Henson. Curtia Taylor
£_l-
*- — « ^-i — —« — P 4— ^==C£3=^:-i^=:
i— —
1 -^ «j
1. Walk-ing life's path I know not a fear, I hare a Guide and a Friend di-vine;
2. He shares my grief when the day is done, He will rus-tain me vn - til the end;
3. Ha is myStayin each storm-y gale, Tho'shadowsgath-er I do not fear;
In Him I trust, He is ev - er near Nothing I fear f r this Friend is mine.

In dark-est hoars He gives me a sons;, Nothing can harm me with Bach a Friend.
Le-gionsof darkness shall not prevail, No oth-er Friend is to me so dear.
*t= br—hSr-llT—rr 1—Vr 1 M ?= g-j
Nev-tr a- lone, no never a - lone , I have a Friend Who cares for His own;
^ 17
.^
V
-ET-r-^-r-' tr-tr-|7_— '^^trr-D-r-
Nev-er a-lone, no nev-er a -lone, I have a Friend, I'm nev-er a-lone.
ty -*- -A- -A- -A- -4k-
No. 156
—
I've
A *—
Got the Lord
— r .
SPIBITtJAL
J. V* C. Owned by Henaon and Cobb John V.Cobb
:2pszri=:J-^==fc- =^r =|=J=:=i- = i

3^zJ=z=|=^z:(:5r==
r
1. I've got the Lord and the Lord's got me, We're happy here to-geth > er;
2. I've got the love that the Lord gave me, 1 feel hia pres-ence nearer;
3. I've got a home far a - bove the Bkies.Wbere storm-clouds come no ney-er;
. . ^- - A - -m A —
m- -*.- -a- -a *- -a- -a.* -*• —
B#^z:Ec=:t=rt=&^5rf=tz:EzE=-zt^tzbr=^d t—
r
S-«t~H
— —— —
— —m——M—w —— 9-p«
—K-p»-w— p— c c*— —H— --F*
—
—*«— *--^w—
rii
•*!
—
J^«t=^=:=tbd:
— i
«-F-£--^-«i-§«< i
B
c
<*
r*
s.
[ fip
I'm just as hap • py as an - y-one could be, In all kinds of weath-er,

His love is shin-tag bright now I clear-ly Bee, 'Tis grow-ing still dear-er.
In Heav'n there never be an - y Bad goad-byes, At home there for-ev-er.
;t-t-t=- *_*_>
^— A— IS-FA— .f»_(«,
_-t_ r t_: ^.
ÊgE3g3E|
sz..
rfct _
e£=I
'
When it'B itorm-y weath-er, en the roll - ing

When it's itorm-y weath-er, sea ........
i t -Al- -*t- .A. '
E! Si ^^fp^^j=|
£__£„— 4- .-i
i+—-^— -|-»' — —« — — — =^_[-—i— w —

eta The blese-edLorl will keep me.tho' the dark elands
en the roll • ing sea,
j* ai_aJL^-r.£iA T ^^Li>. ,
r V-
17 f * "V
roll; He'll be near to guide me In e • ter • ni -
Noth-ing ean be • tide me
.r m-Jm-3r—m—m
:^s: 3<a— Ai
5=5:
£=&= fc==
— —
#dfczab=:==patz==-it=: i^zz^zz^czizzzizzjz-îZLsiz™— *
*F
ty
r-z—t-^-v-fr—y-
Id that sweet
v^home of the soul
vifc^r
In e - ter-ni -ty,
^_^g-g_r *_„ *.„

-s u i~ r -*- _ i/-_K
_ zt
*. ir-
r ^-flJ-*_^z_-tz:_ g «_r
-*.- i i
gESzjzzzEEzz£Efc:r:g=^zz£-=^.3zÊE|z^Ê^=*-E^,-^~rraa
No. 157 I Want to Be Ready to Go

Oopyrlg-ht, 1946, in "Star of Promise,"
R.L. H. OWNED BY HAHIL & HENSON, R. L. Hamll
tt.^.L 1__
— ^-w-F-*—
*—'-Lfji-fc-p-^-w-^ Fn-î—«j
— —«-#-#-i-B-B-B-^.j-#-#-i. ^— «— ii—<»—
# # — m rm
4--,—
_. <p « _
1. I'm draw-ing nearer to the end of life's way,

2. I know my steps are growing alower each day, Lord I want to ba read-y
*3. I feel this bod • y growing weak-er each day,
-- -t—- -i*- +- -i K--{+- >—-»•- -
*— t— -— - ~Vtr «
-7~\j-\j-\r"
ftztti- ;
r^z£zz£cz£zz1z:z£zzs=i
zzzzzz=_zz?zz.^lrazzizil:
to go; And as I near the and I ear-nest-ly Bay,

And when tha an gels come to show me the way,
to see my new home; Ihere oa life grows and we shall nev-er de cay,
m —v _
.v
-„ ,„_ .
aw. ,.kw_
-Szizz«=p:Etzz;^=^zz^zzZ;: b— ha*- I
— — 1
ar
1
fcr v——
1—
ffiz*:Etz=t=JT=ff=!
Lord I want to be read -y to go home. Lord I want to be read-y,
5Êi£iI?AzizzizzKZzttzEizz^zTAZ^:zazz?zzfit^zzzzzzzzrjl
want to be read-y, yes I want to bb read-y to go home.

to go hornet
^^Z^-rft-^-^-^-g-r^-E-^-^-r-^-^-îZ*-
p-lffizuz:p=^zztzz^zz^zz^ztrzz^zz zzzpzziBzzpzzpizE|zzzz==zz3J i
^^,
^z—zzzE-E-zzzEzzEzbzzgzz^^^z^zz^ÊEEfl
158 Will You Meet Me Over There?
Copyright, 1946 in "Star of Promise.'
Munden Nizon Owned by Henson and Gilliland B.F.GUlUand
w
I am go - irig to • Cit y that is ev - tr bright and fair, will you
Where the tree of life is bloom-ing by the riv-er flow-log free,
Where we '11 Bee our friends and loved ones on that fair celestial short,
In the Bi-ble Je - sub told us how a place He would prepare,
Zd£z%=fizz*z3Lz3t=£dE^£=Ezfcz,-*-*
£=!^\^z:tt=^£z:$z=t=£±£-=K-=£-=K-z£ I
[l&J tLllLfc. -A.
& *'-=—>i— -Fh- — -n^-fl-rr-

'
— — —»—i— I—
u u u b " ^ tttr &

meet me o- yer there? Wherewith Je-sns our Redeem-er,
Where there's pleasure ev-er lasting
will yon meet me oyer there?In that lome,sweet home up yonder
Will yon meet me in thoie mansions
±.^..\£%p ^zfcfcpz^^^z^z^zE^-^
D. S.-In that Cit - j bright supernal
Heaven's hap-pi-nese we '11 share, will yon meet

[>
y
j \j [>
me o -
Pyer
Per • feet joy for yon and me,
Where we'll dwell for-ey-er-more, will yon meet
Bright with splendor rich and rare,
**»—fcr .(»-«-i«-^_
p?=ÊE(=^=t==t=?=5=ig==p=a=is=t« z£zt=c3
^-Ft^z:^=:p=^
u ^ * \*
Where with splendor rich and rare,
*=^=fH
FlNK Refeaim r r
—-£*¥^-I»"--V~>r ^
—tr—t^— tr— D" fL ~- J
t/ 1/ t,
there? (just o- yer there) will you meet me o - ver
^_«_0R (••
c3££^5£farf^ri :^:=^:^:=Êzl=zz=zz=:z
r p
1
Lr L» U t/
there? Where we'll be free from ev-'rycare(fromey'rycare)

— »
No. J 59 Jesus Is the Light

Copyright IMS, in "Star of Promise"
L, O. B. Owned by Barrow and Hen ion L. O. Barrow
z
—pF^y^r^g; •«* ^?~^-=^=J-i: *— * =a
1. Heav-ea wet built for all who dai - ly trust the Lord, All who will
2. Smil-ing thro tears while here, o - ver the years we fear, Bear - ing our
3. Je • sus is one who knows, all of onr cares and woes, And wo can
come to Him, live in ac-cord;(aceord)Nothing can harm the blest, surely He'll
bnr-denB, tread, o'er the rough road Darkest of night will come, it is be-
trnst Him now o - ver the way; (the way) He will di-rect us right .where there is
give them rest, All who will com* to • day, He will ro - ward, (re-wari)
fore the light, Je-sus is near to tako all of tho load, (great load)
nev • or night, And we can live with Him on that glai day. (glad day)
_**i -**i -*~

-f«-
-*- _. -»c* £* -ar- -**-- -kr- J. -J* J.
D. S.— Keep-ing my hap - py sonl an • to that day. (glad day.)

Rmafll H _,
He is the light, beau -ti-ful light, Je-sus is lead-lng me

Bless cd light, gos-pel light,
m.frxfz^fc.^
all of the way; Won-der-ful light glo-ri-ons light;.

bright way; Wondrous light Heaven's light,
— — »a»— — r — »M
— —
fl'c 160. Step By Step, Day By Day
To my and co-worker, Mr. Fred Thomas. B. L. W.
friend —
COPYRIGHT 1938, IN "GLORY WAVES NO. 2".
VmSb Munden Nixon ownld by morris & henson Byron L Whltwortk
f—Â.
Z_ —
i-r-M-^
3-ayi A ,_^_— i-ft* — *|— —
'
-
*r—h^T ^ ^
Aj _^^ k _Jl_X^^_-_î_J:W^ —
I !
— 1 1
— — — —2
«_L£.!
^f-^1
1
1. Je - 3us, more and more I need Thee, Would more close-ly to Thee stay;
2. la my joy and in my sor - row, Teach me, Lord, just how to pray;
3. Un - der ev -'ry ill con - di - tion, Make me will - ing to o - bey,
4. Lead me o - ver loft - y moun-tains, And thro' val- leys of dil - may;
m—m—m—m—*
#zîz|!?cia=pthzi=a=
**=tt=$=$=& t
c
t h—h—rr r . U -^-
So then, like a shep - herd lead me Step by step, day by day,

Let me walk to - day, to - mor • row,
And to keep when in con tri- - tion,
O'er the des - erts, by the fom - tain,
, **-JP+-4=- frfcr-
^~^=Ê .
:p=:
=£=£=£==£
Chords
tr-fr-trf
:dt=^^=^^c==^-t^^=r=jaz=-=z^=^=q^;zpt:
"D— 17
all the way. . Close be - side Thee let me stay, let me stay,
Close be - side Thee let me stay
-A- -A- -A-
:EL_tr__1=:
feUSfe
— N—£— N—
tn tr
P--
0*:
N-,
:£=$=£=£
rxT
r;
rV— s-
^
P-
Gent - ly guide me lest I stray; Cheer me, chide me, Lord I

Gent - ly guide me lest I stray, lest I stray;
5F-*-V—j|
pray Step by step, day by day, all the way.
nar-row way.
^ £ * 17** «* ' y
— r
No. 161 • Press On It Won't Be Long

Copyright, 1943, by The Sisk Music Co., in
T. "Voices of Victory." THEODORE SISK
im
S.
q=3j: ._!_ _| Jl £ ^t—]-

W j-F*+-* _ * j.
1. There's glo - ry in my soul, since Je - sua took con - trol;
2. He fills my way with cheer, with Him I have no fear;
3. In heav - en I am told; the streets are pur - est gold;
5r~
He placed with - in my heart, a hap py song;
He guides my wea - ry steps, a - long the way;
Ohl what a love - ly place to make my home;
mm =£
—
*=E
%
lAf-* -ttd Hd-
-A-
z£^£=fc
—i — m
^=* n
fe=Hi=^ * 3E3
The joy - bells sweet - ly ring, [while of His love I sing;
I'm glad He prom - ised me, a man - sion full and free;
&
U -
zi~i
nit
V-
—— - ed
i
there
r~
we'll
=£
be;
-*3-
we'll shout the
2P±=Pz~P:
£=£=£=:.
VIC - TO - RY,
-A-
:t=z=z
D. S. In heaven some sweet day; I'm go - ing there to stay,
Fine. Refrain
Press on, it won't be ve - ry long. Press on, it won't be

-A- Pf+-> -m.
=
—
i
I ^ =£#=f D.S.
m
ffli3^» i_^_ ÊpE^^^ÊzI?:
t:
::*=£:
m ^r
3
>e - ry long (not long) , un - til we reach that land of song
A- -m- A- _ -A- -A- -a. .^- -A-

^
-O-
— — i
No. 162 The Home Prepared For You

Cor>jriilit 1846, in "Star of Promise"
Jim Womack Owned by Henson and Culp J. B. Culp
4=3*
=ffc==~t==^--S
— zzEqiz=i=^:=f!-=z==^z=n=
smgm
D
1. Broth-er do we lira the way that we sing a-bout day aft - er day, In this
2. Trav-el-ing oft on the road to the glo • ry-laad with Christ the King, Many
3. Bnild-ing a house on the Rock.firm audsol-id we sure -ly shall be, Ev • er
"
X
*- 1 m —(•
fc5==a=j
H#rs
m-
=£e£=£=£E£=£=3
%-%~b^^-t-W^-- £
-r3K-f IT:
-;t:
1
:t=nl=-
««=*=l=tFkt:
*R
*=+:
5=E3=ft
a=r=a: 2*±5t
,=HK=^
^
SE :^:
HI
fait moving
be-low, (be - low) Then If we do lire this life, e? - er
life
times we can
lend a hand; (a hand)Bring-ing the sln-wea-ry ones op to
safe from the stoma that sweep;... There we can all live the life that we
^m .ni4m.jA.
5=t=t=t=
-*-
,(__t- —-A— i—
is \\
i
i
1
~.*p —— g—.— . i . t-g-|t- —U —
?C5K=5K=:jC
in the bright path we will stay, Ev-er know-ingthat we reap just what we
join the glad song that we eing.Mak-ing eas-y their long jour-nay thru the
sing a • boat in gos - pel song, For what-ev - er we sow that is what wt
k n p. r .«,.
H=S Saram
:£=!*==*: -X— .a.
t=t=fc: 'tr~t
:t=:
1
.... -«
J..
m „
bow. (we sow.) Bow-ing the seed of right, day aft - er day, Ev - et
land, the land.)
i
reap, (we reap. ( we're sow-fog

1 1:1 :*::£::£::£• £::£:-(«- &P- _-. ---.
i^Spip==îi^g
liv-ing a life that'i trie; To the end
trne, o When we have come We will gath-er and
•* — fc fc fc .fc :^
-
The Home Prepared For You
———
^.z^=z\-^zzf,z^---^-=z— ^zz^zzztzz^z-pz=zzzzz^
2 -V 5F--s^-- M
-r-^-^*-f
—— —
1*0 I ' I
Je - sua say, Home pre-pared for yon.

hear Come ye in • to the King-dom for yoa.
"
No. 163 Hallelujah! Glory!
MJLMM* BOW1 Owned by Bsrnette and Henaon R. W. Babmvttb
*- c ^t-«
tgrr^r -*-*
1
+-\j^\
As oar fa-tbers shouted, Hal-Ie-lu-jab! Glo-ry! Ib the old time way, •
Let as tell and sing and shout the gospel sto In the old-time way.
ry,
As our fathers trusted Je-sas so com-plet-Iy, In the old - time way,
Let as walk with Him each day and trust Him sweetly, In the old-time way.
As our fathers filled the church at ev-'ryroeeting.In the old - time way,
Let ub gath-er here, oar Bongs and pray 'ra repeating, In the oldtime way.
— -at—=—=4t-I»—^—r~rl — 1 « 1 1 1 h
^^-^^z^-^-^^z^z^-zz^*z:zz^z^-^-^zt,
im
the old * time way, Let as work and pray. Let as
r_j *.'«_!
•nd ling and shout of His sal - va - tion, hal - Ie - la - jah! in the
E^&^&^^^m
fti-ftf
-$-*-£-&££*=£=£
_*\ a tempo
*-_e.
. .
jW~j
.
h p
^ —— — .
No. 164. When the Hand Of Love Touched Me

Cop; light 1946, in "Star of Promise',
C.T. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON Cejstib TatoBI
-_ —— fs Js _^_-4-' 1-'
h — -4-: ^,-_*, — _ k — - —k__ fc--
1.Peace and glad-ness filled my soil, And I felt my bar-dens roll,

2. 1 was lost in sin's dark night, But I saw e - ter-nal light, When the
3. 1 am go - ing home some day, For I found the liv - ing way,
5-_-__£__£._*__k. ,—fcw-f»— |k ;—(t~r £" Sk-—g-frk— fc-J^-1
-4 — 1-
:=|:
-£__&,
|~==N=~
D~
tr— \j~\J
hand
f till*
love touched me; Oh!
of I tamed from death and tin, Life's • »
Wea - ry wand'rings had and end, For I
hand of love touched me; There I'll sing with joy di • vine, Of the
ski 3
—
-_i
- —-*—F__——
ft-— 2— r ,
—^—
*. k-_ rh Ok-
_*-
»_ H-_Zk.-_._ij_.,
2S=£=t=t iz:=_ÊeS£EEe Ê^=^=^=^
r=&::i=S==fc~:=fc:
::_=£
EEt£!$EO?EE?E_i£
D
£_J1__| 1.
.q_A_sj_,A_a|_A-
D b t
:d="=l
7C
Izfc
fT~f
^
ter - nal crown to win, Whei the hand of love touched me.
found a guide and friend,
glo - ry that was mine, hand oi love touched me, touched me,
T^-ao—x^ r- f — J—±2d^w-
——-q (
1-k
(_.
_
'.-».
a.
i_j
a-_
».
fii— F-»
£=Xt=
_a
— .3_ -— -3-— «<—
E-=E=El-_=-===E =_*= *— ^t:
1 1
=£
^^q-ÊA=SÂ-i=sztp_a__p=:jslL_
Since the bless-ed hand of love touched me I am trust-fog Je • sua
love touched me, touched me,
Ebfc^^ |
glad and free; Sin and sad - ness passed a • way, •

Iwas for
glad and free, so free;
ft- — I
f t* 1
F'
z«__=r EEEl_-_3_=_E=l_3=
— i , — '
When the Hand Of Love Touched Me

I &__CL_D_-£~I —fc-fU—P_ PL-tL-<
-'--—
„
'
„ ,,
me a hap- py day. When the

c
blasi-ed
rrrrr
hand of lore touched ma.
love touched me touched me.
5zzz?l»zzg^zzgzzlzz^zzt=gzz^zz=zzzz£z ES-tt*==S-
g^zzz^zz^zztzzz^zz^zP^zz^zz^zp^zzzpizzz^zz^ziztzz:
Ill
try
No. ie Visions Celestial
Copyright 1946, in "star of Promise''
Owned bx J. M. Hekson. t. at. mioi
zztzz£zz£tzz]-|
*+<-+ UJF*
1. Mybur-dens I'm patient-Iy bear-fng; Notri-al can make me re-pine.
2. My
dreams of the Cit-y e-ter-nal I can -not de-scribe at I ought.
3. Bnt some- time my spir-it transport-ed Will rest in this Cit - y of light,
BB&fc*
z^zb|xzz|»zz^zzi»zzai=^zE|azz!s-|s:Etzztzz:czztzztzztzE|aizl
r a*
|>IUt/IUIIi a> a*-
l^ffeeî^fe
The Lord
Those
for
plains, vales
my spir-it is car • ing A ad
^paiB
vis • ions ce-Ies - tial are
and mountains supernal, So far are surpass-ing my thought.
mine.
Where vis-ion is nev - er dis - tort-ed And faith will be end - ed in sight*
*— * — * m-r& —t: I
i*>-r-« -jm-m —
§si :£:
qsztlazz^zzjszziszz^zz^ztlz^^zziszttzzczzz^zz^zzpzzjibtzzz: m PEizz* IGZTZI
Bctrajb
izz^z=*=*zzz^zz^zzîSzzzz=z1zzJE=Pzz1zzzî-zzz?E^-]
z^zziJzzizz*zzizzÊ^zz==^zz*zt3zzSzz^zzi--zEg izl
Ohl won-der-ful ris-ions ea - las • tial! How help-ful to me are they!
z:z^zztzztzzt5ztzz-=tzztzENzz*zz(»izzSlzzjizEt=i3
zzsezzsazz^zzf
s\3Z (
_L«* m— «. — «-L^ — -J — « —» — «->-« — * — — « — ^_L_| JJJ
They glad-den my song and cheer me a-long The bless-ed old gos-pel way.
— —L« —m
SaffiEsEBzz=tzztzzztzzc:EEezzC~^zz
1 .
--i ^-h
— W — —p—fir
1 1
1—
l&fcqszEpszziszzaKZZixzzSszttzzzizz^zz,
f-r-
r-r-JK It ^-i-l r»
1
I
c I {, I
I
— U f ,
No. 36. I Walk With Jesus

COPYRIGHTED 1934 IN "SINGING ON THE WAY"
3. M. HEN60N OWNED BY MORRIS St HENSON BYRON 1. WmrWOHTH
^z^^czszzfc^zfc
z~t s ~^~ - '
fiE33i±pO*â| I
walk with Je - bus each day a - long the beau-ti-ful

tnr
way That leads to
1. I
2. He keeps me singing a -long an endless won-der-ful song, And al- ways
3. I soon shall see Hima-bove, a - bid-ing in His great love, No more to
-A- -A-A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
m
^siE
rpC -E-E-E
yon-der bright home a-bove; And He will lead me I know as on re -
helps me tbe light to see; And ev - 'ry mo-ment He's near my sonl to
sor - row, no more to sigh; But rest for - ev - erat home where darkness
.A- -A- -A- A- _ er^_A- _A-

: A- -A A- A- A- A-
=fc .-4- t=mz

—^=-~-=r=F^
]oig -ing I go To
±=F=£=i:
that bright cit

^êqs
r— — - y
tr
of rest
i
a -
^
bove.
com - fort and cheer, I know my keep- er He'll ev - er be.
iaffi
nev -
:fczz)g— pc—g:
^^==^=^=^j-y--^=^
Refbain
er caa come, what a
:qt:
won - der- ful by and
_A_ .A- -A- A-
_i_
i
rm
_ h 1 m
1p=t=$E=±£Z£.
«m—
m
by.
I walk with Je - bus my King, while to His prom-ise I cling, And trusting
Tes I walk with Christ my Heav'nly King,
:t: *=
=^X-
* *=*=* be- t=->— -L^-L^-^
hold His hand; He'll safe -ly

hold His gnid-ing hand, still hold His hand,
W=3*-- s £=£ £=£

*=
j
I — I 1 — —
I Walk With Jesus
lead me I know as on - ward with Him I To that bright

lead 1 know still I
$X==*=&=£=£—
:t=z^=z^ p— tbfc,- 13=-
(7
beau
— - ti -
\J
ful Prom
—t—\j—\j-^—b-\—^-w&*
- ised land
n
Promis-ed land, the hap -

py prom -ised land.
*
A- *
-A- *
A-
**ndf" r* •
-*-
r > ij*
P*-
jy r **
<* -If- •(
atf b>F r
te £ — I*-- ^fe^= *
111
No. 167 - God's Love
J. M. HENSOX OWNED BY MORRIS & HENSON BYHOBT Ii. WHTTWOETH
„ .Fink
* —
^ i r\ f-
* i
^f-
1. God's love Is boundless, so full and so free
2. God's love Has conquered the sins of mj past..
3. God's love Is lighting the way for my soul.
—
X X-V- -fi^ -&,-
—r^ — I«k4-t*r4fc—m+ir^—im—^—r^-: A.j
1 i
— i
—
&3feE fejg £pS&
i
r
fc-hzSJ i
f-tSi^
»=N=PK
t-T-tr Is
D. C. —God 's lov e .. ...... . My comfort for-ev-er will be. ( will b e.)
-6- - —\-[—\——-r-l^—r-l— -^r—:=l:
l"i — :
i :
!-r-l— ^ J- :
tg-S-A- ™ F ™
I ^ -js»- I II
And 01 It reach-es to yon and to me. (to me.)
And 0! I know that it still holds me fast(so fast)
And 1 — 'Twill lead me to Heav-enat last, (at last.)
--1-3-3-Ai-PjSj Uk+lAr- I-F-— P P f "
|gfe
1
Refeain Z>.C.
;gggr=g j=r-tnl-
c=pg:h^=3:^-
His love so free, For you forme;
His won-derful love so free, So wonderful for you and me;
•A- -A-A-A— A- _ -&- -»- -t*—rv—fw~ -A—A-
:^z=l=f «E£
:t:
— —
No. 168. I've Gotta Lot of Heaven in My Soul
SPIRITUAL
T.P. in "Divine Praise" Terry Pillow
1. Since the Sav-ior saved mysoul.showed the way to the shin -rag goal,
2. I am find-ing pure delight, on the road to that cit -y bright,
3. I am sing-ing on my way, to that land of e - ter - nal day,
r >
m&=$mm^m -r
r=rr
k-
M x j^jjjj^
frrrw 5
Got-ta lot of heav-en In my

f^fq^
sonl;
I've got-ta lot of heav-en
~> r*
Jt— S-
g££iiEi#f ljjf:
He has paid the price for me, made my rec-ord to spot -less be,
i^Joy-bells
I've
0-
a
r>
ring the whole day long, in my heart there's a glad new song,
man-sion built for me,
$=*
in that land of
qfcrfc
:JL
£=£ £
J
e - ter - ni - ty,
l>
X££=*
-I
t)
—E5
I
n E ^* 1
M— s- J )
-n»
I aI g
_ aH
Got-ta lot of heav-en in my soul.
nrt t t tfr Ji . ^J .
5 b-^^=£ =£- :p=FE

-p
—p—Is t* —
1*-"
k, -
Chorus
^F
Got-ta lot of heav-en in my hap-py soul to-day,
I've got-ta lot of heav-en,
*^
& ^^g
|^_^_K--K-
s r*=rfc:
£=££
prm i
I've Gotta Lot of Heaven in My Soul
imppssis^pip
JTTST^F Sing-ing His praises all a - long the way;
I'm sing-iug His prais-es
|^4 -g'=
I
|
-HF. '
'-
M
^ I
!
1
=^g'=P=ff
1 I Th
MMM-JU.
*=i i t*i M^-m
fe
w &— if- S=tf*=i h—5—-
Glo-ry hal - le - la - jah bound, love of the Lord came down,
I am since the
A- -A- -A- -A-
—"
p-tj ~rm t* — —*—*
"•
^
rJT>jr
I've got-ta lot of heav-en in my soul.
SSI
No. 169.
John Newton
3 %— ST-V
Amazing Grace
;
:
m ?xF
" r
I
• ,. bj~
Wo. Walker
,l
^H-^" 2* ^^ J?f
^^SSlE 1
ir^-r
1. A - ing grace how sweet the sound That saved a wretch like me!
maz -
2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved;
3. Thru man - y dan-gers, toils and snares, I have al - read - y come;
4. The Lord has prom-ised good to me, His word my hope se - cures;
[ lost, but now I'm found,Was blind, but now

once was I see.
How pre - cious did that grace ap - pear The hour I first be-lieved.
'Twas grace that bro't me safe thus far And grace will lead me home.
He will myshield and por tion be As long as
- life en-dures.
J3 •i J J II 1
m
i
EH 3t 3E
A E h & —
No. 170. Somebody Loves Me
Copyright 1940, in "Eternal Praise"
W. F. C. owned by crumley a wenson W. F, Mid] Marjsrie Crumley
-b—r r—ff— Tr--h-- S :
r-P—P--I
>Z±lSZZ*ZZa!ZZ;iJ::Za£ Labi
1. I'm in love with my
Sav-ior and He's in love with me, He is with me from
2. You'll be hap-py yon will let Je - bus have His way, He has work for us
if
3. Then at last when our work is done, He will call ns home To a man-sion He
—K—<+—~— zr^fzr^teptzfcz^z^z:
S=*3SSdS*!
gt£SE=JP=g=E=S=g=F I -rj—t?
tnj-trD--^
S=S= g= g- mi H
^ — ——— C^: fc fe D-
z3bzjzz£lztlzz5~3z=lz=5i=:Eaiz=atz:is!zz3itz:ii3==5i5^
day to day. What a friend is He; Watch-ei o - ver me while I sleep,
all to do Ev -'ry pass-ing day; Feed the hnn -gry and cheer the sad,
has pre-pared Nevermore to roam, We'll sit down by the riv • er side,
^.zr^zzz^-^pt=^--»-^zz^zz:Fl: zzfczqrzz^ ft L E=£q

~~D" D" "t="
Fink
-p-4.
tettzfc
fc=z5z^3zz3zrîz:Egzzgrz5-5^=5-=«~*zzatElzJzz;Iz^.
Hears me when I am hap - py as I can be, And I now can say.
1 pray,
For the pray You'll have joy that yon nev-er had, And yon then can say
sin - ner ,
Cares all passed a - way, And with nev-er a pain to bear, What a happy day.
B — —F — fcqtziW *?
t-
i
i
i i
fcc kc fcc- fcc- 1
T
H 1— 1* P*— U- ttctt;
D-t7~t7~t7~l* ^^~r-^~L7
D. S.— That some-bod-y is Je - bus, and I know He's mine.
Refratjj k is i *
^=^zznNzzjqzzzjzz3zz^jzjzzr-]
ggz=Ai —a— Ai zElzgE^=az_^._JL^dE*=iE=rt=3kt=3£=B
jsr i ^p»t= »r -T" 3 ~f^^
Some -bod -y loves me, an - swersmy prayer, I love some-bod - y,
fmAHZZSlX -— "A S—pi—

e^=g:EEzzL;zz4zzz:-4—
|
<fe»
'I—A A-a-piX S—— A—"A
L^fc==gfc==t=.
kc
kc- 1- [, |
~S
^f —
D.S.
_r _P__| p.
:«
LEi:zz^=Êîzz=t:gizzzg!z:z^zzzizgzgz±S--|
;*|zz=*:
I |
zfzaji 1
I know He cares; Some- bod -y tells me not to re - pine,
j ^— F F — =- -K—££ ia. *
SEEE3E £3 _-.£=§ v-r— tr
INDEX
A Friend of Mine 5 It Will Bo (llory There 66 Somebody Loves Me 170
After the Rain ....-128 T Want to Be Ready to 157 Song By the Way 137
Walk With Jesus Star of Promise
Alone With My Lord 58 I 166 1
Step By Step, Day By 160
Amazing Grace - 169 I Want to Hoar From... 126 Sunshine All the Way 2
Arlington - 91 I Want to Find You 19
Sweet Melodies 25
As I Go Traveling On 183
I Want to Stand By the.. 110
At the Foot of the Cross 67 I Will Never Turn Back.. 39 Teach Us to Pray 26
I Will Hold His Hand...._..119 Tell the Glad News 1.-3
Beyrnd This World 72
I'll Make It My Home 142 That Beautiful Home 36
Beautiful Message 102
I'll Never Be Lonesome The 88 Blood of the Lamb 7
Be a Blessing - - 80
I'll Rest at JeBUS* Feet— 90 The Evening of Life 31
By Faith I Stand 85
1 Will Trust the Lord 21 The Bread of Life 69
Christ Haj} Bridged the 145 The Christian Life 131
Jesus Calls Us _ 89
Clear the Line Before 77 The Dearest Friend 1 150
Jesus Is the Light 159
Come on Down to the 132 The Farther Along We 51
Jesus Leads Me On 27
Don't Go Hiding From 154 The Gentle Zephyrs 113
Jesus Rescued Me 147
Drifting 135 The Good Shepherd 4
Jesus Wrought Wonders... 8
The Harvest Is Passing. 146
Eternal Ages _. - 81 Just Like Heaven 117
The Harvest Time Goes. 11
Fear Yq the Lord 95 Keep His Banner Waving 34 The Home Prepared for 162
Gather Golden Sheaves Kneel at the Feet of....- 134
68 The Light of Love.. 32
Get Aboard the Sunshine 22 Labor in the Harvest-.- 46 The Light of the Ages 96
Getting Ready to Leave— 141 Let the World See Jesus... 3 The Little Chapel in the 111
Give Your Heart to Jesus 73 Let Your Face Be...- 40 The Little Old Church 118
Glory Beams 151 Living With Jesus — 82 The Only Known Road 59
Glory in My Soul 30 Like a Breeze From the... 20 The Promised Land 61
God's Love- - 167 Life Eternal Waits for 93 The Song in My Heart 84
God Leads His Faithful.106 Low at His Feet —
99 The Song That Never. 28
God's Word Is a Light 15 More About Jesus 63 The Sound of the... ...107
Good Enough for Me 75 Mother and Dad Told ...122 The World's Bible - 53
Mother'3 Gone 43 There Is a Fountain.. 127
Had I Loved Him More.136
Till the Clouds Roll By... 29
Hallelujah ! Glory -.163 My All in All 54
Happy Singers 94 My Blessed Lord and 1—109 Thou O Christ of Calvary 97
Heading Now for Heaven 78 My Faith Looks Up to— 83 Trusting in the Strength 14
How Beautiful Heaven 55 My Heart Is Fixed 86 Visions Celestial 1 65
He Covers My Sins 6 My Name Is Recorded. —

9 Walk with Me 129
Hear the Captain's Call... 48 My Prayer _ _ .125 Watching You 139
His Forevermore 101 My Prayer 42 We Come to Worship 92
His Love Leads On....- 74 My Song 45 We Trust the Father for.104
His Love Is Sweeter 13 We'll Top the Hills of. 23
Never Alone 155
We'll Wake Up Some 144
He's Building a Homo 56 Not Even a Tombstor.e—124 What a Singing There— 24
He'll Walk With Me All 18 O Come to the Feast 50 What a Happy Time 116
I'm Glad My
Savior 152 On the Path to Glory 62 When God's Soldiers 120
I'm Gonna Ride on a 38 Ortonville _ - 47 When I See My Savior— 33
Over in the Glory Land... 10
When Christ Shall 17
I'm Going Home 79
When Morning Breakb 12
I'm a Happy Pilgrim 70 O Will You Meet Me. 158
When Morning Sweeps 114
I'm Satisfied - — 41 Perfect Love —J 49 When the Hand of Love._164
I Can Sing _ 98 Pray for Me 66 When We All Get to— 123
I Have Found the Way 138 Where He Leads Me I 44
Press On It Won't Be 161 When We See Our 149
If We Never Meet Again-115
Redeem the Time... 143 Whispering Hope 37
I've Got a Lot of 168
Rejoice! 35 Windham 71
I Know I Have a.. 140 Will They Miss Me? 57
Riding the Waves _ .76
In Thy Presence 64 Will You Be There 148
Rock of Ages 121
Winning the World By_.100
In the Hollow of His 108
I've Got the Lord. 156 Send Out the News 60 With Happy Song 103
Won't It Be a Happy 130
I Never Will Cease to 52 Since the Lord Took My„ 87
la Your Soul Without 16 Sing Aloud the Praises 105 — You Gotta Be Holy 112
Copyright 1946 by J. W. Henson

HMIÎÎ^PI^Mf^MPMIPMH
GOOD BOOKS FOR THE CHURCH
AND SUNDAY SCHOOL
If you desire a book for your Church and Sunday
School with more modern songs that have more life
and move to them, see the books listed below that will
greatly add to the interest of your church singing.
Favorite Songs No. 1 and No. 2 are being used as a
supplement to the Church Hymnal all over the country.
FAVORITE SONGS No. 1
A pages of the very best songs we

collection of 224
have ever written and collected, and is just the book
for your Choir and Sunday School. Price $3.50 per
doz., $11.00 for 50, $20.00 for 100.
FAVORITE SONGS No. 2

A new edition of this great book is just off the press.
Every page in this collection is a popular useful song,
and wag selected on its merit and popularity.
It contains not only our best songs over a perod of
years, but many of the best copyrights from all the
Southern Publishers.
This book has enough of the familiar songs to make
it useful in the church, and enough of the snappy
happy hitters to make it useful in conventions and
singing societies.
No songs were used that were in Favorite Songs
No. 1. $3.60 per doz., $11.00 for 50, $20.00 per 100.
«
JUBILEE SPIRITUALS
The most complete collections of Jubilee songs to be
found. A large well bound book, 50c copy, $2.00 for 5.
GOSPEL SPECIALS No. 2

A quartet book of quality. Some selections for mixed
voices- but 60 per cent for male voices- 40c copy, $1.50
for 5.
SELECT REVIVAL SONGS

A new book for Church and Revival work. $3.60
dozen, $18.00 per 100, 35c single copy.
UNION RUDIMENTS OF MUSIC

For singing schools and home
use, Union Rudiments
of Music contains many songs you know and like.
20c per copy, $2.00 doz.

214 CAPITOL AVE., S. E. - ATLANTA, GA.
UM^JEIEIEI^JEIEIMfEfEIEIMIM

Star of Promise - 16 Songs by Rev. Alfred Borratt

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Star of Promise - 16 Songs by Rev. Alfred Borratt

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Star of Promise - 16 Songs by Rev. Alfred Borratt

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

>tf^

THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO.

No. 2. Not Far, Not Far!

"r m» < '»—;

I am His;... That bless- ed home be-yondthe

b=* *=*: ZZZBZjgZtfc'.2|gZi*—14_ j* [A I

bar, Is not far, .... not far not far!

luitable for all occasions where new gospel songs

Jas. C. Moore Curtis Taylor W. Floyd Taylor

THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO.

t= fl_— -_— F-§^-PN--^-_ -_pg___z1_~

tell it out with song and shout, He reigns for-ev-er, King.

fflF=5: £=£ 1 ——— I I (-"

guide theewith Mine Eye," Let these words..... of

a>— J^i^p^ r - -^-^--j^gggBBs ^5__N

No. 2. Sunshine All The Way

:=^=P-mr— *—rP 1*— p » a-rsj *—r** ** m

-i- --i- v — ^-,

1. There is aev - er a lamb that strays bo far, From the shel-t'rit

til He finds it there.

bou-teons grace, At last to the Heaven -ly fold

*o. 5 A Friend Of Mine

so di Tine, As Je - bus Christ, this friend of mine(this friend of mine)

•0 di - vine, As Je - bus Christ this friend of mine

J1--N —fc— T.^rrrrr^_^

r r A—A— A — A* A a —A- rff — •— A_a_._

No. 6, He Covers My Sins

A--K--"C-m^ff—«^— r-A A A-rg—m—A—A—

.-»,— P—N-— _*__K-^-_fc-_P__P,--l.~.-i P-r -— -»— ,-»-

cst-ers my sins, He cov-ers my sins with His blood; Ht died on the

£-*-^— ^P— ^P—^P~«-^*l ,

No. 7 The Blood Of the Lamb

-_- --- -_- _ ^j*

l — I . — — «y — 4>_fl__L| l__3__^,_. — 4> _.o,_ #> — 0i _C______J__

m -_--_- -_- -•- _ -_- — -_-

rzz_ "i - z__r_zleicfez_ —Z^iz '"—i _S*zE_z~__!i_ zi_

t --*- r -r- nti-£—*-Z*-z£z.X-Z£-.ztzz-izzi„

: z— :^==jd-b^— ^ r^r.r a; rzgibft J —g_ l=zg|=Eafczaizrahl

cord-ed oa the roll. My nama is re - cord-ed on the roll,

-!>- -<•>- -P- -•- *. _ ». -(•- -| H-

Since Ja-sishai cleansed and made me whole; Thisbless - - -

_£__Pr -£--*--fc--£- J 1 _U-P-JUi--|S— ^— Kr

.,»i _,*_ _,*_

-^ --r:- T tiz^i^L. J^L J.*- i

No. 10 Over In the Glory Land

we shall stand, Nev-er-more in ways of sin te roam, (ne more to roam)

===zK==&c3===d: =£ r-4- -fc— fc

fair, With it's shin-ing, gold - en strand, shall We

at—a>—r*>— •>—»—*—-*—«—— =»—

— •'-£ "- =t=t==^=to=l^r=l==l=:i

The har - vest of the Lord is great; Go reap, go

ffi^^ feii E£=*rft giEEl

S_^__^_L^ «, «, ^, ^_.C« B—« — ^ m-^-m —

willbe o'er. In the Morn-ing Land.thro' a bright e-ter-nal day, We shall

All oar care and Bor-row will be past. Ma - sic iwell-ing

and joy bells ring-ing, We shall all be safe at home at last.

No. 13. His Love is Sweeter Than That

1. Yon may speak of

f-AJft — t*.— r-IA Uk> — t*> A cA —b*-|— 2 BE BE — | L| ,

b=* =: ZZZBZjgZtfc'.2|gZi—14_ j [A I

:=^=P-mr— —rP 1— p » a-rsj *—r m

£--^— ^P— ^P—^P~«-^l ,

l — I . — — «y — 4>_flL| l3__^,_. — 4> _.o,_ #> — 0i _C____J

t --- r -r- nti-£—-Z*-z£z.X-Z£-.ztzz-izzi„

.,»i _,_ _,_

at—a>—r>— •>—»——-*—«—— =»—

f-AJft — t.— r-IA Uk> — t> A cA —b*-|— 2 BE BE — | L| ,

— r^F-j— — --hH h-+j fc-^1

3==fap± J-nJ- 4-*.

£R.j£— — •— — ^— •zz~tzzzzzpzzztzEEzj!zzz il zzz", zzz: ,_ zz:~ *;c~:— }j

3 —£—-* a—-— >- r— -| 3

F«—•* —* —— ik._z*i_